| File: | build/source/clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp |
| Warning: | line 9079, column 15 Value stored to 'str' during its initialization is never read |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
| 1 | //===- CIndex.cpp - Clang-C Source Indexing Library -----------------------===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | // This file implements the main API hooks in the Clang-C Source Indexing |
| 10 | // library. |
| 11 | // |
| 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 13 | |
| 14 | #include "CIndexDiagnostic.h" |
| 15 | #include "CIndexer.h" |
| 16 | #include "CLog.h" |
| 17 | #include "CXCursor.h" |
| 18 | #include "CXSourceLocation.h" |
| 19 | #include "CXString.h" |
| 20 | #include "CXTranslationUnit.h" |
| 21 | #include "CXType.h" |
| 22 | #include "CursorVisitor.h" |
| 23 | #include "clang-c/FatalErrorHandler.h" |
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" |
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjCCommon.h" |
| 26 | #include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" |
| 27 | #include "clang/AST/OpenMPClause.h" |
| 28 | #include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h" |
| 29 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
| 30 | #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticCategories.h" |
| 31 | #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.h" |
| 32 | #include "clang/Basic/Stack.h" |
| 33 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
| 34 | #include "clang/Basic/Version.h" |
| 35 | #include "clang/Frontend/ASTUnit.h" |
| 36 | #include "clang/Frontend/CompilerInstance.h" |
| 37 | #include "clang/Index/CommentToXML.h" |
| 38 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" |
| 39 | #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" |
| 40 | #include "clang/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.h" |
| 41 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" |
| 42 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
| 43 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h" |
| 44 | #include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h" |
| 45 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
| 46 | #include "llvm/Support/CrashRecoveryContext.h" |
| 47 | #include "llvm/Support/Format.h" |
| 48 | #include "llvm/Support/ManagedStatic.h" |
| 49 | #include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h" |
| 50 | #include "llvm/Support/Program.h" |
| 51 | #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h" |
| 52 | #include "llvm/Support/Signals.h" |
| 53 | #include "llvm/Support/TargetSelect.h" |
| 54 | #include "llvm/Support/Threading.h" |
| 55 | #include "llvm/Support/Timer.h" |
| 56 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" |
| 57 | #include "llvm/Support/thread.h" |
| 58 | #include <mutex> |
| 59 | #include <optional> |
| 60 | |
| 61 | #if LLVM_ENABLE_THREADS1 != 0 && defined(__APPLE__) |
| 62 | #define USE_DARWIN_THREADS |
| 63 | #endif |
| 64 | |
| 65 | #ifdef USE_DARWIN_THREADS |
| 66 | #include <pthread.h> |
| 67 | #endif |
| 68 | |
| 69 | using namespace clang; |
| 70 | using namespace clang::cxcursor; |
| 71 | using namespace clang::cxtu; |
| 72 | using namespace clang::cxindex; |
| 73 | |
| 74 | CXTranslationUnit cxtu::MakeCXTranslationUnit(CIndexer *CIdx, |
| 75 | std::unique_ptr<ASTUnit> AU) { |
| 76 | if (!AU) |
| 77 | return nullptr; |
| 78 | assert(CIdx)(static_cast <bool> (CIdx) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "CIdx", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 78, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 79 | CXTranslationUnit D = new CXTranslationUnitImpl(); |
| 80 | D->CIdx = CIdx; |
| 81 | D->TheASTUnit = AU.release(); |
| 82 | D->StringPool = new cxstring::CXStringPool(); |
| 83 | D->Diagnostics = nullptr; |
| 84 | D->OverridenCursorsPool = createOverridenCXCursorsPool(); |
| 85 | D->CommentToXML = nullptr; |
| 86 | D->ParsingOptions = 0; |
| 87 | D->Arguments = {}; |
| 88 | return D; |
| 89 | } |
| 90 | |
| 91 | bool cxtu::isASTReadError(ASTUnit *AU) { |
| 92 | for (ASTUnit::stored_diag_iterator D = AU->stored_diag_begin(), |
| 93 | DEnd = AU->stored_diag_end(); |
| 94 | D != DEnd; ++D) { |
| 95 | if (D->getLevel() >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error && |
| 96 | DiagnosticIDs::getCategoryNumberForDiag(D->getID()) == |
| 97 | diag::DiagCat_AST_Deserialization_Issue) |
| 98 | return true; |
| 99 | } |
| 100 | return false; |
| 101 | } |
| 102 | |
| 103 | cxtu::CXTUOwner::~CXTUOwner() { |
| 104 | if (TU) |
| 105 | clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU); |
| 106 | } |
| 107 | |
| 108 | /// Compare two source ranges to determine their relative position in |
| 109 | /// the translation unit. |
| 110 | static RangeComparisonResult RangeCompare(SourceManager &SM, SourceRange R1, |
| 111 | SourceRange R2) { |
| 112 | assert(R1.isValid() && "First range is invalid?")(static_cast <bool> (R1.isValid() && "First range is invalid?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("R1.isValid() && \"First range is invalid?\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 112, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 113 | assert(R2.isValid() && "Second range is invalid?")(static_cast <bool> (R2.isValid() && "Second range is invalid?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("R2.isValid() && \"Second range is invalid?\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 113, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 114 | if (R1.getEnd() != R2.getBegin() && |
| 115 | SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R1.getEnd(), R2.getBegin())) |
| 116 | return RangeBefore; |
| 117 | if (R2.getEnd() != R1.getBegin() && |
| 118 | SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R2.getEnd(), R1.getBegin())) |
| 119 | return RangeAfter; |
| 120 | return RangeOverlap; |
| 121 | } |
| 122 | |
| 123 | /// Determine if a source location falls within, before, or after a |
| 124 | /// a given source range. |
| 125 | static RangeComparisonResult LocationCompare(SourceManager &SM, |
| 126 | SourceLocation L, SourceRange R) { |
| 127 | assert(R.isValid() && "First range is invalid?")(static_cast <bool> (R.isValid() && "First range is invalid?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("R.isValid() && \"First range is invalid?\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 127, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 128 | assert(L.isValid() && "Second range is invalid?")(static_cast <bool> (L.isValid() && "Second range is invalid?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("L.isValid() && \"Second range is invalid?\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 128, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 129 | if (L == R.getBegin() || L == R.getEnd()) |
| 130 | return RangeOverlap; |
| 131 | if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L, R.getBegin())) |
| 132 | return RangeBefore; |
| 133 | if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(R.getEnd(), L)) |
| 134 | return RangeAfter; |
| 135 | return RangeOverlap; |
| 136 | } |
| 137 | |
| 138 | /// Translate a Clang source range into a CIndex source range. |
| 139 | /// |
| 140 | /// Clang internally represents ranges where the end location points to the |
| 141 | /// start of the token at the end. However, for external clients it is more |
| 142 | /// useful to have a CXSourceRange be a proper half-open interval. This routine |
| 143 | /// does the appropriate translation. |
| 144 | CXSourceRange cxloc::translateSourceRange(const SourceManager &SM, |
| 145 | const LangOptions &LangOpts, |
| 146 | const CharSourceRange &R) { |
| 147 | // We want the last character in this location, so we will adjust the |
| 148 | // location accordingly. |
| 149 | SourceLocation EndLoc = R.getEnd(); |
| 150 | bool IsTokenRange = R.isTokenRange(); |
| 151 | if (EndLoc.isValid() && EndLoc.isMacroID() && |
| 152 | !SM.isMacroArgExpansion(EndLoc)) { |
| 153 | CharSourceRange Expansion = SM.getExpansionRange(EndLoc); |
| 154 | EndLoc = Expansion.getEnd(); |
| 155 | IsTokenRange = Expansion.isTokenRange(); |
| 156 | } |
| 157 | if (IsTokenRange && EndLoc.isValid()) { |
| 158 | unsigned Length = |
| 159 | Lexer::MeasureTokenLength(SM.getSpellingLoc(EndLoc), SM, LangOpts); |
| 160 | EndLoc = EndLoc.getLocWithOffset(Length); |
| 161 | } |
| 162 | |
| 163 | CXSourceRange Result = { |
| 164 | {&SM, &LangOpts}, R.getBegin().getRawEncoding(), EndLoc.getRawEncoding()}; |
| 165 | return Result; |
| 166 | } |
| 167 | |
| 168 | CharSourceRange cxloc::translateCXRangeToCharRange(CXSourceRange R) { |
| 169 | return CharSourceRange::getCharRange( |
| 170 | SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(R.begin_int_data), |
| 171 | SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(R.end_int_data)); |
| 172 | } |
| 173 | |
| 174 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 175 | // Cursor visitor. |
| 176 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 177 | |
| 178 | static SourceRange getRawCursorExtent(CXCursor C); |
| 179 | static SourceRange getFullCursorExtent(CXCursor C, SourceManager &SrcMgr); |
| 180 | |
| 181 | RangeComparisonResult CursorVisitor::CompareRegionOfInterest(SourceRange R) { |
| 182 | return RangeCompare(AU->getSourceManager(), R, RegionOfInterest); |
| 183 | } |
| 184 | |
| 185 | /// Visit the given cursor and, if requested by the visitor, |
| 186 | /// its children. |
| 187 | /// |
| 188 | /// \param Cursor the cursor to visit. |
| 189 | /// |
| 190 | /// \param CheckedRegionOfInterest if true, then the caller already checked |
| 191 | /// that this cursor is within the region of interest. |
| 192 | /// |
| 193 | /// \returns true if the visitation should be aborted, false if it |
| 194 | /// should continue. |
| 195 | bool CursorVisitor::Visit(CXCursor Cursor, bool CheckedRegionOfInterest) { |
| 196 | if (clang_isInvalid(Cursor.kind)) |
| 197 | return false; |
| 198 | |
| 199 | if (clang_isDeclaration(Cursor.kind)) { |
| 200 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(Cursor); |
| 201 | if (!D) { |
| 202 | assert(0 && "Invalid declaration cursor")(static_cast <bool> (0 && "Invalid declaration cursor" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("0 && \"Invalid declaration cursor\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 202, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 203 | return true; // abort. |
| 204 | } |
| 205 | |
| 206 | // Ignore implicit declarations, unless it's an objc method because |
| 207 | // currently we should report implicit methods for properties when indexing. |
| 208 | if (D->isImplicit() && !isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) |
| 209 | return false; |
| 210 | } |
| 211 | |
| 212 | // If we have a range of interest, and this cursor doesn't intersect with it, |
| 213 | // we're done. |
| 214 | if (RegionOfInterest.isValid() && !CheckedRegionOfInterest) { |
| 215 | SourceRange Range = getRawCursorExtent(Cursor); |
| 216 | if (Range.isInvalid() || CompareRegionOfInterest(Range)) |
| 217 | return false; |
| 218 | } |
| 219 | |
| 220 | switch (Visitor(Cursor, Parent, ClientData)) { |
| 221 | case CXChildVisit_Break: |
| 222 | return true; |
| 223 | |
| 224 | case CXChildVisit_Continue: |
| 225 | return false; |
| 226 | |
| 227 | case CXChildVisit_Recurse: { |
| 228 | bool ret = VisitChildren(Cursor); |
| 229 | if (PostChildrenVisitor) |
| 230 | if (PostChildrenVisitor(Cursor, ClientData)) |
| 231 | return true; |
| 232 | return ret; |
| 233 | } |
| 234 | } |
| 235 | |
| 236 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXChildVisitResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid CXChildVisitResult!" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 236); |
| 237 | } |
| 238 | |
| 239 | static bool visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange R, |
| 240 | PreprocessingRecord &PPRec, |
| 241 | CursorVisitor &Visitor) { |
| 242 | SourceManager &SM = Visitor.getASTUnit()->getSourceManager(); |
| 243 | FileID FID; |
| 244 | |
| 245 | if (!Visitor.shouldVisitIncludedEntities()) { |
| 246 | // If the begin/end of the range lie in the same FileID, do the optimization |
| 247 | // where we skip preprocessed entities that do not come from the same |
| 248 | // FileID. |
| 249 | FID = SM.getFileID(SM.getFileLoc(R.getBegin())); |
| 250 | if (FID != SM.getFileID(SM.getFileLoc(R.getEnd()))) |
| 251 | FID = FileID(); |
| 252 | } |
| 253 | |
| 254 | const auto &Entities = PPRec.getPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(R); |
| 255 | return Visitor.visitPreprocessedEntities(Entities.begin(), Entities.end(), |
| 256 | PPRec, FID); |
| 257 | } |
| 258 | |
| 259 | bool CursorVisitor::visitFileRegion() { |
| 260 | if (RegionOfInterest.isInvalid()) |
| 261 | return false; |
| 262 | |
| 263 | ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 264 | SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager(); |
| 265 | |
| 266 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> Begin = SM.getDecomposedLoc( |
| 267 | SM.getFileLoc(RegionOfInterest.getBegin())), |
| 268 | End = SM.getDecomposedLoc( |
| 269 | SM.getFileLoc(RegionOfInterest.getEnd())); |
| 270 | |
| 271 | if (End.first != Begin.first) { |
| 272 | // If the end does not reside in the same file, try to recover by |
| 273 | // picking the end of the file of begin location. |
| 274 | End.first = Begin.first; |
| 275 | End.second = SM.getFileIDSize(Begin.first); |
| 276 | } |
| 277 | |
| 278 | assert(Begin.first == End.first)(static_cast <bool> (Begin.first == End.first) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Begin.first == End.first", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp" , 278, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 279 | if (Begin.second > End.second) |
| 280 | return false; |
| 281 | |
| 282 | FileID File = Begin.first; |
| 283 | unsigned Offset = Begin.second; |
| 284 | unsigned Length = End.second - Begin.second; |
| 285 | |
| 286 | if (!VisitDeclsOnly && !VisitPreprocessorLast) |
| 287 | if (visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion()) |
| 288 | return true; // visitation break. |
| 289 | |
| 290 | if (visitDeclsFromFileRegion(File, Offset, Length)) |
| 291 | return true; // visitation break. |
| 292 | |
| 293 | if (!VisitDeclsOnly && VisitPreprocessorLast) |
| 294 | return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion(); |
| 295 | |
| 296 | return false; |
| 297 | } |
| 298 | |
| 299 | static bool isInLexicalContext(Decl *D, DeclContext *DC) { |
| 300 | if (!DC) |
| 301 | return false; |
| 302 | |
| 303 | for (DeclContext *DeclDC = D->getLexicalDeclContext(); DeclDC; |
| 304 | DeclDC = DeclDC->getLexicalParent()) { |
| 305 | if (DeclDC == DC) |
| 306 | return true; |
| 307 | } |
| 308 | return false; |
| 309 | } |
| 310 | |
| 311 | bool CursorVisitor::visitDeclsFromFileRegion(FileID File, unsigned Offset, |
| 312 | unsigned Length) { |
| 313 | ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 314 | SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager(); |
| 315 | SourceRange Range = RegionOfInterest; |
| 316 | |
| 317 | SmallVector<Decl *, 16> Decls; |
| 318 | Unit->findFileRegionDecls(File, Offset, Length, Decls); |
| 319 | |
| 320 | // If we didn't find any file level decls for the file, try looking at the |
| 321 | // file that it was included from. |
| 322 | while (Decls.empty() || Decls.front()->isTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer()) { |
| 323 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 324 | const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &SLEntry = SM.getSLocEntry(File, &Invalid); |
| 325 | if (Invalid) |
| 326 | return false; |
| 327 | |
| 328 | SourceLocation Outer; |
| 329 | if (SLEntry.isFile()) |
| 330 | Outer = SLEntry.getFile().getIncludeLoc(); |
| 331 | else |
| 332 | Outer = SLEntry.getExpansion().getExpansionLocStart(); |
| 333 | if (Outer.isInvalid()) |
| 334 | return false; |
| 335 | |
| 336 | std::tie(File, Offset) = SM.getDecomposedExpansionLoc(Outer); |
| 337 | Length = 0; |
| 338 | Unit->findFileRegionDecls(File, Offset, Length, Decls); |
| 339 | } |
| 340 | |
| 341 | assert(!Decls.empty())(static_cast <bool> (!Decls.empty()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Decls.empty()", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 341, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 342 | |
| 343 | bool VisitedAtLeastOnce = false; |
| 344 | DeclContext *CurDC = nullptr; |
| 345 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *>::iterator DIt = Decls.begin(); |
| 346 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Decl *>::iterator DE = Decls.end(); DIt != DE; ++DIt) { |
| 347 | Decl *D = *DIt; |
| 348 | if (D->getSourceRange().isInvalid()) |
| 349 | continue; |
| 350 | |
| 351 | if (isInLexicalContext(D, CurDC)) |
| 352 | continue; |
| 353 | |
| 354 | CurDC = dyn_cast<DeclContext>(D); |
| 355 | |
| 356 | if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) |
| 357 | if (!TD->isFreeStanding()) |
| 358 | continue; |
| 359 | |
| 360 | RangeComparisonResult CompRes = |
| 361 | RangeCompare(SM, D->getSourceRange(), Range); |
| 362 | if (CompRes == RangeBefore) |
| 363 | continue; |
| 364 | if (CompRes == RangeAfter) |
| 365 | break; |
| 366 | |
| 367 | assert(CompRes == RangeOverlap)(static_cast <bool> (CompRes == RangeOverlap) ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("CompRes == RangeOverlap", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp" , 367, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 368 | VisitedAtLeastOnce = true; |
| 369 | |
| 370 | if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D)) { |
| 371 | FileDI_current = &DIt; |
| 372 | FileDE_current = DE; |
| 373 | } else { |
| 374 | FileDI_current = nullptr; |
| 375 | } |
| 376 | |
| 377 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, Range), /*CheckedRegionOfInterest=*/true)) |
| 378 | return true; // visitation break. |
| 379 | } |
| 380 | |
| 381 | if (VisitedAtLeastOnce) |
| 382 | return false; |
| 383 | |
| 384 | // No Decls overlapped with the range. Move up the lexical context until there |
| 385 | // is a context that contains the range or we reach the translation unit |
| 386 | // level. |
| 387 | DeclContext *DC = DIt == Decls.begin() |
| 388 | ? (*DIt)->getLexicalDeclContext() |
| 389 | : (*(DIt - 1))->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
| 390 | |
| 391 | while (DC && !DC->isTranslationUnit()) { |
| 392 | Decl *D = cast<Decl>(DC); |
| 393 | SourceRange CurDeclRange = D->getSourceRange(); |
| 394 | if (CurDeclRange.isInvalid()) |
| 395 | break; |
| 396 | |
| 397 | if (RangeCompare(SM, CurDeclRange, Range) == RangeOverlap) { |
| 398 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, Range), /*CheckedRegionOfInterest=*/true)) |
| 399 | return true; // visitation break. |
| 400 | } |
| 401 | |
| 402 | DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
| 403 | } |
| 404 | |
| 405 | return false; |
| 406 | } |
| 407 | |
| 408 | bool CursorVisitor::visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion() { |
| 409 | if (!AU->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord()) |
| 410 | return false; |
| 411 | |
| 412 | PreprocessingRecord &PPRec = *AU->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord(); |
| 413 | SourceManager &SM = AU->getSourceManager(); |
| 414 | |
| 415 | if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) { |
| 416 | SourceRange MappedRange = AU->mapRangeToPreamble(RegionOfInterest); |
| 417 | SourceLocation B = MappedRange.getBegin(); |
| 418 | SourceLocation E = MappedRange.getEnd(); |
| 419 | |
| 420 | if (AU->isInPreambleFileID(B)) { |
| 421 | if (SM.isLoadedSourceLocation(E)) |
| 422 | return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange(B, E), PPRec, |
| 423 | *this); |
| 424 | |
| 425 | // Beginning of range lies in the preamble but it also extends beyond |
| 426 | // it into the main file. Split the range into 2 parts, one covering |
| 427 | // the preamble and another covering the main file. This allows subsequent |
| 428 | // calls to visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange to accept a source range that |
| 429 | // lies in the same FileID, allowing it to skip preprocessed entities that |
| 430 | // do not come from the same FileID. |
| 431 | bool breaked = visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange( |
| 432 | SourceRange(B, AU->getEndOfPreambleFileID()), PPRec, *this); |
| 433 | if (breaked) |
| 434 | return true; |
| 435 | return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange( |
| 436 | SourceRange(AU->getStartOfMainFileID(), E), PPRec, *this); |
| 437 | } |
| 438 | |
| 439 | return visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRange(SourceRange(B, E), PPRec, *this); |
| 440 | } |
| 441 | |
| 442 | bool OnlyLocalDecls = !AU->isMainFileAST() && AU->getOnlyLocalDecls(); |
| 443 | |
| 444 | if (OnlyLocalDecls) |
| 445 | return visitPreprocessedEntities(PPRec.local_begin(), PPRec.local_end(), |
| 446 | PPRec); |
| 447 | |
| 448 | return visitPreprocessedEntities(PPRec.begin(), PPRec.end(), PPRec); |
| 449 | } |
| 450 | |
| 451 | template <typename InputIterator> |
| 452 | bool CursorVisitor::visitPreprocessedEntities(InputIterator First, |
| 453 | InputIterator Last, |
| 454 | PreprocessingRecord &PPRec, |
| 455 | FileID FID) { |
| 456 | for (; First != Last; ++First) { |
| 457 | if (!FID.isInvalid() && !PPRec.isEntityInFileID(First, FID)) |
| 458 | continue; |
| 459 | |
| 460 | PreprocessedEntity *PPE = *First; |
| 461 | if (!PPE) |
| 462 | continue; |
| 463 | |
| 464 | if (MacroExpansion *ME = dyn_cast<MacroExpansion>(PPE)) { |
| 465 | if (Visit(MakeMacroExpansionCursor(ME, TU))) |
| 466 | return true; |
| 467 | |
| 468 | continue; |
| 469 | } |
| 470 | |
| 471 | if (MacroDefinitionRecord *MD = dyn_cast<MacroDefinitionRecord>(PPE)) { |
| 472 | if (Visit(MakeMacroDefinitionCursor(MD, TU))) |
| 473 | return true; |
| 474 | |
| 475 | continue; |
| 476 | } |
| 477 | |
| 478 | if (InclusionDirective *ID = dyn_cast<InclusionDirective>(PPE)) { |
| 479 | if (Visit(MakeInclusionDirectiveCursor(ID, TU))) |
| 480 | return true; |
| 481 | |
| 482 | continue; |
| 483 | } |
| 484 | } |
| 485 | |
| 486 | return false; |
| 487 | } |
| 488 | |
| 489 | /// Visit the children of the given cursor. |
| 490 | /// |
| 491 | /// \returns true if the visitation should be aborted, false if it |
| 492 | /// should continue. |
| 493 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitChildren(CXCursor Cursor) { |
| 494 | if (clang_isReference(Cursor.kind) && |
| 495 | Cursor.kind != CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier) { |
| 496 | // By definition, references have no children. |
| 497 | return false; |
| 498 | } |
| 499 | |
| 500 | // Set the Parent field to Cursor, then back to its old value once we're |
| 501 | // done. |
| 502 | SetParentRAII SetParent(Parent, StmtParent, Cursor); |
| 503 | |
| 504 | if (clang_isDeclaration(Cursor.kind)) { |
| 505 | Decl *D = const_cast<Decl *>(getCursorDecl(Cursor)); |
| 506 | if (!D) |
| 507 | return false; |
| 508 | |
| 509 | return VisitAttributes(D) || Visit(D); |
| 510 | } |
| 511 | |
| 512 | if (clang_isStatement(Cursor.kind)) { |
| 513 | if (const Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(Cursor)) |
| 514 | return Visit(S); |
| 515 | |
| 516 | return false; |
| 517 | } |
| 518 | |
| 519 | if (clang_isExpression(Cursor.kind)) { |
| 520 | if (const Expr *E = getCursorExpr(Cursor)) |
| 521 | return Visit(E); |
| 522 | |
| 523 | return false; |
| 524 | } |
| 525 | |
| 526 | if (clang_isTranslationUnit(Cursor.kind)) { |
| 527 | CXTranslationUnit TU = getCursorTU(Cursor); |
| 528 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 529 | |
| 530 | int VisitOrder[2] = {VisitPreprocessorLast, !VisitPreprocessorLast}; |
| 531 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) { |
| 532 | if (VisitOrder[I]) { |
| 533 | if (!CXXUnit->isMainFileAST() && CXXUnit->getOnlyLocalDecls() && |
| 534 | RegionOfInterest.isInvalid()) { |
| 535 | for (ASTUnit::top_level_iterator TL = CXXUnit->top_level_begin(), |
| 536 | TLEnd = CXXUnit->top_level_end(); |
| 537 | TL != TLEnd; ++TL) { |
| 538 | const std::optional<bool> V = handleDeclForVisitation(*TL); |
| 539 | if (!V) |
| 540 | continue; |
| 541 | return *V; |
| 542 | } |
| 543 | } else if (VisitDeclContext( |
| 544 | CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl())) |
| 545 | return true; |
| 546 | continue; |
| 547 | } |
| 548 | |
| 549 | // Walk the preprocessing record. |
| 550 | if (CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord()) |
| 551 | visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion(); |
| 552 | } |
| 553 | |
| 554 | return false; |
| 555 | } |
| 556 | |
| 557 | if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier) { |
| 558 | if (const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(Cursor)) { |
| 559 | if (TypeSourceInfo *BaseTSInfo = Base->getTypeSourceInfo()) { |
| 560 | return Visit(BaseTSInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 561 | } |
| 562 | } |
| 563 | } |
| 564 | |
| 565 | if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr) { |
| 566 | const IBOutletCollectionAttr *A = |
| 567 | cast<IBOutletCollectionAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(Cursor)); |
| 568 | if (const ObjCObjectType *ObjT = A->getInterface()->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) |
| 569 | return Visit(cxcursor::MakeCursorObjCClassRef( |
| 570 | ObjT->getInterface(), |
| 571 | A->getInterfaceLoc()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TU)); |
| 572 | } |
| 573 | |
| 574 | // If pointing inside a macro definition, check if the token is an identifier |
| 575 | // that was ever defined as a macro. In such a case, create a "pseudo" macro |
| 576 | // expansion cursor for that token. |
| 577 | SourceLocation BeginLoc = RegionOfInterest.getBegin(); |
| 578 | if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition && |
| 579 | BeginLoc == RegionOfInterest.getEnd()) { |
| 580 | SourceLocation Loc = AU->mapLocationToPreamble(BeginLoc); |
| 581 | const MacroInfo *MI = |
| 582 | getMacroInfo(cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(Cursor), TU); |
| 583 | if (MacroDefinitionRecord *MacroDef = |
| 584 | checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(MI, Loc, TU)) |
| 585 | return Visit(cxcursor::MakeMacroExpansionCursor(MacroDef, BeginLoc, TU)); |
| 586 | } |
| 587 | |
| 588 | // Nothing to visit at the moment. |
| 589 | return false; |
| 590 | } |
| 591 | |
| 592 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitBlockDecl(BlockDecl *B) { |
| 593 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = B->getSignatureAsWritten()) |
| 594 | if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc())) |
| 595 | return true; |
| 596 | |
| 597 | if (Stmt *Body = B->getBody()) |
| 598 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Body, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 599 | |
| 600 | return false; |
| 601 | } |
| 602 | |
| 603 | std::optional<bool> CursorVisitor::shouldVisitCursor(CXCursor Cursor) { |
| 604 | if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) { |
| 605 | SourceRange Range = getFullCursorExtent(Cursor, AU->getSourceManager()); |
| 606 | if (Range.isInvalid()) |
| 607 | return std::nullopt; |
| 608 | |
| 609 | switch (CompareRegionOfInterest(Range)) { |
| 610 | case RangeBefore: |
| 611 | // This declaration comes before the region of interest; skip it. |
| 612 | return std::nullopt; |
| 613 | |
| 614 | case RangeAfter: |
| 615 | // This declaration comes after the region of interest; we're done. |
| 616 | return false; |
| 617 | |
| 618 | case RangeOverlap: |
| 619 | // This declaration overlaps the region of interest; visit it. |
| 620 | break; |
| 621 | } |
| 622 | } |
| 623 | return true; |
| 624 | } |
| 625 | |
| 626 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclContext(DeclContext *DC) { |
| 627 | DeclContext::decl_iterator I = DC->decls_begin(), E = DC->decls_end(); |
| 628 | |
| 629 | // FIXME: Eventually remove. This part of a hack to support proper |
| 630 | // iteration over all Decls contained lexically within an ObjC container. |
| 631 | SaveAndRestore DI_saved(DI_current, &I); |
| 632 | SaveAndRestore DE_saved(DE_current, E); |
| 633 | |
| 634 | for (; I != E; ++I) { |
| 635 | Decl *D = *I; |
| 636 | if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() != DC) |
| 637 | continue; |
| 638 | // Filter out synthesized property accessor redeclarations. |
| 639 | if (isa<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) |
| 640 | if (auto *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) |
| 641 | if (OMD->isSynthesizedAccessorStub()) |
| 642 | continue; |
| 643 | const std::optional<bool> V = handleDeclForVisitation(D); |
| 644 | if (!V) |
| 645 | continue; |
| 646 | return *V; |
| 647 | } |
| 648 | return false; |
| 649 | } |
| 650 | |
| 651 | std::optional<bool> CursorVisitor::handleDeclForVisitation(const Decl *D) { |
| 652 | CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest); |
| 653 | |
| 654 | // Ignore synthesized ivars here, otherwise if we have something like: |
| 655 | // @synthesize prop = _prop; |
| 656 | // and '_prop' is not declared, we will encounter a '_prop' ivar before |
| 657 | // encountering the 'prop' synthesize declaration and we will think that |
| 658 | // we passed the region-of-interest. |
| 659 | if (auto *ivarD = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(D)) { |
| 660 | if (ivarD->getSynthesize()) |
| 661 | return std::nullopt; |
| 662 | } |
| 663 | |
| 664 | // FIXME: ObjCClassRef/ObjCProtocolRef for forward class/protocol |
| 665 | // declarations is a mismatch with the compiler semantics. |
| 666 | if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl) { |
| 667 | auto *ID = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D); |
| 668 | if (!ID->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 669 | Cursor = MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ID, ID->getLocation(), TU); |
| 670 | |
| 671 | } else if (Cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl) { |
| 672 | auto *PD = cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D); |
| 673 | if (!PD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 674 | Cursor = MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(PD, PD->getLocation(), TU); |
| 675 | } |
| 676 | |
| 677 | const std::optional<bool> V = shouldVisitCursor(Cursor); |
| 678 | if (!V) |
| 679 | return std::nullopt; |
| 680 | if (!*V) |
| 681 | return false; |
| 682 | if (Visit(Cursor, true)) |
| 683 | return true; |
| 684 | return std::nullopt; |
| 685 | } |
| 686 | |
| 687 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTranslationUnitDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *D) { |
| 688 | llvm_unreachable("Translation units are visited directly by Visit()")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Translation units are visited directly by Visit()" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 688); |
| 689 | } |
| 690 | |
| 691 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeAliasTemplateDecl(TypeAliasTemplateDecl *D) { |
| 692 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters())) |
| 693 | return true; |
| 694 | |
| 695 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(D->getTemplatedDecl(), TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 696 | } |
| 697 | |
| 698 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeAliasDecl(TypeAliasDecl *D) { |
| 699 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = D->getTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 700 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 701 | |
| 702 | return false; |
| 703 | } |
| 704 | |
| 705 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypedefDecl(TypedefDecl *D) { |
| 706 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = D->getTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 707 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 708 | |
| 709 | return false; |
| 710 | } |
| 711 | |
| 712 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTagDecl(TagDecl *D) { return VisitDeclContext(D); } |
| 713 | |
| 714 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplateSpecializationDecl( |
| 715 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *D) { |
| 716 | bool ShouldVisitBody = false; |
| 717 | switch (D->getSpecializationKind()) { |
| 718 | case TSK_Undeclared: |
| 719 | case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: |
| 720 | // Nothing to visit |
| 721 | return false; |
| 722 | |
| 723 | case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: |
| 724 | case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: |
| 725 | break; |
| 726 | |
| 727 | case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: |
| 728 | ShouldVisitBody = true; |
| 729 | break; |
| 730 | } |
| 731 | |
| 732 | // Visit the template arguments used in the specialization. |
| 733 | if (TypeSourceInfo *SpecType = D->getTypeAsWritten()) { |
| 734 | TypeLoc TL = SpecType->getTypeLoc(); |
| 735 | if (TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TSTLoc = |
| 736 | TL.getAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>()) { |
| 737 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TSTLoc.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) |
| 738 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TSTLoc.getArgLoc(I))) |
| 739 | return true; |
| 740 | } |
| 741 | } |
| 742 | |
| 743 | return ShouldVisitBody && VisitCXXRecordDecl(D); |
| 744 | } |
| 745 | |
| 746 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl( |
| 747 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *D) { |
| 748 | // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the TagDecl |
| 749 | // before visiting these template parameters. |
| 750 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters())) |
| 751 | return true; |
| 752 | |
| 753 | // Visit the partial specialization arguments. |
| 754 | const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *Info = D->getTemplateArgsAsWritten(); |
| 755 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *TemplateArgs = Info->getTemplateArgs(); |
| 756 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Info->NumTemplateArgs; I != N; ++I) |
| 757 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TemplateArgs[I])) |
| 758 | return true; |
| 759 | |
| 760 | return VisitCXXRecordDecl(D); |
| 761 | } |
| 762 | |
| 763 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTypeParmDecl(TemplateTypeParmDecl *D) { |
| 764 | if (const auto *TC = D->getTypeConstraint()) { |
| 765 | if (VisitTypeConstraint(*TC)) |
| 766 | return true; |
| 767 | } |
| 768 | |
| 769 | // Visit the default argument. |
| 770 | if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited()) |
| 771 | if (TypeSourceInfo *DefArg = D->getDefaultArgumentInfo()) |
| 772 | if (Visit(DefArg->getTypeLoc())) |
| 773 | return true; |
| 774 | |
| 775 | return false; |
| 776 | } |
| 777 | |
| 778 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitEnumConstantDecl(EnumConstantDecl *D) { |
| 779 | if (Expr *Init = D->getInitExpr()) |
| 780 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Init, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 781 | return false; |
| 782 | } |
| 783 | |
| 784 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { |
| 785 | unsigned NumParamList = DD->getNumTemplateParameterLists(); |
| 786 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumParamList; i++) { |
| 787 | TemplateParameterList *Params = DD->getTemplateParameterList(i); |
| 788 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(Params)) |
| 789 | return true; |
| 790 | } |
| 791 | |
| 792 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = DD->getTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 793 | if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc())) |
| 794 | return true; |
| 795 | |
| 796 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present. |
| 797 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = DD->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 798 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 799 | return true; |
| 800 | |
| 801 | return false; |
| 802 | } |
| 803 | |
| 804 | static bool HasTrailingReturnType(FunctionDecl *ND) { |
| 805 | const QualType Ty = ND->getType(); |
| 806 | if (const FunctionType *AFT = Ty->getAs<FunctionType>()) { |
| 807 | if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(AFT)) |
| 808 | return FT->hasTrailingReturn(); |
| 809 | } |
| 810 | |
| 811 | return false; |
| 812 | } |
| 813 | |
| 814 | /// Compare two base or member initializers based on their source order. |
| 815 | static int CompareCXXCtorInitializers(CXXCtorInitializer *const *X, |
| 816 | CXXCtorInitializer *const *Y) { |
| 817 | return (*X)->getSourceOrder() - (*Y)->getSourceOrder(); |
| 818 | } |
| 819 | |
| 820 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *ND) { |
| 821 | unsigned NumParamList = ND->getNumTemplateParameterLists(); |
| 822 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumParamList; i++) { |
| 823 | TemplateParameterList *Params = ND->getTemplateParameterList(i); |
| 824 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(Params)) |
| 825 | return true; |
| 826 | } |
| 827 | |
| 828 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ND->getTypeSourceInfo()) { |
| 829 | // Visit the function declaration's syntactic components in the order |
| 830 | // written. This requires a bit of work. |
| 831 | TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens(); |
| 832 | FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); |
| 833 | const bool HasTrailingRT = HasTrailingReturnType(ND); |
| 834 | |
| 835 | // If we have a function declared directly (without the use of a typedef), |
| 836 | // visit just the return type. Otherwise, just visit the function's type |
| 837 | // now. |
| 838 | if ((FTL && !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(ND) && !HasTrailingRT && |
| 839 | Visit(FTL.getReturnLoc())) || |
| 840 | (!FTL && Visit(TL))) |
| 841 | return true; |
| 842 | |
| 843 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present. |
| 844 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = ND->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 845 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 846 | return true; |
| 847 | |
| 848 | // Visit the declaration name. |
| 849 | if (!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(ND)) |
| 850 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(ND->getNameInfo())) |
| 851 | return true; |
| 852 | |
| 853 | // FIXME: Visit explicitly-specified template arguments! |
| 854 | |
| 855 | // Visit the function parameters, if we have a function type. |
| 856 | if (FTL && VisitFunctionTypeLoc(FTL, true)) |
| 857 | return true; |
| 858 | |
| 859 | // Visit the function's trailing return type. |
| 860 | if (FTL && HasTrailingRT && Visit(FTL.getReturnLoc())) |
| 861 | return true; |
| 862 | |
| 863 | // FIXME: Attributes? |
| 864 | } |
| 865 | |
| 866 | if (auto *E = ND->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { |
| 867 | if (Visit(E)) |
| 868 | return true; |
| 869 | } |
| 870 | |
| 871 | if (ND->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && !ND->isLateTemplateParsed()) { |
| 872 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND)) { |
| 873 | // Find the initializers that were written in the source. |
| 874 | SmallVector<CXXCtorInitializer *, 4> WrittenInits; |
| 875 | for (auto *I : Constructor->inits()) { |
| 876 | if (!I->isWritten()) |
| 877 | continue; |
| 878 | |
| 879 | WrittenInits.push_back(I); |
| 880 | } |
| 881 | |
| 882 | // Sort the initializers in source order |
| 883 | llvm::array_pod_sort(WrittenInits.begin(), WrittenInits.end(), |
| 884 | &CompareCXXCtorInitializers); |
| 885 | |
| 886 | // Visit the initializers in source order |
| 887 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = WrittenInits.size(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 888 | CXXCtorInitializer *Init = WrittenInits[I]; |
| 889 | if (Init->isAnyMemberInitializer()) { |
| 890 | if (Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(Init->getAnyMember(), |
| 891 | Init->getMemberLocation(), TU))) |
| 892 | return true; |
| 893 | } else if (TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = Init->getTypeSourceInfo()) { |
| 894 | if (Visit(TInfo->getTypeLoc())) |
| 895 | return true; |
| 896 | } |
| 897 | |
| 898 | // Visit the initializer value. |
| 899 | if (Expr *Initializer = Init->getInit()) |
| 900 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(Initializer, ND, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 901 | return true; |
| 902 | } |
| 903 | } |
| 904 | |
| 905 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(ND->getBody(), StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 906 | return true; |
| 907 | } |
| 908 | |
| 909 | return false; |
| 910 | } |
| 911 | |
| 912 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitFieldDecl(FieldDecl *D) { |
| 913 | if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D)) |
| 914 | return true; |
| 915 | |
| 916 | if (Expr *BitWidth = D->getBitWidth()) |
| 917 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(BitWidth, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 918 | |
| 919 | if (Expr *Init = D->getInClassInitializer()) |
| 920 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Init, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 921 | |
| 922 | return false; |
| 923 | } |
| 924 | |
| 925 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitVarDecl(VarDecl *D) { |
| 926 | if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D)) |
| 927 | return true; |
| 928 | |
| 929 | if (Expr *Init = D->getInit()) |
| 930 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Init, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 931 | |
| 932 | return false; |
| 933 | } |
| 934 | |
| 935 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitNonTypeTemplateParmDecl(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *D) { |
| 936 | if (VisitDeclaratorDecl(D)) |
| 937 | return true; |
| 938 | |
| 939 | if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited()) |
| 940 | if (Expr *DefArg = D->getDefaultArgument()) |
| 941 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(DefArg, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 942 | |
| 943 | return false; |
| 944 | } |
| 945 | |
| 946 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionTemplateDecl(FunctionTemplateDecl *D) { |
| 947 | // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the FunctionDecl |
| 948 | // before visiting these template parameters. |
| 949 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters())) |
| 950 | return true; |
| 951 | |
| 952 | auto *FD = D->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 953 | return VisitAttributes(FD) || VisitFunctionDecl(FD); |
| 954 | } |
| 955 | |
| 956 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitClassTemplateDecl(ClassTemplateDecl *D) { |
| 957 | // FIXME: Visit the "outer" template parameter lists on the TagDecl |
| 958 | // before visiting these template parameters. |
| 959 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters())) |
| 960 | return true; |
| 961 | |
| 962 | auto *CD = D->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 963 | return VisitAttributes(CD) || VisitCXXRecordDecl(CD); |
| 964 | } |
| 965 | |
| 966 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *D) { |
| 967 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters())) |
| 968 | return true; |
| 969 | |
| 970 | if (D->hasDefaultArgument() && !D->defaultArgumentWasInherited() && |
| 971 | VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(D->getDefaultArgument())) |
| 972 | return true; |
| 973 | |
| 974 | return false; |
| 975 | } |
| 976 | |
| 977 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCTypeParamDecl(ObjCTypeParamDecl *D) { |
| 978 | // Visit the bound, if it's explicit. |
| 979 | if (D->hasExplicitBound()) { |
| 980 | if (auto TInfo = D->getTypeSourceInfo()) { |
| 981 | if (Visit(TInfo->getTypeLoc())) |
| 982 | return true; |
| 983 | } |
| 984 | } |
| 985 | |
| 986 | return false; |
| 987 | } |
| 988 | |
| 989 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *ND) { |
| 990 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ND->getReturnTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 991 | if (Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc())) |
| 992 | return true; |
| 993 | |
| 994 | for (const auto *P : ND->parameters()) { |
| 995 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(P, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 996 | return true; |
| 997 | } |
| 998 | |
| 999 | return ND->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && |
| 1000 | Visit(MakeCXCursor(ND->getBody(), StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 1001 | } |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 | template <typename DeclIt> |
| 1004 | static void addRangedDeclsInContainer(DeclIt *DI_current, DeclIt DE_current, |
| 1005 | SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 1006 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls) { |
| 1007 | DeclIt next = *DI_current; |
| 1008 | while (++next != DE_current) { |
| 1009 | Decl *D_next = *next; |
| 1010 | if (!D_next) |
| 1011 | break; |
| 1012 | SourceLocation L = D_next->getBeginLoc(); |
| 1013 | if (!L.isValid()) |
| 1014 | break; |
| 1015 | if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L, EndLoc)) { |
| 1016 | *DI_current = next; |
| 1017 | Decls.push_back(D_next); |
| 1018 | continue; |
| 1019 | } |
| 1020 | break; |
| 1021 | } |
| 1022 | } |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCContainerDecl(ObjCContainerDecl *D) { |
| 1025 | // FIXME: Eventually convert back to just 'VisitDeclContext()'. Essentially |
| 1026 | // an @implementation can lexically contain Decls that are not properly |
| 1027 | // nested in the AST. When we identify such cases, we need to retrofit |
| 1028 | // this nesting here. |
| 1029 | if (!DI_current && !FileDI_current) |
| 1030 | return VisitDeclContext(D); |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | // Scan the Decls that immediately come after the container |
| 1033 | // in the current DeclContext. If any fall within the |
| 1034 | // container's lexical region, stash them into a vector |
| 1035 | // for later processing. |
| 1036 | SmallVector<Decl *, 24> DeclsInContainer; |
| 1037 | SourceLocation EndLoc = D->getSourceRange().getEnd(); |
| 1038 | SourceManager &SM = AU->getSourceManager(); |
| 1039 | if (EndLoc.isValid()) { |
| 1040 | if (DI_current) { |
| 1041 | addRangedDeclsInContainer(DI_current, DE_current, SM, EndLoc, |
| 1042 | DeclsInContainer); |
| 1043 | } else { |
| 1044 | addRangedDeclsInContainer(FileDI_current, FileDE_current, SM, EndLoc, |
| 1045 | DeclsInContainer); |
| 1046 | } |
| 1047 | } |
| 1048 | |
| 1049 | // The common case. |
| 1050 | if (DeclsInContainer.empty()) |
| 1051 | return VisitDeclContext(D); |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | // Get all the Decls in the DeclContext, and sort them with the |
| 1054 | // additional ones we've collected. Then visit them. |
| 1055 | for (auto *SubDecl : D->decls()) { |
| 1056 | if (!SubDecl || SubDecl->getLexicalDeclContext() != D || |
| 1057 | SubDecl->getBeginLoc().isInvalid()) |
| 1058 | continue; |
| 1059 | DeclsInContainer.push_back(SubDecl); |
| 1060 | } |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 | // Now sort the Decls so that they appear in lexical order. |
| 1063 | llvm::sort(DeclsInContainer, [&SM](Decl *A, Decl *B) { |
| 1064 | SourceLocation L_A = A->getBeginLoc(); |
| 1065 | SourceLocation L_B = B->getBeginLoc(); |
| 1066 | return L_A != L_B |
| 1067 | ? SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L_A, L_B) |
| 1068 | : SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(A->getEndLoc(), B->getEndLoc()); |
| 1069 | }); |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 | // Now visit the decls. |
| 1072 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Decl *>::iterator I = DeclsInContainer.begin(), |
| 1073 | E = DeclsInContainer.end(); |
| 1074 | I != E; ++I) { |
| 1075 | CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(*I, TU, RegionOfInterest); |
| 1076 | const std::optional<bool> &V = shouldVisitCursor(Cursor); |
| 1077 | if (!V) |
| 1078 | continue; |
| 1079 | if (!*V) |
| 1080 | return false; |
| 1081 | if (Visit(Cursor, true)) |
| 1082 | return true; |
| 1083 | } |
| 1084 | return false; |
| 1085 | } |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCCategoryDecl(ObjCCategoryDecl *ND) { |
| 1088 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ND->getClassInterface(), ND->getLocation(), |
| 1089 | TU))) |
| 1090 | return true; |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 | if (VisitObjCTypeParamList(ND->getTypeParamList())) |
| 1093 | return true; |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 | ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = ND->protocol_loc_begin(); |
| 1096 | for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator I = ND->protocol_begin(), |
| 1097 | E = ND->protocol_end(); |
| 1098 | I != E; ++I, ++PL) |
| 1099 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU))) |
| 1100 | return true; |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | return VisitObjCContainerDecl(ND); |
| 1103 | } |
| 1104 | |
| 1105 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCProtocolDecl(ObjCProtocolDecl *PID) { |
| 1106 | if (!PID->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 1107 | return Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(PID, PID->getLocation(), TU)); |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 | ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = PID->protocol_loc_begin(); |
| 1110 | for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PID->protocol_begin(), |
| 1111 | E = PID->protocol_end(); |
| 1112 | I != E; ++I, ++PL) |
| 1113 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU))) |
| 1114 | return true; |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | return VisitObjCContainerDecl(PID); |
| 1117 | } |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD) { |
| 1120 | if (PD->getTypeSourceInfo() && Visit(PD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc())) |
| 1121 | return true; |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | // FIXME: This implements a workaround with @property declarations also being |
| 1124 | // installed in the DeclContext for the @interface. Eventually this code |
| 1125 | // should be removed. |
| 1126 | ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(PD->getDeclContext()); |
| 1127 | if (!CDecl || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) |
| 1128 | return false; |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = CDecl->getClassInterface(); |
| 1131 | if (!ID) |
| 1132 | return false; |
| 1133 | |
| 1134 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyId = PD->getIdentifier(); |
| 1135 | ObjCPropertyDecl *prevDecl = ObjCPropertyDecl::findPropertyDecl( |
| 1136 | cast<DeclContext>(ID), PropertyId, PD->getQueryKind()); |
| 1137 | |
| 1138 | if (!prevDecl) |
| 1139 | return false; |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | // Visit synthesized methods since they will be skipped when visiting |
| 1142 | // the @interface. |
| 1143 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = prevDecl->getGetterMethodDecl()) |
| 1144 | if (MD->isPropertyAccessor() && MD->getLexicalDeclContext() == CDecl) |
| 1145 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(MD, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1146 | return true; |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = prevDecl->getSetterMethodDecl()) |
| 1149 | if (MD->isPropertyAccessor() && MD->getLexicalDeclContext() == CDecl) |
| 1150 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(MD, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1151 | return true; |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | return false; |
| 1154 | } |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCTypeParamList(ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList) { |
| 1157 | if (!typeParamList) |
| 1158 | return false; |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 | for (auto *typeParam : *typeParamList) { |
| 1161 | // Visit the type parameter. |
| 1162 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(typeParam, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1163 | return true; |
| 1164 | } |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | return false; |
| 1167 | } |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCInterfaceDecl(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { |
| 1170 | if (!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { |
| 1171 | // Forward declaration is treated like a reference. |
| 1172 | return Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(D, D->getLocation(), TU)); |
| 1173 | } |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 | // Objective-C type parameters. |
| 1176 | if (VisitObjCTypeParamList(D->getTypeParamListAsWritten())) |
| 1177 | return true; |
| 1178 | |
| 1179 | // Issue callbacks for super class. |
| 1180 | if (D->getSuperClass() && Visit(MakeCursorObjCSuperClassRef( |
| 1181 | D->getSuperClass(), D->getSuperClassLoc(), TU))) |
| 1182 | return true; |
| 1183 | |
| 1184 | if (TypeSourceInfo *SuperClassTInfo = D->getSuperClassTInfo()) |
| 1185 | if (Visit(SuperClassTInfo->getTypeLoc())) |
| 1186 | return true; |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 | ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_loc_iterator PL = D->protocol_loc_begin(); |
| 1189 | for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator I = D->protocol_begin(), |
| 1190 | E = D->protocol_end(); |
| 1191 | I != E; ++I, ++PL) |
| 1192 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(*I, *PL, TU))) |
| 1193 | return true; |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 | return VisitObjCContainerDecl(D); |
| 1196 | } |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCImplDecl(ObjCImplDecl *D) { |
| 1199 | return VisitObjCContainerDecl(D); |
| 1200 | } |
| 1201 | |
| 1202 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCCategoryImplDecl(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *D) { |
| 1203 | // 'ID' could be null when dealing with invalid code. |
| 1204 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = D->getClassInterface()) |
| 1205 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ID, D->getLocation(), TU))) |
| 1206 | return true; |
| 1207 | |
| 1208 | return VisitObjCImplDecl(D); |
| 1209 | } |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCImplementationDecl(ObjCImplementationDecl *D) { |
| 1212 | #if 0 |
| 1213 | // Issue callbacks for super class. |
| 1214 | // FIXME: No source location information! |
| 1215 | if (D->getSuperClass() && |
| 1216 | Visit(MakeCursorObjCSuperClassRef(D->getSuperClass(), |
| 1217 | D->getSuperClassLoc(), |
| 1218 | TU))) |
| 1219 | return true; |
| 1220 | #endif |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | return VisitObjCImplDecl(D); |
| 1223 | } |
| 1224 | |
| 1225 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCPropertyImplDecl(ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PD) { |
| 1226 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = PD->getPropertyIvarDecl()) |
| 1227 | if (PD->isIvarNameSpecified()) |
| 1228 | return Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(Ivar, PD->getPropertyIvarDeclLoc(), TU)); |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | return false; |
| 1231 | } |
| 1232 | |
| 1233 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitNamespaceDecl(NamespaceDecl *D) { |
| 1234 | return VisitDeclContext(D); |
| 1235 | } |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitNamespaceAliasDecl(NamespaceAliasDecl *D) { |
| 1238 | // Visit nested-name-specifier. |
| 1239 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 1240 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 1241 | return true; |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 | return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(D->getAliasedNamespace(), |
| 1244 | D->getTargetNameLoc(), TU)); |
| 1245 | } |
| 1246 | |
| 1247 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUsingDecl(UsingDecl *D) { |
| 1248 | // Visit nested-name-specifier. |
| 1249 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) { |
| 1250 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 1251 | return true; |
| 1252 | } |
| 1253 | |
| 1254 | if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(D, D->getLocation(), TU))) |
| 1255 | return true; |
| 1256 | |
| 1257 | return VisitDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo()); |
| 1258 | } |
| 1259 | |
| 1260 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUsingDirectiveDecl(UsingDirectiveDecl *D) { |
| 1261 | // Visit nested-name-specifier. |
| 1262 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 1263 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 1264 | return true; |
| 1265 | |
| 1266 | return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(D->getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten(), |
| 1267 | D->getIdentLocation(), TU)); |
| 1268 | } |
| 1269 | |
| 1270 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingValueDecl(UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *D) { |
| 1271 | // Visit nested-name-specifier. |
| 1272 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) { |
| 1273 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 1274 | return true; |
| 1275 | } |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | return VisitDeclarationNameInfo(D->getNameInfo()); |
| 1278 | } |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl( |
| 1281 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
| 1282 | // Visit nested-name-specifier. |
| 1283 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 1284 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 1285 | return true; |
| 1286 | |
| 1287 | return false; |
| 1288 | } |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitStaticAssertDecl(StaticAssertDecl *D) { |
| 1291 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D->getAssertExpr(), StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1292 | return true; |
| 1293 | if (StringLiteral *Message = D->getMessage()) |
| 1294 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(Message, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1295 | return true; |
| 1296 | return false; |
| 1297 | } |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitFriendDecl(FriendDecl *D) { |
| 1300 | if (NamedDecl *FriendD = D->getFriendDecl()) { |
| 1301 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(FriendD, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1302 | return true; |
| 1303 | } else if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = D->getFriendType()) { |
| 1304 | if (Visit(TI->getTypeLoc())) |
| 1305 | return true; |
| 1306 | } |
| 1307 | return false; |
| 1308 | } |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDecompositionDecl(DecompositionDecl *D) { |
| 1311 | for (auto *B : D->bindings()) { |
| 1312 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(B, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1313 | return true; |
| 1314 | } |
| 1315 | return VisitVarDecl(D); |
| 1316 | } |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitConceptDecl(ConceptDecl *D) { |
| 1319 | if (VisitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters())) |
| 1320 | return true; |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | if (auto *E = D->getConstraintExpr()) { |
| 1323 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, D, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1324 | return true; |
| 1325 | } |
| 1326 | return false; |
| 1327 | } |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeConstraint(const TypeConstraint &TC) { |
| 1330 | if (TC.getNestedNameSpecifierLoc()) { |
| 1331 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TC.getNestedNameSpecifierLoc())) |
| 1332 | return true; |
| 1333 | } |
| 1334 | if (TC.getNamedConcept()) { |
| 1335 | if (Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(TC.getNamedConcept(), |
| 1336 | TC.getConceptNameLoc(), TU))) |
| 1337 | return true; |
| 1338 | } |
| 1339 | if (auto Args = TC.getTemplateArgsAsWritten()) { |
| 1340 | for (const auto &Arg : Args->arguments()) { |
| 1341 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(Arg)) |
| 1342 | return true; |
| 1343 | } |
| 1344 | } |
| 1345 | return false; |
| 1346 | } |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitConceptRequirement(const concepts::Requirement &R) { |
| 1349 | using namespace concepts; |
| 1350 | switch (R.getKind()) { |
| 1351 | case Requirement::RK_Type: { |
| 1352 | const TypeRequirement &TR = cast<TypeRequirement>(R); |
| 1353 | if (!TR.isSubstitutionFailure()) { |
| 1354 | if (Visit(TR.getType()->getTypeLoc())) |
| 1355 | return true; |
| 1356 | } |
| 1357 | break; |
| 1358 | } |
| 1359 | case Requirement::RK_Simple: |
| 1360 | case Requirement::RK_Compound: { |
| 1361 | const ExprRequirement &ER = cast<ExprRequirement>(R); |
| 1362 | if (!ER.isExprSubstitutionFailure()) { |
| 1363 | if (Visit(ER.getExpr())) |
| 1364 | return true; |
| 1365 | } |
| 1366 | if (ER.getKind() == Requirement::RK_Compound) { |
| 1367 | const auto &RTR = ER.getReturnTypeRequirement(); |
| 1368 | if (RTR.isTypeConstraint()) { |
| 1369 | if (const auto *Cons = RTR.getTypeConstraint()) |
| 1370 | VisitTypeConstraint(*Cons); |
| 1371 | } |
| 1372 | } |
| 1373 | break; |
| 1374 | } |
| 1375 | case Requirement::RK_Nested: { |
| 1376 | const NestedRequirement &NR = cast<NestedRequirement>(R); |
| 1377 | if (!NR.hasInvalidConstraint()) { |
| 1378 | if (Visit(NR.getConstraintExpr())) |
| 1379 | return true; |
| 1380 | } |
| 1381 | break; |
| 1382 | } |
| 1383 | } |
| 1384 | return false; |
| 1385 | } |
| 1386 | |
| 1387 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeclarationNameInfo(DeclarationNameInfo Name) { |
| 1388 | switch (Name.getName().getNameKind()) { |
| 1389 | case clang::DeclarationName::Identifier: |
| 1390 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName: |
| 1391 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName: |
| 1392 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName: |
| 1393 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective: |
| 1394 | return false; |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName: |
| 1397 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName: |
| 1398 | case clang::DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName: |
| 1399 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = Name.getNamedTypeInfo()) |
| 1400 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 1401 | return false; |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector: |
| 1404 | case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector: |
| 1405 | case clang::DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector: |
| 1406 | // FIXME: Per-identifier location info? |
| 1407 | return false; |
| 1408 | } |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid DeclarationName::Kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid DeclarationName::Kind!" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 1410); |
| 1411 | } |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
| 1414 | SourceRange Range) { |
| 1415 | // FIXME: This whole routine is a hack to work around the lack of proper |
| 1416 | // source information in nested-name-specifiers (PR5791). Since we do have |
| 1417 | // a beginning source location, we can visit the first component of the |
| 1418 | // nested-name-specifier, if it's a single-token component. |
| 1419 | if (!NNS) |
| 1420 | return false; |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | // Get the first component in the nested-name-specifier. |
| 1423 | while (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix()) |
| 1424 | NNS = Prefix; |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | switch (NNS->getKind()) { |
| 1427 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: |
| 1428 | return Visit( |
| 1429 | MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespace(), Range.getBegin(), TU)); |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 | case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: |
| 1432 | return Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias(), |
| 1433 | Range.getBegin(), TU)); |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: { |
| 1436 | // If the type has a form where we know that the beginning of the source |
| 1437 | // range matches up with a reference cursor. Visit the appropriate reference |
| 1438 | // cursor. |
| 1439 | const Type *T = NNS->getAsType(); |
| 1440 | if (const TypedefType *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) |
| 1441 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Typedef->getDecl(), Range.getBegin(), TU)); |
| 1442 | if (const TagType *Tag = dyn_cast<TagType>(T)) |
| 1443 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(Tag->getDecl(), Range.getBegin(), TU)); |
| 1444 | if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = |
| 1445 | dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T)) |
| 1446 | return VisitTemplateName(TST->getTemplateName(), Range.getBegin()); |
| 1447 | break; |
| 1448 | } |
| 1449 | |
| 1450 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: |
| 1451 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: |
| 1452 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: |
| 1453 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: |
| 1454 | break; |
| 1455 | } |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 | return false; |
| 1458 | } |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc( |
| 1461 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier) { |
| 1462 | SmallVector<NestedNameSpecifierLoc, 4> Qualifiers; |
| 1463 | for (; Qualifier; Qualifier = Qualifier.getPrefix()) |
| 1464 | Qualifiers.push_back(Qualifier); |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 | while (!Qualifiers.empty()) { |
| 1467 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc Q = Qualifiers.pop_back_val(); |
| 1468 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Q.getNestedNameSpecifier(); |
| 1469 | switch (NNS->getKind()) { |
| 1470 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: |
| 1471 | if (Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespace(), |
| 1472 | Q.getLocalBeginLoc(), TU))) |
| 1473 | return true; |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 | break; |
| 1476 | |
| 1477 | case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: |
| 1478 | if (Visit(MakeCursorNamespaceRef(NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias(), |
| 1479 | Q.getLocalBeginLoc(), TU))) |
| 1480 | return true; |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 | break; |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: |
| 1485 | case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: |
| 1486 | if (Visit(Q.getTypeLoc())) |
| 1487 | return true; |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 | break; |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: |
| 1492 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: |
| 1493 | case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: |
| 1494 | break; |
| 1495 | } |
| 1496 | } |
| 1497 | |
| 1498 | return false; |
| 1499 | } |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateParameters( |
| 1502 | const TemplateParameterList *Params) { |
| 1503 | if (!Params) |
| 1504 | return false; |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 | for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), |
| 1507 | PEnd = Params->end(); |
| 1508 | P != PEnd; ++P) { |
| 1509 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(*P, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1510 | return true; |
| 1511 | } |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 | if (const auto *E = Params->getRequiresClause()) { |
| 1514 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, nullptr, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1515 | return true; |
| 1516 | } |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | return false; |
| 1519 | } |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateName(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc) { |
| 1522 | switch (Name.getKind()) { |
| 1523 | case TemplateName::Template: |
| 1524 | case TemplateName::UsingTemplate: |
| 1525 | case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: // FIXME: Visit nested-name-specifier. |
| 1526 | return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(Name.getAsTemplateDecl(), Loc, TU)); |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: |
| 1529 | // Visit the overloaded template set. |
| 1530 | if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Name, Loc, TU))) |
| 1531 | return true; |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 | return false; |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 | case TemplateName::AssumedTemplate: |
| 1536 | // FIXME: Visit DeclarationName? |
| 1537 | return false; |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: |
| 1540 | // FIXME: Visit nested-name-specifier. |
| 1541 | return false; |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: |
| 1544 | return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef( |
| 1545 | Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm()->getParameter(), Loc, TU)); |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 | case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: |
| 1548 | return Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef( |
| 1549 | Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack()->getParameterPack(), Loc, |
| 1550 | TU)); |
| 1551 | } |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateName::Kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid TemplateName::Kind!" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 1553); |
| 1554 | } |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgumentLoc &TAL) { |
| 1557 | switch (TAL.getArgument().getKind()) { |
| 1558 | case TemplateArgument::Null: |
| 1559 | case TemplateArgument::Integral: |
| 1560 | case TemplateArgument::Pack: |
| 1561 | return false; |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | case TemplateArgument::Type: |
| 1564 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TAL.getTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 1565 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 1566 | return false; |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 | case TemplateArgument::Declaration: |
| 1569 | if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceDeclExpression()) |
| 1570 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 1571 | return false; |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 | case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: |
| 1574 | if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceNullPtrExpression()) |
| 1575 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 1576 | return false; |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 | case TemplateArgument::Expression: |
| 1579 | if (Expr *E = TAL.getSourceExpression()) |
| 1580 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 1581 | return false; |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 | case TemplateArgument::Template: |
| 1584 | case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: |
| 1585 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TAL.getTemplateQualifierLoc())) |
| 1586 | return true; |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 | return VisitTemplateName(TAL.getArgument().getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern(), |
| 1589 | TAL.getTemplateNameLoc()); |
| 1590 | } |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateArgument::Kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid TemplateArgument::Kind!" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 1592); |
| 1593 | } |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitLinkageSpecDecl(LinkageSpecDecl *D) { |
| 1596 | return VisitDeclContext(D); |
| 1597 | } |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitQualifiedTypeLoc(QualifiedTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1600 | return Visit(TL.getUnqualifiedLoc()); |
| 1601 | } |
| 1602 | |
| 1603 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitBuiltinTypeLoc(BuiltinTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1604 | ASTContext &Context = AU->getASTContext(); |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 | // Some builtin types (such as Objective-C's "id", "sel", and |
| 1607 | // "Class") have associated declarations. Create cursors for those. |
| 1608 | QualType VisitType; |
| 1609 | switch (TL.getTypePtr()->getKind()) { |
| 1610 | |
| 1611 | case BuiltinType::Void: |
| 1612 | case BuiltinType::NullPtr: |
| 1613 | case BuiltinType::Dependent: |
| 1614 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
| 1615 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
| 1616 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
| 1617 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtTYpe, Id, Ext) case BuiltinType::Id: |
| 1618 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
| 1619 | case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: |
| 1620 | case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: |
| 1621 | case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent: |
| 1622 | case BuiltinType::OCLQueue: |
| 1623 | case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID: |
| 1624 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
| 1625 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
| 1626 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) case BuiltinType::Id: |
| 1627 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" |
| 1628 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
| 1629 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" |
| 1630 | #define WASM_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
| 1631 | #include "clang/Basic/WebAssemblyReferenceTypes.def" |
| 1632 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) |
| 1633 | #define SIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
| 1634 | #define UNSIGNED_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
| 1635 | #define FLOATING_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
| 1636 | #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
| 1637 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
| 1638 | break; |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | case BuiltinType::ObjCId: |
| 1641 | VisitType = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
| 1642 | break; |
| 1643 | |
| 1644 | case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: |
| 1645 | VisitType = Context.getObjCClassType(); |
| 1646 | break; |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: |
| 1649 | VisitType = Context.getObjCSelType(); |
| 1650 | break; |
| 1651 | } |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 | if (!VisitType.isNull()) { |
| 1654 | if (const TypedefType *Typedef = VisitType->getAs<TypedefType>()) |
| 1655 | return Visit( |
| 1656 | MakeCursorTypeRef(Typedef->getDecl(), TL.getBuiltinLoc(), TU)); |
| 1657 | } |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | return false; |
| 1660 | } |
| 1661 | |
| 1662 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypedefTypeLoc(TypedefTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1663 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getTypedefNameDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU)); |
| 1664 | } |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnresolvedUsingTypeLoc(UnresolvedUsingTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1667 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU)); |
| 1668 | } |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTagTypeLoc(TagTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1671 | if (TL.isDefinition()) |
| 1672 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(TL.getDecl(), TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU)); |
| 1675 | } |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc(TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1678 | if (const auto *TC = TL.getDecl()->getTypeConstraint()) { |
| 1679 | if (VisitTypeConstraint(*TC)) |
| 1680 | return true; |
| 1681 | } |
| 1682 | |
| 1683 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU)); |
| 1684 | } |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCInterfaceTypeLoc(ObjCInterfaceTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1687 | return Visit(MakeCursorObjCClassRef(TL.getIFaceDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU)); |
| 1688 | } |
| 1689 | |
| 1690 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCTypeParamTypeLoc(ObjCTypeParamTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1691 | if (Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getBeginLoc(), TU))) |
| 1692 | return true; |
| 1693 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumProtocols(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 1694 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(TL.getProtocol(I), TL.getProtocolLoc(I), |
| 1695 | TU))) |
| 1696 | return true; |
| 1697 | } |
| 1698 | |
| 1699 | return false; |
| 1700 | } |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCObjectTypeLoc(ObjCObjectTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1703 | if (TL.hasBaseTypeAsWritten() && Visit(TL.getBaseLoc())) |
| 1704 | return true; |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumTypeArgs(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 1707 | if (Visit(TL.getTypeArgTInfo(I)->getTypeLoc())) |
| 1708 | return true; |
| 1709 | } |
| 1710 | |
| 1711 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumProtocols(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 1712 | if (Visit(MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(TL.getProtocol(I), TL.getProtocolLoc(I), |
| 1713 | TU))) |
| 1714 | return true; |
| 1715 | } |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 | return false; |
| 1718 | } |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc(ObjCObjectPointerTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1721 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc()); |
| 1722 | } |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitParenTypeLoc(ParenTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1725 | return Visit(TL.getInnerLoc()); |
| 1726 | } |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitMacroQualifiedTypeLoc(MacroQualifiedTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1729 | return Visit(TL.getInnerLoc()); |
| 1730 | } |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitPointerTypeLoc(PointerTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1733 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc()); |
| 1734 | } |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitBlockPointerTypeLoc(BlockPointerTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1737 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc()); |
| 1738 | } |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitMemberPointerTypeLoc(MemberPointerTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1741 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc()); |
| 1742 | } |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitLValueReferenceTypeLoc(LValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1745 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc()); |
| 1746 | } |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitRValueReferenceTypeLoc(RValueReferenceTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1749 | return Visit(TL.getPointeeLoc()); |
| 1750 | } |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUsingTypeLoc(UsingTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1753 | auto *underlyingDecl = TL.getUnderlyingType()->getAsTagDecl(); |
| 1754 | if (underlyingDecl) { |
| 1755 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(underlyingDecl, TL.getNameLoc(), TU)); |
| 1756 | } |
| 1757 | return false; |
| 1758 | } |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitAttributedTypeLoc(AttributedTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1761 | return Visit(TL.getModifiedLoc()); |
| 1762 | } |
| 1763 | |
| 1764 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitBTFTagAttributedTypeLoc(BTFTagAttributedTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1765 | return Visit(TL.getWrappedLoc()); |
| 1766 | } |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionTypeLoc(FunctionTypeLoc TL, |
| 1769 | bool SkipResultType) { |
| 1770 | if (!SkipResultType && Visit(TL.getReturnLoc())) |
| 1771 | return true; |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) |
| 1774 | if (Decl *D = TL.getParam(I)) |
| 1775 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest))) |
| 1776 | return true; |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 | return false; |
| 1779 | } |
| 1780 | |
| 1781 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitArrayTypeLoc(ArrayTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1782 | if (Visit(TL.getElementLoc())) |
| 1783 | return true; |
| 1784 | |
| 1785 | if (Expr *Size = TL.getSizeExpr()) |
| 1786 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(Size, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)); |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 | return false; |
| 1789 | } |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDecayedTypeLoc(DecayedTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1792 | return Visit(TL.getOriginalLoc()); |
| 1793 | } |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitAdjustedTypeLoc(AdjustedTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1796 | return Visit(TL.getOriginalLoc()); |
| 1797 | } |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDeducedTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc( |
| 1800 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1801 | if (VisitTemplateName(TL.getTypePtr()->getTemplateName(), |
| 1802 | TL.getTemplateNameLoc())) |
| 1803 | return true; |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 | return false; |
| 1806 | } |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc( |
| 1809 | TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1810 | // Visit the template name. |
| 1811 | if (VisitTemplateName(TL.getTypePtr()->getTemplateName(), |
| 1812 | TL.getTemplateNameLoc())) |
| 1813 | return true; |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 | // Visit the template arguments. |
| 1816 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) |
| 1817 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TL.getArgLoc(I))) |
| 1818 | return true; |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 | return false; |
| 1821 | } |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeOfExprTypeLoc(TypeOfExprTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1824 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(TL.getUnderlyingExpr(), StmtParent, TU)); |
| 1825 | } |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitTypeOfTypeLoc(TypeOfTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1828 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TL.getUnmodifiedTInfo()) |
| 1829 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 | return false; |
| 1832 | } |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitUnaryTransformTypeLoc(UnaryTransformTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1835 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = TL.getUnderlyingTInfo()) |
| 1836 | return Visit(TSInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 | return false; |
| 1839 | } |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentNameTypeLoc(DependentNameTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1842 | return VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc()); |
| 1843 | } |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc( |
| 1846 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1847 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if there is one. |
| 1848 | if (TL.getQualifierLoc() && VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc())) |
| 1849 | return true; |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 | // Visit the template arguments. |
| 1852 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TL.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) |
| 1853 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(TL.getArgLoc(I))) |
| 1854 | return true; |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 | return false; |
| 1857 | } |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitElaboratedTypeLoc(ElaboratedTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1860 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(TL.getQualifierLoc())) |
| 1861 | return true; |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | return Visit(TL.getNamedTypeLoc()); |
| 1864 | } |
| 1865 | |
| 1866 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitPackExpansionTypeLoc(PackExpansionTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1867 | return Visit(TL.getPatternLoc()); |
| 1868 | } |
| 1869 | |
| 1870 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitDecltypeTypeLoc(DecltypeTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1871 | if (Expr *E = TL.getUnderlyingExpr()) |
| 1872 | return Visit(MakeCXCursor(E, StmtParent, TU)); |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 | return false; |
| 1875 | } |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitInjectedClassNameTypeLoc(InjectedClassNameTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1878 | return Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(TL.getDecl(), TL.getNameLoc(), TU)); |
| 1879 | } |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitAtomicTypeLoc(AtomicTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1882 | return Visit(TL.getValueLoc()); |
| 1883 | } |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitPipeTypeLoc(PipeTypeLoc TL) { |
| 1886 | return Visit(TL.getValueLoc()); |
| 1887 | } |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 | #define DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(CLASS, PARENT)bool CursorVisitor::VisitCLASSTypeLoc(CLASSTypeLoc TL) { return VisitPARENTLoc(TL); } \ |
| 1890 | bool CursorVisitor::Visit##CLASS##TypeLoc(CLASS##TypeLoc TL) { \ |
| 1891 | return Visit##PARENT##Loc(TL); \ |
| 1892 | } |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Complex, Type)bool CursorVisitor::VisitComplexTypeLoc(ComplexTypeLoc TL) { return VisitTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1895 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(ConstantArray, ArrayType)bool CursorVisitor::VisitConstantArrayTypeLoc(ConstantArrayTypeLoc TL) { return VisitArrayTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1896 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(IncompleteArray, ArrayType)bool CursorVisitor::VisitIncompleteArrayTypeLoc(IncompleteArrayTypeLoc TL) { return VisitArrayTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1897 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(VariableArray, ArrayType)bool CursorVisitor::VisitVariableArrayTypeLoc(VariableArrayTypeLoc TL) { return VisitArrayTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1898 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentSizedArray, ArrayType)bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentSizedArrayTypeLoc(DependentSizedArrayTypeLoc TL) { return VisitArrayTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1899 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentAddressSpace, Type)bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentAddressSpaceTypeLoc(DependentAddressSpaceTypeLoc TL) { return VisitTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1900 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentVector, Type)bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentVectorTypeLoc(DependentVectorTypeLoc TL) { return VisitTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1901 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentSizedExtVector, Type)bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentSizedExtVectorTypeLoc(DependentSizedExtVectorTypeLoc TL) { return VisitTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1902 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Vector, Type)bool CursorVisitor::VisitVectorTypeLoc(VectorTypeLoc TL) { return VisitTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1903 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(ExtVector, VectorType)bool CursorVisitor::VisitExtVectorTypeLoc(ExtVectorTypeLoc TL ) { return VisitVectorTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1904 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(ConstantMatrix, MatrixType)bool CursorVisitor::VisitConstantMatrixTypeLoc(ConstantMatrixTypeLoc TL) { return VisitMatrixTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1905 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentSizedMatrix, MatrixType)bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentSizedMatrixTypeLoc(DependentSizedMatrixTypeLoc TL) { return VisitMatrixTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1906 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(FunctionProto, FunctionType)bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionProtoTypeLoc(FunctionProtoTypeLoc TL) { return VisitFunctionTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1907 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(FunctionNoProto, FunctionType)bool CursorVisitor::VisitFunctionNoProtoTypeLoc(FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc TL) { return VisitFunctionTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1908 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Record, TagType)bool CursorVisitor::VisitRecordTypeLoc(RecordTypeLoc TL) { return VisitTagTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1909 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Enum, TagType)bool CursorVisitor::VisitEnumTypeLoc(EnumTypeLoc TL) { return VisitTagTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1910 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Type)bool CursorVisitor::VisitSubstTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc(SubstTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc TL) { return VisitTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1911 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(SubstTemplateTypeParmPack, Type)bool CursorVisitor::VisitSubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeLoc(SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeLoc TL) { return VisitTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1912 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(Auto, Type)bool CursorVisitor::VisitAutoTypeLoc(AutoTypeLoc TL) { return VisitTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1913 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(BitInt, Type)bool CursorVisitor::VisitBitIntTypeLoc(BitIntTypeLoc TL) { return VisitTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1914 | DEFAULT_TYPELOC_IMPL(DependentBitInt, Type)bool CursorVisitor::VisitDependentBitIntTypeLoc(DependentBitIntTypeLoc TL) { return VisitTypeLoc(TL); } |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitCXXRecordDecl(CXXRecordDecl *D) { |
| 1917 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier, if present. |
| 1918 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = D->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 1919 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 1920 | return true; |
| 1921 | |
| 1922 | if (D->isCompleteDefinition()) { |
| 1923 | for (const auto &I : D->bases()) { |
| 1924 | if (Visit(cxcursor::MakeCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(&I, TU))) |
| 1925 | return true; |
| 1926 | } |
| 1927 | } |
| 1928 | |
| 1929 | return VisitTagDecl(D); |
| 1930 | } |
| 1931 | |
| 1932 | bool CursorVisitor::VisitAttributes(Decl *D) { |
| 1933 | for (const auto *I : D->attrs()) |
| 1934 | if ((TU->ParsingOptions & CXTranslationUnit_VisitImplicitAttributes || |
| 1935 | !I->isImplicit()) && |
| 1936 | Visit(MakeCXCursor(I, D, TU))) |
| 1937 | return true; |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 | return false; |
| 1940 | } |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1943 | // Data-recursive visitor methods. |
| 1944 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 | namespace { |
| 1947 | #define DEF_JOB(NAME, DATA, KIND) \ |
| 1948 | class NAME : public VisitorJob { \ |
| 1949 | public: \ |
| 1950 | NAME(const DATA *d, CXCursor parent) \ |
| 1951 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::KIND, d) {} \ |
| 1952 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { \ |
| 1953 | return VJ->getKind() == KIND; \ |
| 1954 | } \ |
| 1955 | const DATA *get() const { return static_cast<const DATA *>(data[0]); } \ |
| 1956 | }; |
| 1957 | |
| 1958 | DEF_JOB(StmtVisit, Stmt, StmtVisitKind) |
| 1959 | DEF_JOB(MemberExprParts, MemberExpr, MemberExprPartsKind) |
| 1960 | DEF_JOB(DeclRefExprParts, DeclRefExpr, DeclRefExprPartsKind) |
| 1961 | DEF_JOB(OverloadExprParts, OverloadExpr, OverloadExprPartsKind) |
| 1962 | DEF_JOB(SizeOfPackExprParts, SizeOfPackExpr, SizeOfPackExprPartsKind) |
| 1963 | DEF_JOB(LambdaExprParts, LambdaExpr, LambdaExprPartsKind) |
| 1964 | DEF_JOB(ConceptSpecializationExprVisit, ConceptSpecializationExpr, |
| 1965 | ConceptSpecializationExprVisitKind) |
| 1966 | DEF_JOB(RequiresExprVisit, RequiresExpr, RequiresExprVisitKind) |
| 1967 | DEF_JOB(PostChildrenVisit, void, PostChildrenVisitKind) |
| 1968 | #undef DEF_JOB |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 | class ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit : public VisitorJob { |
| 1971 | public: |
| 1972 | ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Begin, |
| 1973 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *End, CXCursor parent) |
| 1974 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::ExplicitTemplateArgsVisitKind, Begin, |
| 1975 | End) {} |
| 1976 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { |
| 1977 | return VJ->getKind() == ExplicitTemplateArgsVisitKind; |
| 1978 | } |
| 1979 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *begin() const { |
| 1980 | return static_cast<const TemplateArgumentLoc *>(data[0]); |
| 1981 | } |
| 1982 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *end() { |
| 1983 | return static_cast<const TemplateArgumentLoc *>(data[1]); |
| 1984 | } |
| 1985 | }; |
| 1986 | class DeclVisit : public VisitorJob { |
| 1987 | public: |
| 1988 | DeclVisit(const Decl *D, CXCursor parent, bool isFirst) |
| 1989 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::DeclVisitKind, D, |
| 1990 | isFirst ? (void *)1 : (void *)nullptr) {} |
| 1991 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { |
| 1992 | return VJ->getKind() == DeclVisitKind; |
| 1993 | } |
| 1994 | const Decl *get() const { return static_cast<const Decl *>(data[0]); } |
| 1995 | bool isFirst() const { return data[1] != nullptr; } |
| 1996 | }; |
| 1997 | class TypeLocVisit : public VisitorJob { |
| 1998 | public: |
| 1999 | TypeLocVisit(TypeLoc tl, CXCursor parent) |
| 2000 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::TypeLocVisitKind, |
| 2001 | tl.getType().getAsOpaquePtr(), tl.getOpaqueData()) {} |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { |
| 2004 | return VJ->getKind() == TypeLocVisitKind; |
| 2005 | } |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 | TypeLoc get() const { |
| 2008 | QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(data[0]); |
| 2009 | return TypeLoc(T, const_cast<void *>(data[1])); |
| 2010 | } |
| 2011 | }; |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 | class LabelRefVisit : public VisitorJob { |
| 2014 | public: |
| 2015 | LabelRefVisit(LabelDecl *LD, SourceLocation labelLoc, CXCursor parent) |
| 2016 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind, LD, |
| 2017 | labelLoc.getPtrEncoding()) {} |
| 2018 | |
| 2019 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { |
| 2020 | return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind; |
| 2021 | } |
| 2022 | const LabelDecl *get() const { |
| 2023 | return static_cast<const LabelDecl *>(data[0]); |
| 2024 | } |
| 2025 | SourceLocation getLoc() const { |
| 2026 | return SourceLocation::getFromPtrEncoding(data[1]); |
| 2027 | } |
| 2028 | }; |
| 2029 | |
| 2030 | class NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit : public VisitorJob { |
| 2031 | public: |
| 2032 | NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier, CXCursor parent) |
| 2033 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind, |
| 2034 | Qualifier.getNestedNameSpecifier(), |
| 2035 | Qualifier.getOpaqueData()) {} |
| 2036 | |
| 2037 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { |
| 2038 | return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind; |
| 2039 | } |
| 2040 | |
| 2041 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc get() const { |
| 2042 | return NestedNameSpecifierLoc( |
| 2043 | const_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>( |
| 2044 | static_cast<const NestedNameSpecifier *>(data[0])), |
| 2045 | const_cast<void *>(data[1])); |
| 2046 | } |
| 2047 | }; |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 | class DeclarationNameInfoVisit : public VisitorJob { |
| 2050 | public: |
| 2051 | DeclarationNameInfoVisit(const Stmt *S, CXCursor parent) |
| 2052 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind, S) {} |
| 2053 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { |
| 2054 | return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind; |
| 2055 | } |
| 2056 | DeclarationNameInfo get() const { |
| 2057 | const Stmt *S = static_cast<const Stmt *>(data[0]); |
| 2058 | switch (S->getStmtClass()) { |
| 2059 | default: |
| 2060 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled Stmt")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled Stmt", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp" , 2060); |
| 2061 | case clang::Stmt::MSDependentExistsStmtClass: |
| 2062 | return cast<MSDependentExistsStmt>(S)->getNameInfo(); |
| 2063 | case Stmt::CXXDependentScopeMemberExprClass: |
| 2064 | return cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(S)->getMemberNameInfo(); |
| 2065 | case Stmt::DependentScopeDeclRefExprClass: |
| 2066 | return cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(S)->getNameInfo(); |
| 2067 | case Stmt::OMPCriticalDirectiveClass: |
| 2068 | return cast<OMPCriticalDirective>(S)->getDirectiveName(); |
| 2069 | } |
| 2070 | } |
| 2071 | }; |
| 2072 | class MemberRefVisit : public VisitorJob { |
| 2073 | public: |
| 2074 | MemberRefVisit(const FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L, CXCursor parent) |
| 2075 | : VisitorJob(parent, VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind, D, |
| 2076 | L.getPtrEncoding()) {} |
| 2077 | static bool classof(const VisitorJob *VJ) { |
| 2078 | return VJ->getKind() == VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind; |
| 2079 | } |
| 2080 | const FieldDecl *get() const { |
| 2081 | return static_cast<const FieldDecl *>(data[0]); |
| 2082 | } |
| 2083 | SourceLocation getLoc() const { |
| 2084 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding( |
| 2085 | (SourceLocation::UIntTy)(uintptr_t)data[1]); |
| 2086 | } |
| 2087 | }; |
| 2088 | class EnqueueVisitor : public ConstStmtVisitor<EnqueueVisitor, void> { |
| 2089 | friend class OMPClauseEnqueue; |
| 2090 | VisitorWorkList &WL; |
| 2091 | CXCursor Parent; |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 | public: |
| 2094 | EnqueueVisitor(VisitorWorkList &wl, CXCursor parent) |
| 2095 | : WL(wl), Parent(parent) {} |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | void VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E); |
| 2098 | void VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *B); |
| 2099 | void VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E); |
| 2100 | void VisitCompoundStmt(const CompoundStmt *S); |
| 2101 | void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(const CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) { /* Do nothing. */ |
| 2102 | } |
| 2103 | void VisitMSDependentExistsStmt(const MSDependentExistsStmt *S); |
| 2104 | void VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(const CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E); |
| 2105 | void VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E); |
| 2106 | void VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E); |
| 2107 | void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *E); |
| 2108 | void VisitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr(const CXXPseudoDestructorExpr *E); |
| 2109 | void VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr(const CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *E); |
| 2110 | void VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E); |
| 2111 | void VisitCXXUnresolvedConstructExpr(const CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *E); |
| 2112 | void VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E); |
| 2113 | void VisitCXXCatchStmt(const CXXCatchStmt *S); |
| 2114 | void VisitCXXForRangeStmt(const CXXForRangeStmt *S); |
| 2115 | void VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *D); |
| 2116 | void VisitDeclStmt(const DeclStmt *S); |
| 2117 | void VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(const DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E); |
| 2118 | void VisitDesignatedInitExpr(const DesignatedInitExpr *E); |
| 2119 | void VisitExplicitCastExpr(const ExplicitCastExpr *E); |
| 2120 | void VisitForStmt(const ForStmt *FS); |
| 2121 | void VisitGotoStmt(const GotoStmt *GS); |
| 2122 | void VisitIfStmt(const IfStmt *If); |
| 2123 | void VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *IE); |
| 2124 | void VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *M); |
| 2125 | void VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E); |
| 2126 | void VisitObjCEncodeExpr(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E); |
| 2127 | void VisitObjCMessageExpr(const ObjCMessageExpr *M); |
| 2128 | void VisitOverloadExpr(const OverloadExpr *E); |
| 2129 | void VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E); |
| 2130 | void VisitStmt(const Stmt *S); |
| 2131 | void VisitSwitchStmt(const SwitchStmt *S); |
| 2132 | void VisitWhileStmt(const WhileStmt *W); |
| 2133 | void VisitTypeTraitExpr(const TypeTraitExpr *E); |
| 2134 | void VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(const ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E); |
| 2135 | void VisitExpressionTraitExpr(const ExpressionTraitExpr *E); |
| 2136 | void VisitUnresolvedMemberExpr(const UnresolvedMemberExpr *U); |
| 2137 | void VisitVAArgExpr(const VAArgExpr *E); |
| 2138 | void VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E); |
| 2139 | void VisitPseudoObjectExpr(const PseudoObjectExpr *E); |
| 2140 | void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *E); |
| 2141 | void VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E); |
| 2142 | void VisitConceptSpecializationExpr(const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E); |
| 2143 | void VisitRequiresExpr(const RequiresExpr *E); |
| 2144 | void VisitCXXParenListInitExpr(const CXXParenListInitExpr *E); |
| 2145 | void VisitOMPExecutableDirective(const OMPExecutableDirective *D); |
| 2146 | void VisitOMPLoopBasedDirective(const OMPLoopBasedDirective *D); |
| 2147 | void VisitOMPLoopDirective(const OMPLoopDirective *D); |
| 2148 | void VisitOMPParallelDirective(const OMPParallelDirective *D); |
| 2149 | void VisitOMPSimdDirective(const OMPSimdDirective *D); |
| 2150 | void |
| 2151 | VisitOMPLoopTransformationDirective(const OMPLoopTransformationDirective *D); |
| 2152 | void VisitOMPTileDirective(const OMPTileDirective *D); |
| 2153 | void VisitOMPUnrollDirective(const OMPUnrollDirective *D); |
| 2154 | void VisitOMPForDirective(const OMPForDirective *D); |
| 2155 | void VisitOMPForSimdDirective(const OMPForSimdDirective *D); |
| 2156 | void VisitOMPSectionsDirective(const OMPSectionsDirective *D); |
| 2157 | void VisitOMPSectionDirective(const OMPSectionDirective *D); |
| 2158 | void VisitOMPSingleDirective(const OMPSingleDirective *D); |
| 2159 | void VisitOMPMasterDirective(const OMPMasterDirective *D); |
| 2160 | void VisitOMPCriticalDirective(const OMPCriticalDirective *D); |
| 2161 | void VisitOMPParallelForDirective(const OMPParallelForDirective *D); |
| 2162 | void VisitOMPParallelForSimdDirective(const OMPParallelForSimdDirective *D); |
| 2163 | void VisitOMPParallelMasterDirective(const OMPParallelMasterDirective *D); |
| 2164 | void VisitOMPParallelMaskedDirective(const OMPParallelMaskedDirective *D); |
| 2165 | void VisitOMPParallelSectionsDirective(const OMPParallelSectionsDirective *D); |
| 2166 | void VisitOMPTaskDirective(const OMPTaskDirective *D); |
| 2167 | void VisitOMPTaskyieldDirective(const OMPTaskyieldDirective *D); |
| 2168 | void VisitOMPBarrierDirective(const OMPBarrierDirective *D); |
| 2169 | void VisitOMPTaskwaitDirective(const OMPTaskwaitDirective *D); |
| 2170 | void VisitOMPErrorDirective(const OMPErrorDirective *D); |
| 2171 | void VisitOMPTaskgroupDirective(const OMPTaskgroupDirective *D); |
| 2172 | void |
| 2173 | VisitOMPCancellationPointDirective(const OMPCancellationPointDirective *D); |
| 2174 | void VisitOMPCancelDirective(const OMPCancelDirective *D); |
| 2175 | void VisitOMPFlushDirective(const OMPFlushDirective *D); |
| 2176 | void VisitOMPDepobjDirective(const OMPDepobjDirective *D); |
| 2177 | void VisitOMPScanDirective(const OMPScanDirective *D); |
| 2178 | void VisitOMPOrderedDirective(const OMPOrderedDirective *D); |
| 2179 | void VisitOMPAtomicDirective(const OMPAtomicDirective *D); |
| 2180 | void VisitOMPTargetDirective(const OMPTargetDirective *D); |
| 2181 | void VisitOMPTargetDataDirective(const OMPTargetDataDirective *D); |
| 2182 | void VisitOMPTargetEnterDataDirective(const OMPTargetEnterDataDirective *D); |
| 2183 | void VisitOMPTargetExitDataDirective(const OMPTargetExitDataDirective *D); |
| 2184 | void VisitOMPTargetParallelDirective(const OMPTargetParallelDirective *D); |
| 2185 | void |
| 2186 | VisitOMPTargetParallelForDirective(const OMPTargetParallelForDirective *D); |
| 2187 | void VisitOMPTeamsDirective(const OMPTeamsDirective *D); |
| 2188 | void VisitOMPTaskLoopDirective(const OMPTaskLoopDirective *D); |
| 2189 | void VisitOMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(const OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective *D); |
| 2190 | void VisitOMPMasterTaskLoopDirective(const OMPMasterTaskLoopDirective *D); |
| 2191 | void VisitOMPMaskedTaskLoopDirective(const OMPMaskedTaskLoopDirective *D); |
| 2192 | void |
| 2193 | VisitOMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective(const OMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective *D); |
| 2194 | void VisitOMPMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 2195 | const OMPMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective *D); |
| 2196 | void VisitOMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective( |
| 2197 | const OMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective *D); |
| 2198 | void VisitOMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopDirective( |
| 2199 | const OMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopDirective *D); |
| 2200 | void VisitOMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 2201 | const OMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective *D); |
| 2202 | void VisitOMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 2203 | const OMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective *D); |
| 2204 | void VisitOMPDistributeDirective(const OMPDistributeDirective *D); |
| 2205 | void VisitOMPDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 2206 | const OMPDistributeParallelForDirective *D); |
| 2207 | void VisitOMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 2208 | const OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective *D); |
| 2209 | void VisitOMPDistributeSimdDirective(const OMPDistributeSimdDirective *D); |
| 2210 | void VisitOMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 2211 | const OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective *D); |
| 2212 | void VisitOMPTargetSimdDirective(const OMPTargetSimdDirective *D); |
| 2213 | void VisitOMPTeamsDistributeDirective(const OMPTeamsDistributeDirective *D); |
| 2214 | void VisitOMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
| 2215 | const OMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective *D); |
| 2216 | void VisitOMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 2217 | const OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective *D); |
| 2218 | void VisitOMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 2219 | const OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective *D); |
| 2220 | void VisitOMPTargetTeamsDirective(const OMPTargetTeamsDirective *D); |
| 2221 | void VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective( |
| 2222 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective *D); |
| 2223 | void VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 2224 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective *D); |
| 2225 | void VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 2226 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective *D); |
| 2227 | void VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
| 2228 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective *D); |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 | private: |
| 2231 | void AddDeclarationNameInfo(const Stmt *S); |
| 2232 | void AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier); |
| 2233 | void AddExplicitTemplateArgs(const TemplateArgumentLoc *A, |
| 2234 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs); |
| 2235 | void AddMemberRef(const FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L); |
| 2236 | void AddStmt(const Stmt *S); |
| 2237 | void AddDecl(const Decl *D, bool isFirst = true); |
| 2238 | void AddTypeLoc(TypeSourceInfo *TI); |
| 2239 | void EnqueueChildren(const Stmt *S); |
| 2240 | void EnqueueChildren(const OMPClause *S); |
| 2241 | }; |
| 2242 | } // namespace |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddDeclarationNameInfo(const Stmt *S) { |
| 2245 | // 'S' should always be non-null, since it comes from the |
| 2246 | // statement we are visiting. |
| 2247 | WL.push_back(DeclarationNameInfoVisit(S, Parent)); |
| 2248 | } |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc( |
| 2251 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc Qualifier) { |
| 2252 | if (Qualifier) |
| 2253 | WL.push_back(NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit(Qualifier, Parent)); |
| 2254 | } |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddStmt(const Stmt *S) { |
| 2257 | if (S) |
| 2258 | WL.push_back(StmtVisit(S, Parent)); |
| 2259 | } |
| 2260 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddDecl(const Decl *D, bool isFirst) { |
| 2261 | if (D) |
| 2262 | WL.push_back(DeclVisit(D, Parent, isFirst)); |
| 2263 | } |
| 2264 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddExplicitTemplateArgs(const TemplateArgumentLoc *A, |
| 2265 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs) { |
| 2266 | WL.push_back(ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit(A, A + NumTemplateArgs, Parent)); |
| 2267 | } |
| 2268 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddMemberRef(const FieldDecl *D, SourceLocation L) { |
| 2269 | if (D) |
| 2270 | WL.push_back(MemberRefVisit(D, L, Parent)); |
| 2271 | } |
| 2272 | void EnqueueVisitor::AddTypeLoc(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { |
| 2273 | if (TI) |
| 2274 | WL.push_back(TypeLocVisit(TI->getTypeLoc(), Parent)); |
| 2275 | } |
| 2276 | void EnqueueVisitor::EnqueueChildren(const Stmt *S) { |
| 2277 | unsigned size = WL.size(); |
| 2278 | for (const Stmt *SubStmt : S->children()) { |
| 2279 | AddStmt(SubStmt); |
| 2280 | } |
| 2281 | if (size == WL.size()) |
| 2282 | return; |
| 2283 | // Now reverse the entries we just added. This will match the DFS |
| 2284 | // ordering performed by the worklist. |
| 2285 | VisitorWorkList::iterator I = WL.begin() + size, E = WL.end(); |
| 2286 | std::reverse(I, E); |
| 2287 | } |
| 2288 | namespace { |
| 2289 | class OMPClauseEnqueue : public ConstOMPClauseVisitor<OMPClauseEnqueue> { |
| 2290 | EnqueueVisitor *Visitor; |
| 2291 | /// Process clauses with list of variables. |
| 2292 | template <typename T> void VisitOMPClauseList(T *Node); |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | public: |
| 2295 | OMPClauseEnqueue(EnqueueVisitor *Visitor) : Visitor(Visitor) {} |
| 2296 | #define GEN_CLANG_CLAUSE_CLASS |
| 2297 | #define CLAUSE_CLASS(Enum, Str, Class) void Visit##Class(const Class *C); |
| 2298 | #include "llvm/Frontend/OpenMP/OMP.inc" |
| 2299 | void VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(const OMPClauseWithPreInit *C); |
| 2300 | void VisitOMPClauseWithPostUpdate(const OMPClauseWithPostUpdate *C); |
| 2301 | }; |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit( |
| 2304 | const OMPClauseWithPreInit *C) { |
| 2305 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getPreInitStmt()); |
| 2306 | } |
| 2307 | |
| 2308 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPClauseWithPostUpdate( |
| 2309 | const OMPClauseWithPostUpdate *C) { |
| 2310 | VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C); |
| 2311 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getPostUpdateExpr()); |
| 2312 | } |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPIfClause(const OMPIfClause *C) { |
| 2315 | VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C); |
| 2316 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getCondition()); |
| 2317 | } |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPFinalClause(const OMPFinalClause *C) { |
| 2320 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getCondition()); |
| 2321 | } |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPNumThreadsClause(const OMPNumThreadsClause *C) { |
| 2324 | VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C); |
| 2325 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getNumThreads()); |
| 2326 | } |
| 2327 | |
| 2328 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPSafelenClause(const OMPSafelenClause *C) { |
| 2329 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getSafelen()); |
| 2330 | } |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPSimdlenClause(const OMPSimdlenClause *C) { |
| 2333 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getSimdlen()); |
| 2334 | } |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPSizesClause(const OMPSizesClause *C) { |
| 2337 | for (auto E : C->getSizesRefs()) |
| 2338 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2339 | } |
| 2340 | |
| 2341 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPFullClause(const OMPFullClause *C) {} |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPPartialClause(const OMPPartialClause *C) { |
| 2344 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getFactor()); |
| 2345 | } |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPAllocatorClause(const OMPAllocatorClause *C) { |
| 2348 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getAllocator()); |
| 2349 | } |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPCollapseClause(const OMPCollapseClause *C) { |
| 2352 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getNumForLoops()); |
| 2353 | } |
| 2354 | |
| 2355 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPDefaultClause(const OMPDefaultClause *C) {} |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPProcBindClause(const OMPProcBindClause *C) {} |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPScheduleClause(const OMPScheduleClause *C) { |
| 2360 | VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C); |
| 2361 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getChunkSize()); |
| 2362 | } |
| 2363 | |
| 2364 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPOrderedClause(const OMPOrderedClause *C) { |
| 2365 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getNumForLoops()); |
| 2366 | } |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPDetachClause(const OMPDetachClause *C) { |
| 2369 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getEventHandler()); |
| 2370 | } |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPNowaitClause(const OMPNowaitClause *) {} |
| 2373 | |
| 2374 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPUntiedClause(const OMPUntiedClause *) {} |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPMergeableClause(const OMPMergeableClause *) {} |
| 2377 | |
| 2378 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPReadClause(const OMPReadClause *) {} |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPWriteClause(const OMPWriteClause *) {} |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPUpdateClause(const OMPUpdateClause *) {} |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPCaptureClause(const OMPCaptureClause *) {} |
| 2385 | |
| 2386 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPCompareClause(const OMPCompareClause *) {} |
| 2387 | |
| 2388 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPSeqCstClause(const OMPSeqCstClause *) {} |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPAcqRelClause(const OMPAcqRelClause *) {} |
| 2391 | |
| 2392 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPAcquireClause(const OMPAcquireClause *) {} |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPReleaseClause(const OMPReleaseClause *) {} |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPRelaxedClause(const OMPRelaxedClause *) {} |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPThreadsClause(const OMPThreadsClause *) {} |
| 2399 | |
| 2400 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPSIMDClause(const OMPSIMDClause *) {} |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPNogroupClause(const OMPNogroupClause *) {} |
| 2403 | |
| 2404 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPInitClause(const OMPInitClause *C) { |
| 2405 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2406 | } |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPUseClause(const OMPUseClause *C) { |
| 2409 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getInteropVar()); |
| 2410 | } |
| 2411 | |
| 2412 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPDestroyClause(const OMPDestroyClause *C) { |
| 2413 | if (C->getInteropVar()) |
| 2414 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getInteropVar()); |
| 2415 | } |
| 2416 | |
| 2417 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPNovariantsClause(const OMPNovariantsClause *C) { |
| 2418 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getCondition()); |
| 2419 | } |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPNocontextClause(const OMPNocontextClause *C) { |
| 2422 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getCondition()); |
| 2423 | } |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPFilterClause(const OMPFilterClause *C) { |
| 2426 | VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C); |
| 2427 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getThreadID()); |
| 2428 | } |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPAlignClause(const OMPAlignClause *C) { |
| 2431 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getAlignment()); |
| 2432 | } |
| 2433 | |
| 2434 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPUnifiedAddressClause( |
| 2435 | const OMPUnifiedAddressClause *) {} |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPUnifiedSharedMemoryClause( |
| 2438 | const OMPUnifiedSharedMemoryClause *) {} |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPReverseOffloadClause( |
| 2441 | const OMPReverseOffloadClause *) {} |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPDynamicAllocatorsClause( |
| 2444 | const OMPDynamicAllocatorsClause *) {} |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClause( |
| 2447 | const OMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClause *) {} |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPAtClause(const OMPAtClause *) {} |
| 2450 | |
| 2451 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPSeverityClause(const OMPSeverityClause *) {} |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPMessageClause(const OMPMessageClause *) {} |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPDeviceClause(const OMPDeviceClause *C) { |
| 2456 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getDevice()); |
| 2457 | } |
| 2458 | |
| 2459 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPNumTeamsClause(const OMPNumTeamsClause *C) { |
| 2460 | VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C); |
| 2461 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getNumTeams()); |
| 2462 | } |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPThreadLimitClause( |
| 2465 | const OMPThreadLimitClause *C) { |
| 2466 | VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C); |
| 2467 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getThreadLimit()); |
| 2468 | } |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPPriorityClause(const OMPPriorityClause *C) { |
| 2471 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getPriority()); |
| 2472 | } |
| 2473 | |
| 2474 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPGrainsizeClause(const OMPGrainsizeClause *C) { |
| 2475 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getGrainsize()); |
| 2476 | } |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPNumTasksClause(const OMPNumTasksClause *C) { |
| 2479 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getNumTasks()); |
| 2480 | } |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPHintClause(const OMPHintClause *C) { |
| 2483 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getHint()); |
| 2484 | } |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 | template <typename T> void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPClauseList(T *Node) { |
| 2487 | for (const auto *I : Node->varlists()) { |
| 2488 | Visitor->AddStmt(I); |
| 2489 | } |
| 2490 | } |
| 2491 | |
| 2492 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPInclusiveClause(const OMPInclusiveClause *C) { |
| 2493 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2494 | } |
| 2495 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPExclusiveClause(const OMPExclusiveClause *C) { |
| 2496 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2497 | } |
| 2498 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPAllocateClause(const OMPAllocateClause *C) { |
| 2499 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2500 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getAllocator()); |
| 2501 | } |
| 2502 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPPrivateClause(const OMPPrivateClause *C) { |
| 2503 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2504 | for (const auto *E : C->private_copies()) { |
| 2505 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2506 | } |
| 2507 | } |
| 2508 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPFirstprivateClause( |
| 2509 | const OMPFirstprivateClause *C) { |
| 2510 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2511 | VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C); |
| 2512 | for (const auto *E : C->private_copies()) { |
| 2513 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2514 | } |
| 2515 | for (const auto *E : C->inits()) { |
| 2516 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2517 | } |
| 2518 | } |
| 2519 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPLastprivateClause( |
| 2520 | const OMPLastprivateClause *C) { |
| 2521 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2522 | VisitOMPClauseWithPostUpdate(C); |
| 2523 | for (auto *E : C->private_copies()) { |
| 2524 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2525 | } |
| 2526 | for (auto *E : C->source_exprs()) { |
| 2527 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2528 | } |
| 2529 | for (auto *E : C->destination_exprs()) { |
| 2530 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2531 | } |
| 2532 | for (auto *E : C->assignment_ops()) { |
| 2533 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2534 | } |
| 2535 | } |
| 2536 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPSharedClause(const OMPSharedClause *C) { |
| 2537 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2538 | } |
| 2539 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPReductionClause(const OMPReductionClause *C) { |
| 2540 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2541 | VisitOMPClauseWithPostUpdate(C); |
| 2542 | for (auto *E : C->privates()) { |
| 2543 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2544 | } |
| 2545 | for (auto *E : C->lhs_exprs()) { |
| 2546 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2547 | } |
| 2548 | for (auto *E : C->rhs_exprs()) { |
| 2549 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2550 | } |
| 2551 | for (auto *E : C->reduction_ops()) { |
| 2552 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2553 | } |
| 2554 | if (C->getModifier() == clang::OMPC_REDUCTION_inscan) { |
| 2555 | for (auto *E : C->copy_ops()) { |
| 2556 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2557 | } |
| 2558 | for (auto *E : C->copy_array_temps()) { |
| 2559 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2560 | } |
| 2561 | for (auto *E : C->copy_array_elems()) { |
| 2562 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2563 | } |
| 2564 | } |
| 2565 | } |
| 2566 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPTaskReductionClause( |
| 2567 | const OMPTaskReductionClause *C) { |
| 2568 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2569 | VisitOMPClauseWithPostUpdate(C); |
| 2570 | for (auto *E : C->privates()) { |
| 2571 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2572 | } |
| 2573 | for (auto *E : C->lhs_exprs()) { |
| 2574 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2575 | } |
| 2576 | for (auto *E : C->rhs_exprs()) { |
| 2577 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2578 | } |
| 2579 | for (auto *E : C->reduction_ops()) { |
| 2580 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2581 | } |
| 2582 | } |
| 2583 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPInReductionClause( |
| 2584 | const OMPInReductionClause *C) { |
| 2585 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2586 | VisitOMPClauseWithPostUpdate(C); |
| 2587 | for (auto *E : C->privates()) { |
| 2588 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2589 | } |
| 2590 | for (auto *E : C->lhs_exprs()) { |
| 2591 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2592 | } |
| 2593 | for (auto *E : C->rhs_exprs()) { |
| 2594 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2595 | } |
| 2596 | for (auto *E : C->reduction_ops()) { |
| 2597 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2598 | } |
| 2599 | for (auto *E : C->taskgroup_descriptors()) |
| 2600 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2601 | } |
| 2602 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPLinearClause(const OMPLinearClause *C) { |
| 2603 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2604 | VisitOMPClauseWithPostUpdate(C); |
| 2605 | for (const auto *E : C->privates()) { |
| 2606 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2607 | } |
| 2608 | for (const auto *E : C->inits()) { |
| 2609 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2610 | } |
| 2611 | for (const auto *E : C->updates()) { |
| 2612 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2613 | } |
| 2614 | for (const auto *E : C->finals()) { |
| 2615 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2616 | } |
| 2617 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getStep()); |
| 2618 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getCalcStep()); |
| 2619 | } |
| 2620 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPAlignedClause(const OMPAlignedClause *C) { |
| 2621 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2622 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getAlignment()); |
| 2623 | } |
| 2624 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPCopyinClause(const OMPCopyinClause *C) { |
| 2625 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2626 | for (auto *E : C->source_exprs()) { |
| 2627 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2628 | } |
| 2629 | for (auto *E : C->destination_exprs()) { |
| 2630 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2631 | } |
| 2632 | for (auto *E : C->assignment_ops()) { |
| 2633 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2634 | } |
| 2635 | } |
| 2636 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPCopyprivateClause( |
| 2637 | const OMPCopyprivateClause *C) { |
| 2638 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2639 | for (auto *E : C->source_exprs()) { |
| 2640 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2641 | } |
| 2642 | for (auto *E : C->destination_exprs()) { |
| 2643 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2644 | } |
| 2645 | for (auto *E : C->assignment_ops()) { |
| 2646 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2647 | } |
| 2648 | } |
| 2649 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPFlushClause(const OMPFlushClause *C) { |
| 2650 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2651 | } |
| 2652 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPDepobjClause(const OMPDepobjClause *C) { |
| 2653 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getDepobj()); |
| 2654 | } |
| 2655 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPDependClause(const OMPDependClause *C) { |
| 2656 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2657 | } |
| 2658 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPMapClause(const OMPMapClause *C) { |
| 2659 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2660 | } |
| 2661 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPDistScheduleClause( |
| 2662 | const OMPDistScheduleClause *C) { |
| 2663 | VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C); |
| 2664 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getChunkSize()); |
| 2665 | } |
| 2666 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPDefaultmapClause( |
| 2667 | const OMPDefaultmapClause * /*C*/) {} |
| 2668 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPToClause(const OMPToClause *C) { |
| 2669 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2670 | } |
| 2671 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPFromClause(const OMPFromClause *C) { |
| 2672 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2673 | } |
| 2674 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPUseDevicePtrClause( |
| 2675 | const OMPUseDevicePtrClause *C) { |
| 2676 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2677 | } |
| 2678 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPUseDeviceAddrClause( |
| 2679 | const OMPUseDeviceAddrClause *C) { |
| 2680 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2681 | } |
| 2682 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPIsDevicePtrClause( |
| 2683 | const OMPIsDevicePtrClause *C) { |
| 2684 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2685 | } |
| 2686 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPHasDeviceAddrClause( |
| 2687 | const OMPHasDeviceAddrClause *C) { |
| 2688 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2689 | } |
| 2690 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPNontemporalClause( |
| 2691 | const OMPNontemporalClause *C) { |
| 2692 | VisitOMPClauseList(C); |
| 2693 | for (const auto *E : C->private_refs()) |
| 2694 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2695 | } |
| 2696 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPOrderClause(const OMPOrderClause *C) {} |
| 2697 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPUsesAllocatorsClause( |
| 2698 | const OMPUsesAllocatorsClause *C) { |
| 2699 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = C->getNumberOfAllocators(); I < E; ++I) { |
| 2700 | const OMPUsesAllocatorsClause::Data &D = C->getAllocatorData(I); |
| 2701 | Visitor->AddStmt(D.Allocator); |
| 2702 | Visitor->AddStmt(D.AllocatorTraits); |
| 2703 | } |
| 2704 | } |
| 2705 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPAffinityClause(const OMPAffinityClause *C) { |
| 2706 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getModifier()); |
| 2707 | for (const Expr *E : C->varlists()) |
| 2708 | Visitor->AddStmt(E); |
| 2709 | } |
| 2710 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPBindClause(const OMPBindClause *C) {} |
| 2711 | void OMPClauseEnqueue::VisitOMPXDynCGroupMemClause( |
| 2712 | const OMPXDynCGroupMemClause *C) { |
| 2713 | VisitOMPClauseWithPreInit(C); |
| 2714 | Visitor->AddStmt(C->getSize()); |
| 2715 | } |
| 2716 | |
| 2717 | } // namespace |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | void EnqueueVisitor::EnqueueChildren(const OMPClause *S) { |
| 2720 | unsigned size = WL.size(); |
| 2721 | OMPClauseEnqueue Visitor(this); |
| 2722 | Visitor.Visit(S); |
| 2723 | if (size == WL.size()) |
| 2724 | return; |
| 2725 | // Now reverse the entries we just added. This will match the DFS |
| 2726 | // ordering performed by the worklist. |
| 2727 | VisitorWorkList::iterator I = WL.begin() + size, E = WL.end(); |
| 2728 | std::reverse(I, E); |
| 2729 | } |
| 2730 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E) { |
| 2731 | WL.push_back(LabelRefVisit(E->getLabel(), E->getLabelLoc(), Parent)); |
| 2732 | } |
| 2733 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *B) { |
| 2734 | AddDecl(B->getBlockDecl()); |
| 2735 | } |
| 2736 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E) { |
| 2737 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 2738 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2739 | } |
| 2740 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCompoundStmt(const CompoundStmt *S) { |
| 2741 | for (auto &I : llvm::reverse(S->body())) |
| 2742 | AddStmt(I); |
| 2743 | } |
| 2744 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitMSDependentExistsStmt( |
| 2745 | const MSDependentExistsStmt *S) { |
| 2746 | AddStmt(S->getSubStmt()); |
| 2747 | AddDeclarationNameInfo(S); |
| 2748 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = S->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 2749 | AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc); |
| 2750 | } |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr( |
| 2753 | const CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E) { |
| 2754 | if (E->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
| 2755 | AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getTemplateArgs(), E->getNumTemplateArgs()); |
| 2756 | AddDeclarationNameInfo(E); |
| 2757 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = E->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 2758 | AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc); |
| 2759 | if (!E->isImplicitAccess()) |
| 2760 | AddStmt(E->getBase()); |
| 2761 | } |
| 2762 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E) { |
| 2763 | // Enqueue the initializer , if any. |
| 2764 | AddStmt(E->getInitializer()); |
| 2765 | // Enqueue the array size, if any. |
| 2766 | AddStmt(E->getArraySize().value_or(nullptr)); |
| 2767 | // Enqueue the allocated type. |
| 2768 | AddTypeLoc(E->getAllocatedTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2769 | // Enqueue the placement arguments. |
| 2770 | for (unsigned I = E->getNumPlacementArgs(); I > 0; --I) |
| 2771 | AddStmt(E->getPlacementArg(I - 1)); |
| 2772 | } |
| 2773 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *CE) { |
| 2774 | for (unsigned I = CE->getNumArgs(); I > 1 /* Yes, this is 1 */; --I) |
| 2775 | AddStmt(CE->getArg(I - 1)); |
| 2776 | AddStmt(CE->getCallee()); |
| 2777 | AddStmt(CE->getArg(0)); |
| 2778 | } |
| 2779 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXPseudoDestructorExpr( |
| 2780 | const CXXPseudoDestructorExpr *E) { |
| 2781 | // Visit the name of the type being destroyed. |
| 2782 | AddTypeLoc(E->getDestroyedTypeInfo()); |
| 2783 | // Visit the scope type that looks disturbingly like the nested-name-specifier |
| 2784 | // but isn't. |
| 2785 | AddTypeLoc(E->getScopeTypeInfo()); |
| 2786 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier. |
| 2787 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = E->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 2788 | AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc); |
| 2789 | // Visit base expression. |
| 2790 | AddStmt(E->getBase()); |
| 2791 | } |
| 2792 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr( |
| 2793 | const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) { |
| 2794 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2795 | } |
| 2796 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr( |
| 2797 | const CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *E) { |
| 2798 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 2799 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2800 | } |
| 2801 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E) { |
| 2802 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 2803 | if (E->isTypeOperand()) |
| 2804 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeOperandSourceInfo()); |
| 2805 | } |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXUnresolvedConstructExpr( |
| 2808 | const CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr *E) { |
| 2809 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 2810 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2811 | } |
| 2812 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E) { |
| 2813 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 2814 | if (E->isTypeOperand()) |
| 2815 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeOperandSourceInfo()); |
| 2816 | } |
| 2817 | |
| 2818 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXCatchStmt(const CXXCatchStmt *S) { |
| 2819 | EnqueueChildren(S); |
| 2820 | AddDecl(S->getExceptionDecl()); |
| 2821 | } |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXForRangeStmt(const CXXForRangeStmt *S) { |
| 2824 | AddStmt(S->getBody()); |
| 2825 | AddStmt(S->getRangeInit()); |
| 2826 | AddDecl(S->getLoopVariable()); |
| 2827 | } |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *DR) { |
| 2830 | if (DR->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
| 2831 | AddExplicitTemplateArgs(DR->getTemplateArgs(), DR->getNumTemplateArgs()); |
| 2832 | WL.push_back(DeclRefExprParts(DR, Parent)); |
| 2833 | } |
| 2834 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr( |
| 2835 | const DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E) { |
| 2836 | if (E->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
| 2837 | AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getTemplateArgs(), E->getNumTemplateArgs()); |
| 2838 | AddDeclarationNameInfo(E); |
| 2839 | AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(E->getQualifierLoc()); |
| 2840 | } |
| 2841 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDeclStmt(const DeclStmt *S) { |
| 2842 | unsigned size = WL.size(); |
| 2843 | bool isFirst = true; |
| 2844 | for (const auto *D : S->decls()) { |
| 2845 | AddDecl(D, isFirst); |
| 2846 | isFirst = false; |
| 2847 | } |
| 2848 | if (size == WL.size()) |
| 2849 | return; |
| 2850 | // Now reverse the entries we just added. This will match the DFS |
| 2851 | // ordering performed by the worklist. |
| 2852 | VisitorWorkList::iterator I = WL.begin() + size, E = WL.end(); |
| 2853 | std::reverse(I, E); |
| 2854 | } |
| 2855 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitDesignatedInitExpr(const DesignatedInitExpr *E) { |
| 2856 | AddStmt(E->getInit()); |
| 2857 | for (const DesignatedInitExpr::Designator &D : |
| 2858 | llvm::reverse(E->designators())) { |
| 2859 | if (D.isFieldDesignator()) { |
| 2860 | if (const FieldDecl *Field = D.getFieldDecl()) |
| 2861 | AddMemberRef(Field, D.getFieldLoc()); |
| 2862 | continue; |
| 2863 | } |
| 2864 | if (D.isArrayDesignator()) { |
| 2865 | AddStmt(E->getArrayIndex(D)); |
| 2866 | continue; |
| 2867 | } |
| 2868 | assert(D.isArrayRangeDesignator() && "Unknown designator kind")(static_cast <bool> (D.isArrayRangeDesignator() && "Unknown designator kind") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("D.isArrayRangeDesignator() && \"Unknown designator kind\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 2868, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 2869 | AddStmt(E->getArrayRangeEnd(D)); |
| 2870 | AddStmt(E->getArrayRangeStart(D)); |
| 2871 | } |
| 2872 | } |
| 2873 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitExplicitCastExpr(const ExplicitCastExpr *E) { |
| 2874 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 2875 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeInfoAsWritten()); |
| 2876 | } |
| 2877 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitForStmt(const ForStmt *FS) { |
| 2878 | AddStmt(FS->getBody()); |
| 2879 | AddStmt(FS->getInc()); |
| 2880 | AddStmt(FS->getCond()); |
| 2881 | AddDecl(FS->getConditionVariable()); |
| 2882 | AddStmt(FS->getInit()); |
| 2883 | } |
| 2884 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitGotoStmt(const GotoStmt *GS) { |
| 2885 | WL.push_back(LabelRefVisit(GS->getLabel(), GS->getLabelLoc(), Parent)); |
| 2886 | } |
| 2887 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitIfStmt(const IfStmt *If) { |
| 2888 | AddStmt(If->getElse()); |
| 2889 | AddStmt(If->getThen()); |
| 2890 | AddStmt(If->getCond()); |
| 2891 | AddStmt(If->getInit()); |
| 2892 | AddDecl(If->getConditionVariable()); |
| 2893 | } |
| 2894 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *IE) { |
| 2895 | // We care about the syntactic form of the initializer list, only. |
| 2896 | if (InitListExpr *Syntactic = IE->getSyntacticForm()) |
| 2897 | IE = Syntactic; |
| 2898 | EnqueueChildren(IE); |
| 2899 | } |
| 2900 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *M) { |
| 2901 | WL.push_back(MemberExprParts(M, Parent)); |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | // If the base of the member access expression is an implicit 'this', don't |
| 2904 | // visit it. |
| 2905 | // FIXME: If we ever want to show these implicit accesses, this will be |
| 2906 | // unfortunate. However, clang_getCursor() relies on this behavior. |
| 2907 | if (M->isImplicitAccess()) |
| 2908 | return; |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 | // Ignore base anonymous struct/union fields, otherwise they will shadow the |
| 2911 | // real field that we are interested in. |
| 2912 | if (auto *SubME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(M->getBase())) { |
| 2913 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(SubME->getMemberDecl())) { |
| 2914 | if (FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { |
| 2915 | AddStmt(SubME->getBase()); |
| 2916 | return; |
| 2917 | } |
| 2918 | } |
| 2919 | } |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 | AddStmt(M->getBase()); |
| 2922 | } |
| 2923 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitObjCEncodeExpr(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E) { |
| 2924 | AddTypeLoc(E->getEncodedTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2925 | } |
| 2926 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitObjCMessageExpr(const ObjCMessageExpr *M) { |
| 2927 | EnqueueChildren(M); |
| 2928 | AddTypeLoc(M->getClassReceiverTypeInfo()); |
| 2929 | } |
| 2930 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E) { |
| 2931 | // Visit the components of the offsetof expression. |
| 2932 | for (unsigned N = E->getNumComponents(), I = N; I > 0; --I) { |
| 2933 | const OffsetOfNode &Node = E->getComponent(I - 1); |
| 2934 | switch (Node.getKind()) { |
| 2935 | case OffsetOfNode::Array: |
| 2936 | AddStmt(E->getIndexExpr(Node.getArrayExprIndex())); |
| 2937 | break; |
| 2938 | case OffsetOfNode::Field: |
| 2939 | AddMemberRef(Node.getField(), Node.getSourceRange().getEnd()); |
| 2940 | break; |
| 2941 | case OffsetOfNode::Identifier: |
| 2942 | case OffsetOfNode::Base: |
| 2943 | continue; |
| 2944 | } |
| 2945 | } |
| 2946 | // Visit the type into which we're computing the offset. |
| 2947 | AddTypeLoc(E->getTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2948 | } |
| 2949 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOverloadExpr(const OverloadExpr *E) { |
| 2950 | if (E->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
| 2951 | AddExplicitTemplateArgs(E->getTemplateArgs(), E->getNumTemplateArgs()); |
| 2952 | WL.push_back(OverloadExprParts(E, Parent)); |
| 2953 | } |
| 2954 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr( |
| 2955 | const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) { |
| 2956 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 2957 | if (E->isArgumentType()) |
| 2958 | AddTypeLoc(E->getArgumentTypeInfo()); |
| 2959 | } |
| 2960 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitStmt(const Stmt *S) { EnqueueChildren(S); } |
| 2961 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitSwitchStmt(const SwitchStmt *S) { |
| 2962 | AddStmt(S->getBody()); |
| 2963 | AddStmt(S->getCond()); |
| 2964 | AddDecl(S->getConditionVariable()); |
| 2965 | } |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitWhileStmt(const WhileStmt *W) { |
| 2968 | AddStmt(W->getBody()); |
| 2969 | AddStmt(W->getCond()); |
| 2970 | AddDecl(W->getConditionVariable()); |
| 2971 | } |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitTypeTraitExpr(const TypeTraitExpr *E) { |
| 2974 | for (unsigned I = E->getNumArgs(); I > 0; --I) |
| 2975 | AddTypeLoc(E->getArg(I - 1)); |
| 2976 | } |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(const ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E) { |
| 2979 | AddTypeLoc(E->getQueriedTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2980 | } |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitExpressionTraitExpr(const ExpressionTraitExpr *E) { |
| 2983 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 2984 | } |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitUnresolvedMemberExpr(const UnresolvedMemberExpr *U) { |
| 2987 | VisitOverloadExpr(U); |
| 2988 | if (!U->isImplicitAccess()) |
| 2989 | AddStmt(U->getBase()); |
| 2990 | } |
| 2991 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitVAArgExpr(const VAArgExpr *E) { |
| 2992 | AddStmt(E->getSubExpr()); |
| 2993 | AddTypeLoc(E->getWrittenTypeInfo()); |
| 2994 | } |
| 2995 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E) { |
| 2996 | WL.push_back(SizeOfPackExprParts(E, Parent)); |
| 2997 | } |
| 2998 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *E) { |
| 2999 | // If the opaque value has a source expression, just transparently |
| 3000 | // visit that. This is useful for (e.g.) pseudo-object expressions. |
| 3001 | if (Expr *SourceExpr = E->getSourceExpr()) |
| 3002 | return Visit(SourceExpr); |
| 3003 | } |
| 3004 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E) { |
| 3005 | AddStmt(E->getBody()); |
| 3006 | WL.push_back(LambdaExprParts(E, Parent)); |
| 3007 | } |
| 3008 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitConceptSpecializationExpr( |
| 3009 | const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E) { |
| 3010 | WL.push_back(ConceptSpecializationExprVisit(E, Parent)); |
| 3011 | } |
| 3012 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitRequiresExpr(const RequiresExpr *E) { |
| 3013 | WL.push_back(RequiresExprVisit(E, Parent)); |
| 3014 | for (ParmVarDecl *VD : E->getLocalParameters()) |
| 3015 | AddDecl(VD); |
| 3016 | } |
| 3017 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitCXXParenListInitExpr(const CXXParenListInitExpr *E) { |
| 3018 | EnqueueChildren(E); |
| 3019 | } |
| 3020 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitPseudoObjectExpr(const PseudoObjectExpr *E) { |
| 3021 | // Treat the expression like its syntactic form. |
| 3022 | Visit(E->getSyntacticForm()); |
| 3023 | } |
| 3024 | |
| 3025 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPExecutableDirective( |
| 3026 | const OMPExecutableDirective *D) { |
| 3027 | EnqueueChildren(D); |
| 3028 | for (ArrayRef<OMPClause *>::iterator I = D->clauses().begin(), |
| 3029 | E = D->clauses().end(); |
| 3030 | I != E; ++I) |
| 3031 | EnqueueChildren(*I); |
| 3032 | } |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPLoopBasedDirective( |
| 3035 | const OMPLoopBasedDirective *D) { |
| 3036 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3037 | } |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPLoopDirective(const OMPLoopDirective *D) { |
| 3040 | VisitOMPLoopBasedDirective(D); |
| 3041 | } |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPParallelDirective(const OMPParallelDirective *D) { |
| 3044 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3045 | } |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPSimdDirective(const OMPSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3048 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3049 | } |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPLoopTransformationDirective( |
| 3052 | const OMPLoopTransformationDirective *D) { |
| 3053 | VisitOMPLoopBasedDirective(D); |
| 3054 | } |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTileDirective(const OMPTileDirective *D) { |
| 3057 | VisitOMPLoopTransformationDirective(D); |
| 3058 | } |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPUnrollDirective(const OMPUnrollDirective *D) { |
| 3061 | VisitOMPLoopTransformationDirective(D); |
| 3062 | } |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPForDirective(const OMPForDirective *D) { |
| 3065 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3066 | } |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPForSimdDirective(const OMPForSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3069 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3070 | } |
| 3071 | |
| 3072 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPSectionsDirective(const OMPSectionsDirective *D) { |
| 3073 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3074 | } |
| 3075 | |
| 3076 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPSectionDirective(const OMPSectionDirective *D) { |
| 3077 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3078 | } |
| 3079 | |
| 3080 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPSingleDirective(const OMPSingleDirective *D) { |
| 3081 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3082 | } |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPMasterDirective(const OMPMasterDirective *D) { |
| 3085 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3086 | } |
| 3087 | |
| 3088 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPCriticalDirective(const OMPCriticalDirective *D) { |
| 3089 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3090 | AddDeclarationNameInfo(D); |
| 3091 | } |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPParallelForDirective( |
| 3094 | const OMPParallelForDirective *D) { |
| 3095 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3096 | } |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 3099 | const OMPParallelForSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3100 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3101 | } |
| 3102 | |
| 3103 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPParallelMasterDirective( |
| 3104 | const OMPParallelMasterDirective *D) { |
| 3105 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3106 | } |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPParallelMaskedDirective( |
| 3109 | const OMPParallelMaskedDirective *D) { |
| 3110 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3111 | } |
| 3112 | |
| 3113 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPParallelSectionsDirective( |
| 3114 | const OMPParallelSectionsDirective *D) { |
| 3115 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3116 | } |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTaskDirective(const OMPTaskDirective *D) { |
| 3119 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3120 | } |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTaskyieldDirective( |
| 3123 | const OMPTaskyieldDirective *D) { |
| 3124 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3125 | } |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPBarrierDirective(const OMPBarrierDirective *D) { |
| 3128 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3129 | } |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTaskwaitDirective(const OMPTaskwaitDirective *D) { |
| 3132 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3133 | } |
| 3134 | |
| 3135 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPErrorDirective(const OMPErrorDirective *D) { |
| 3136 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3137 | } |
| 3138 | |
| 3139 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTaskgroupDirective( |
| 3140 | const OMPTaskgroupDirective *D) { |
| 3141 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3142 | if (const Expr *E = D->getReductionRef()) |
| 3143 | VisitStmt(E); |
| 3144 | } |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPFlushDirective(const OMPFlushDirective *D) { |
| 3147 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3148 | } |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPDepobjDirective(const OMPDepobjDirective *D) { |
| 3151 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3152 | } |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPScanDirective(const OMPScanDirective *D) { |
| 3155 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3156 | } |
| 3157 | |
| 3158 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPOrderedDirective(const OMPOrderedDirective *D) { |
| 3159 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3160 | } |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPAtomicDirective(const OMPAtomicDirective *D) { |
| 3163 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3164 | } |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetDirective(const OMPTargetDirective *D) { |
| 3167 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3168 | } |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetDataDirective( |
| 3171 | const OMPTargetDataDirective *D) { |
| 3172 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3173 | } |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetEnterDataDirective( |
| 3176 | const OMPTargetEnterDataDirective *D) { |
| 3177 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3178 | } |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetExitDataDirective( |
| 3181 | const OMPTargetExitDataDirective *D) { |
| 3182 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3183 | } |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetParallelDirective( |
| 3186 | const OMPTargetParallelDirective *D) { |
| 3187 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3188 | } |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetParallelForDirective( |
| 3191 | const OMPTargetParallelForDirective *D) { |
| 3192 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3193 | } |
| 3194 | |
| 3195 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTeamsDirective(const OMPTeamsDirective *D) { |
| 3196 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3197 | } |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPCancellationPointDirective( |
| 3200 | const OMPCancellationPointDirective *D) { |
| 3201 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3202 | } |
| 3203 | |
| 3204 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPCancelDirective(const OMPCancelDirective *D) { |
| 3205 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3206 | } |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTaskLoopDirective(const OMPTaskLoopDirective *D) { |
| 3209 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3210 | } |
| 3211 | |
| 3212 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 3213 | const OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3214 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3215 | } |
| 3216 | |
| 3217 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPMasterTaskLoopDirective( |
| 3218 | const OMPMasterTaskLoopDirective *D) { |
| 3219 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3220 | } |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPMaskedTaskLoopDirective( |
| 3223 | const OMPMaskedTaskLoopDirective *D) { |
| 3224 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3225 | } |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 3228 | const OMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3229 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3230 | } |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 3233 | const OMPMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3234 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3235 | } |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective( |
| 3238 | const OMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective *D) { |
| 3239 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3240 | } |
| 3241 | |
| 3242 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopDirective( |
| 3243 | const OMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopDirective *D) { |
| 3244 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3245 | } |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 3248 | const OMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3249 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3250 | } |
| 3251 | |
| 3252 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 3253 | const OMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3254 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3255 | } |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPDistributeDirective( |
| 3258 | const OMPDistributeDirective *D) { |
| 3259 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3260 | } |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 3263 | const OMPDistributeParallelForDirective *D) { |
| 3264 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3265 | } |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 3268 | const OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3269 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3270 | } |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPDistributeSimdDirective( |
| 3273 | const OMPDistributeSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3274 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3275 | } |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 3278 | const OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3279 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3280 | } |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetSimdDirective( |
| 3283 | const OMPTargetSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3284 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3285 | } |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTeamsDistributeDirective( |
| 3288 | const OMPTeamsDistributeDirective *D) { |
| 3289 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3290 | } |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
| 3293 | const OMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3294 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3295 | } |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 3298 | const OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3299 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3300 | } |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 3303 | const OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective *D) { |
| 3304 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3305 | } |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetTeamsDirective( |
| 3308 | const OMPTargetTeamsDirective *D) { |
| 3309 | VisitOMPExecutableDirective(D); |
| 3310 | } |
| 3311 | |
| 3312 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective( |
| 3313 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective *D) { |
| 3314 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3315 | } |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 3318 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective *D) { |
| 3319 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3320 | } |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 3323 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3324 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3325 | } |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | void EnqueueVisitor::VisitOMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
| 3328 | const OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective *D) { |
| 3329 | VisitOMPLoopDirective(D); |
| 3330 | } |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 | void CursorVisitor::EnqueueWorkList(VisitorWorkList &WL, const Stmt *S) { |
| 3333 | EnqueueVisitor(WL, MakeCXCursor(S, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest)) |
| 3334 | .Visit(S); |
| 3335 | } |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 | bool CursorVisitor::IsInRegionOfInterest(CXCursor C) { |
| 3338 | if (RegionOfInterest.isValid()) { |
| 3339 | SourceRange Range = getRawCursorExtent(C); |
| 3340 | if (Range.isInvalid() || CompareRegionOfInterest(Range)) |
| 3341 | return false; |
| 3342 | } |
| 3343 | return true; |
| 3344 | } |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 | bool CursorVisitor::RunVisitorWorkList(VisitorWorkList &WL) { |
| 3347 | while (!WL.empty()) { |
| 3348 | // Dequeue the worklist item. |
| 3349 | VisitorJob LI = WL.pop_back_val(); |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | // Set the Parent field, then back to its old value once we're done. |
| 3352 | SetParentRAII SetParent(Parent, StmtParent, LI.getParent()); |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 | switch (LI.getKind()) { |
| 3355 | case VisitorJob::DeclVisitKind: { |
| 3356 | const Decl *D = cast<DeclVisit>(&LI)->get(); |
| 3357 | if (!D) |
| 3358 | continue; |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | // For now, perform default visitation for Decls. |
| 3361 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(D, TU, RegionOfInterest, |
| 3362 | cast<DeclVisit>(&LI)->isFirst()))) |
| 3363 | return true; |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 | continue; |
| 3366 | } |
| 3367 | case VisitorJob::ExplicitTemplateArgsVisitKind: { |
| 3368 | for (const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg : |
| 3369 | *cast<ExplicitTemplateArgsVisit>(&LI)) { |
| 3370 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(Arg)) |
| 3371 | return true; |
| 3372 | } |
| 3373 | continue; |
| 3374 | } |
| 3375 | case VisitorJob::TypeLocVisitKind: { |
| 3376 | // Perform default visitation for TypeLocs. |
| 3377 | if (Visit(cast<TypeLocVisit>(&LI)->get())) |
| 3378 | return true; |
| 3379 | continue; |
| 3380 | } |
| 3381 | case VisitorJob::LabelRefVisitKind: { |
| 3382 | const LabelDecl *LS = cast<LabelRefVisit>(&LI)->get(); |
| 3383 | if (LabelStmt *stmt = LS->getStmt()) { |
| 3384 | if (Visit(MakeCursorLabelRef(stmt, cast<LabelRefVisit>(&LI)->getLoc(), |
| 3385 | TU))) { |
| 3386 | return true; |
| 3387 | } |
| 3388 | } |
| 3389 | continue; |
| 3390 | } |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 | case VisitorJob::NestedNameSpecifierLocVisitKind: { |
| 3393 | NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit *V = cast<NestedNameSpecifierLocVisit>(&LI); |
| 3394 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(V->get())) |
| 3395 | return true; |
| 3396 | continue; |
| 3397 | } |
| 3398 | |
| 3399 | case VisitorJob::DeclarationNameInfoVisitKind: { |
| 3400 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(cast<DeclarationNameInfoVisit>(&LI)->get())) |
| 3401 | return true; |
| 3402 | continue; |
| 3403 | } |
| 3404 | case VisitorJob::MemberRefVisitKind: { |
| 3405 | MemberRefVisit *V = cast<MemberRefVisit>(&LI); |
| 3406 | if (Visit(MakeCursorMemberRef(V->get(), V->getLoc(), TU))) |
| 3407 | return true; |
| 3408 | continue; |
| 3409 | } |
| 3410 | case VisitorJob::StmtVisitKind: { |
| 3411 | const Stmt *S = cast<StmtVisit>(&LI)->get(); |
| 3412 | if (!S) |
| 3413 | continue; |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 | // Update the current cursor. |
| 3416 | CXCursor Cursor = MakeCXCursor(S, StmtParent, TU, RegionOfInterest); |
| 3417 | if (!IsInRegionOfInterest(Cursor)) |
| 3418 | continue; |
| 3419 | switch (Visitor(Cursor, Parent, ClientData)) { |
| 3420 | case CXChildVisit_Break: |
| 3421 | return true; |
| 3422 | case CXChildVisit_Continue: |
| 3423 | break; |
| 3424 | case CXChildVisit_Recurse: |
| 3425 | if (PostChildrenVisitor) |
| 3426 | WL.push_back(PostChildrenVisit(nullptr, Cursor)); |
| 3427 | EnqueueWorkList(WL, S); |
| 3428 | break; |
| 3429 | } |
| 3430 | continue; |
| 3431 | } |
| 3432 | case VisitorJob::MemberExprPartsKind: { |
| 3433 | // Handle the other pieces in the MemberExpr besides the base. |
| 3434 | const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExprParts>(&LI)->get(); |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier |
| 3437 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = M->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 3438 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 3439 | return true; |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 | // Visit the declaration name. |
| 3442 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(M->getMemberNameInfo())) |
| 3443 | return true; |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 | // Visit the explicitly-specified template arguments, if any. |
| 3446 | if (M->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { |
| 3447 | for (const TemplateArgumentLoc *Arg = M->getTemplateArgs(), |
| 3448 | *ArgEnd = Arg + M->getNumTemplateArgs(); |
| 3449 | Arg != ArgEnd; ++Arg) { |
| 3450 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(*Arg)) |
| 3451 | return true; |
| 3452 | } |
| 3453 | } |
| 3454 | continue; |
| 3455 | } |
| 3456 | case VisitorJob::DeclRefExprPartsKind: { |
| 3457 | const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExprParts>(&LI)->get(); |
| 3458 | // Visit nested-name-specifier, if present. |
| 3459 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = DR->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 3460 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 3461 | return true; |
| 3462 | // Visit declaration name. |
| 3463 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(DR->getNameInfo())) |
| 3464 | return true; |
| 3465 | continue; |
| 3466 | } |
| 3467 | case VisitorJob::OverloadExprPartsKind: { |
| 3468 | const OverloadExpr *O = cast<OverloadExprParts>(&LI)->get(); |
| 3469 | // Visit the nested-name-specifier. |
| 3470 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = O->getQualifierLoc()) |
| 3471 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 3472 | return true; |
| 3473 | // Visit the declaration name. |
| 3474 | if (VisitDeclarationNameInfo(O->getNameInfo())) |
| 3475 | return true; |
| 3476 | // Visit the overloaded declaration reference. |
| 3477 | if (Visit(MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(O, TU))) |
| 3478 | return true; |
| 3479 | continue; |
| 3480 | } |
| 3481 | case VisitorJob::SizeOfPackExprPartsKind: { |
| 3482 | const SizeOfPackExpr *E = cast<SizeOfPackExprParts>(&LI)->get(); |
| 3483 | NamedDecl *Pack = E->getPack(); |
| 3484 | if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Pack)) { |
| 3485 | if (Visit(MakeCursorTypeRef(cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Pack), |
| 3486 | E->getPackLoc(), TU))) |
| 3487 | return true; |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | continue; |
| 3490 | } |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 | if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Pack)) { |
| 3493 | if (Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Pack), |
| 3494 | E->getPackLoc(), TU))) |
| 3495 | return true; |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 | continue; |
| 3498 | } |
| 3499 | |
| 3500 | // Non-type template parameter packs and function parameter packs are |
| 3501 | // treated like DeclRefExpr cursors. |
| 3502 | continue; |
| 3503 | } |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 | case VisitorJob::LambdaExprPartsKind: { |
| 3506 | // Visit non-init captures. |
| 3507 | const LambdaExpr *E = cast<LambdaExprParts>(&LI)->get(); |
| 3508 | for (LambdaExpr::capture_iterator C = E->explicit_capture_begin(), |
| 3509 | CEnd = E->explicit_capture_end(); |
| 3510 | C != CEnd; ++C) { |
| 3511 | if (!C->capturesVariable()) |
| 3512 | continue; |
| 3513 | // TODO: handle structured bindings here ? |
| 3514 | if (!isa<VarDecl>(C->getCapturedVar())) |
| 3515 | continue; |
| 3516 | if (Visit(MakeCursorVariableRef(cast<VarDecl>(C->getCapturedVar()), |
| 3517 | C->getLocation(), TU))) |
| 3518 | return true; |
| 3519 | } |
| 3520 | // Visit init captures |
| 3521 | for (auto InitExpr : E->capture_inits()) { |
| 3522 | if (InitExpr && Visit(InitExpr)) |
| 3523 | return true; |
| 3524 | } |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | TypeLoc TL = E->getCallOperator()->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); |
| 3527 | // Visit parameters and return type, if present. |
| 3528 | if (FunctionTypeLoc Proto = TL.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>()) { |
| 3529 | if (E->hasExplicitParameters()) { |
| 3530 | // Visit parameters. |
| 3531 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Proto.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) |
| 3532 | if (Visit(MakeCXCursor(Proto.getParam(I), TU))) |
| 3533 | return true; |
| 3534 | } |
| 3535 | if (E->hasExplicitResultType()) { |
| 3536 | // Visit result type. |
| 3537 | if (Visit(Proto.getReturnLoc())) |
| 3538 | return true; |
| 3539 | } |
| 3540 | } |
| 3541 | break; |
| 3542 | } |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 | case VisitorJob::ConceptSpecializationExprVisitKind: { |
| 3545 | const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E = |
| 3546 | cast<ConceptSpecializationExprVisit>(&LI)->get(); |
| 3547 | if (NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = |
| 3548 | E->getNestedNameSpecifierLoc()) { |
| 3549 | if (VisitNestedNameSpecifierLoc(QualifierLoc)) |
| 3550 | return true; |
| 3551 | } |
| 3552 | |
| 3553 | if (E->getNamedConcept() && |
| 3554 | Visit(MakeCursorTemplateRef(E->getNamedConcept(), |
| 3555 | E->getConceptNameLoc(), TU))) |
| 3556 | return true; |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 | if (auto Args = E->getTemplateArgsAsWritten()) { |
| 3559 | for (const auto &Arg : Args->arguments()) { |
| 3560 | if (VisitTemplateArgumentLoc(Arg)) |
| 3561 | return true; |
| 3562 | } |
| 3563 | } |
| 3564 | break; |
| 3565 | } |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 | case VisitorJob::RequiresExprVisitKind: { |
| 3568 | const RequiresExpr *E = cast<RequiresExprVisit>(&LI)->get(); |
| 3569 | for (const concepts::Requirement *R : E->getRequirements()) |
| 3570 | VisitConceptRequirement(*R); |
| 3571 | break; |
| 3572 | } |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | case VisitorJob::PostChildrenVisitKind: |
| 3575 | if (PostChildrenVisitor(Parent, ClientData)) |
| 3576 | return true; |
| 3577 | break; |
| 3578 | } |
| 3579 | } |
| 3580 | return false; |
| 3581 | } |
| 3582 | |
| 3583 | bool CursorVisitor::Visit(const Stmt *S) { |
| 3584 | VisitorWorkList *WL = nullptr; |
| 3585 | if (!WorkListFreeList.empty()) { |
| 3586 | WL = WorkListFreeList.back(); |
| 3587 | WL->clear(); |
| 3588 | WorkListFreeList.pop_back(); |
| 3589 | } else { |
| 3590 | WL = new VisitorWorkList(); |
| 3591 | WorkListCache.push_back(WL); |
| 3592 | } |
| 3593 | EnqueueWorkList(*WL, S); |
| 3594 | bool result = RunVisitorWorkList(*WL); |
| 3595 | WorkListFreeList.push_back(WL); |
| 3596 | return result; |
| 3597 | } |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 | namespace { |
| 3600 | typedef SmallVector<SourceRange, 4> RefNamePieces; |
| 3601 | RefNamePieces buildPieces(unsigned NameFlags, bool IsMemberRefExpr, |
| 3602 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NI, SourceRange QLoc, |
| 3603 | const SourceRange *TemplateArgsLoc = nullptr) { |
| 3604 | const bool WantQualifier = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantQualifier; |
| 3605 | const bool WantTemplateArgs = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs; |
| 3606 | const bool WantSinglePiece = NameFlags & CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece; |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 | const DeclarationName::NameKind Kind = NI.getName().getNameKind(); |
| 3609 | |
| 3610 | RefNamePieces Pieces; |
| 3611 | |
| 3612 | if (WantQualifier && QLoc.isValid()) |
| 3613 | Pieces.push_back(QLoc); |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 | if (Kind != DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || IsMemberRefExpr) |
| 3616 | Pieces.push_back(NI.getLoc()); |
| 3617 | |
| 3618 | if (WantTemplateArgs && TemplateArgsLoc && TemplateArgsLoc->isValid()) |
| 3619 | Pieces.push_back(*TemplateArgsLoc); |
| 3620 | |
| 3621 | if (Kind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName) { |
| 3622 | Pieces.push_back(NI.getInfo().getCXXOperatorNameBeginLoc()); |
| 3623 | Pieces.push_back(NI.getInfo().getCXXOperatorNameEndLoc()); |
| 3624 | } |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 | if (WantSinglePiece) { |
| 3627 | SourceRange R(Pieces.front().getBegin(), Pieces.back().getEnd()); |
| 3628 | Pieces.clear(); |
| 3629 | Pieces.push_back(R); |
| 3630 | } |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 | return Pieces; |
| 3633 | } |
| 3634 | } // namespace |
| 3635 | |
| 3636 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3637 | // Misc. API hooks. |
| 3638 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | namespace { |
| 3641 | struct RegisterFatalErrorHandler { |
| 3642 | RegisterFatalErrorHandler() { |
| 3643 | clang_install_aborting_llvm_fatal_error_handler(); |
| 3644 | } |
| 3645 | }; |
| 3646 | } // namespace |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 | static llvm::ManagedStatic<RegisterFatalErrorHandler> |
| 3649 | RegisterFatalErrorHandlerOnce; |
| 3650 | |
| 3651 | static CIndexer *clang_createIndex_Impl( |
| 3652 | int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH, int displayDiagnostics, |
| 3653 | unsigned char threadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing = CXChoice_Default, |
| 3654 | unsigned char threadBackgroundPriorityForEditing = CXChoice_Default) { |
| 3655 | // We use crash recovery to make some of our APIs more reliable, implicitly |
| 3656 | // enable it. |
| 3657 | if (!getenv("LIBCLANG_DISABLE_CRASH_RECOVERY")) |
| 3658 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Enable(); |
| 3659 | |
| 3660 | // Look through the managed static to trigger construction of the managed |
| 3661 | // static which registers our fatal error handler. This ensures it is only |
| 3662 | // registered once. |
| 3663 | (void)*RegisterFatalErrorHandlerOnce; |
| 3664 | |
| 3665 | // Initialize targets for clang module support. |
| 3666 | llvm::InitializeAllTargets(); |
| 3667 | llvm::InitializeAllTargetMCs(); |
| 3668 | llvm::InitializeAllAsmPrinters(); |
| 3669 | llvm::InitializeAllAsmParsers(); |
| 3670 | |
| 3671 | CIndexer *CIdxr = new CIndexer(); |
| 3672 | |
| 3673 | if (excludeDeclarationsFromPCH) |
| 3674 | CIdxr->setOnlyLocalDecls(); |
| 3675 | if (displayDiagnostics) |
| 3676 | CIdxr->setDisplayDiagnostics(); |
| 3677 | |
| 3678 | unsigned GlobalOptions = CIdxr->getCXGlobalOptFlags(); |
| 3679 | const auto updateGlobalOption = |
| 3680 | [&GlobalOptions](unsigned char Policy, CXGlobalOptFlags Flag, |
| 3681 | const char *EnvironmentVariableName) { |
| 3682 | switch (Policy) { |
| 3683 | case CXChoice_Enabled: |
| 3684 | GlobalOptions |= Flag; |
| 3685 | break; |
| 3686 | case CXChoice_Disabled: |
| 3687 | GlobalOptions &= ~Flag; |
| 3688 | break; |
| 3689 | case CXChoice_Default: |
| 3690 | default: // Fall back to default behavior if Policy is unsupported. |
| 3691 | if (getenv(EnvironmentVariableName)) |
| 3692 | GlobalOptions |= Flag; |
| 3693 | } |
| 3694 | }; |
| 3695 | updateGlobalOption(threadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing, |
| 3696 | CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing, |
| 3697 | "LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_INDEX"); |
| 3698 | updateGlobalOption(threadBackgroundPriorityForEditing, |
| 3699 | CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing, |
| 3700 | "LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_EDIT"); |
| 3701 | CIdxr->setCXGlobalOptFlags(GlobalOptions); |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | return CIdxr; |
| 3704 | } |
| 3705 | |
| 3706 | CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH, |
| 3707 | int displayDiagnostics) { |
| 3708 | return clang_createIndex_Impl(excludeDeclarationsFromPCH, displayDiagnostics); |
| 3709 | } |
| 3710 | |
| 3711 | void clang_disposeIndex(CXIndex CIdx) { |
| 3712 | if (CIdx) |
| 3713 | delete static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx); |
| 3714 | } |
| 3715 | |
| 3716 | CXIndex clang_createIndexWithOptions(const CXIndexOptions *options) { |
| 3717 | // Adding new options to struct CXIndexOptions: |
| 3718 | // 1. If no other new option has been added in the same libclang version, |
| 3719 | // sizeof(CXIndexOptions) must increase for versioning purposes. |
| 3720 | // 2. Options should be added at the end of the struct in order to seamlessly |
| 3721 | // support older struct versions. If options->Size < sizeof(CXIndexOptions), |
| 3722 | // don't attempt to read the missing options and rely on the default values of |
| 3723 | // recently added options being reasonable. For example: |
| 3724 | // if (options->Size >= offsetof(CXIndexOptions, RecentlyAddedMember)) |
| 3725 | // do_something(options->RecentlyAddedMember); |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 | // An exception: if a new option is small enough, it can be squeezed into the |
| 3728 | // /*Reserved*/ bits in CXIndexOptions. Since the default value of each option |
| 3729 | // is guaranteed to be 0 and the callers are advised to zero out the struct, |
| 3730 | // programs built against older libclang versions would implicitly set the new |
| 3731 | // options to default values, which should keep the behavior of previous |
| 3732 | // libclang versions and thus be backward-compatible. |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 | // If options->Size > sizeof(CXIndexOptions), the user may have set an option |
| 3735 | // we can't handle, in which case we return nullptr to report failure. |
| 3736 | // Replace `!=` with `>` here to support older struct versions. `!=` has the |
| 3737 | // advantage of catching more usage bugs and no disadvantages while there is a |
| 3738 | // single supported struct version (the initial version). |
| 3739 | if (options->Size != sizeof(CXIndexOptions)) |
| 3740 | return nullptr; |
| 3741 | CIndexer *const CIdxr = clang_createIndex_Impl( |
| 3742 | options->ExcludeDeclarationsFromPCH, options->DisplayDiagnostics, |
| 3743 | options->ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing, |
| 3744 | options->ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing); |
| 3745 | CIdxr->setStorePreamblesInMemory(options->StorePreamblesInMemory); |
| 3746 | CIdxr->setPreambleStoragePath(options->PreambleStoragePath); |
| 3747 | CIdxr->setInvocationEmissionPath(options->InvocationEmissionPath); |
| 3748 | return CIdxr; |
| 3749 | } |
| 3750 | |
| 3751 | void clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(CXIndex CIdx, unsigned options) { |
| 3752 | if (CIdx) |
| 3753 | static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx)->setCXGlobalOptFlags(options); |
| 3754 | } |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | unsigned clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(CXIndex CIdx) { |
| 3757 | if (CIdx) |
| 3758 | return static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx)->getCXGlobalOptFlags(); |
| 3759 | return 0; |
| 3760 | } |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | void clang_CXIndex_setInvocationEmissionPathOption(CXIndex CIdx, |
| 3763 | const char *Path) { |
| 3764 | if (CIdx) |
| 3765 | static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx)->setInvocationEmissionPath(Path ? Path : ""); |
| 3766 | } |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | void clang_toggleCrashRecovery(unsigned isEnabled) { |
| 3769 | if (isEnabled) |
| 3770 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Enable(); |
| 3771 | else |
| 3772 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext::Disable(); |
| 3773 | } |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 | CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx, |
| 3776 | const char *ast_filename) { |
| 3777 | CXTranslationUnit TU; |
| 3778 | enum CXErrorCode Result = |
| 3779 | clang_createTranslationUnit2(CIdx, ast_filename, &TU); |
| 3780 | (void)Result; |
| 3781 | assert((TU && Result == CXError_Success) ||(static_cast <bool> ((TU && Result == CXError_Success ) || (!TU && Result != CXError_Success)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(TU && Result == CXError_Success) || (!TU && Result != CXError_Success)" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 3782, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
| 3782 | (!TU && Result != CXError_Success))(static_cast <bool> ((TU && Result == CXError_Success ) || (!TU && Result != CXError_Success)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(TU && Result == CXError_Success) || (!TU && Result != CXError_Success)" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 3782, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 3783 | return TU; |
| 3784 | } |
| 3785 | |
| 3786 | enum CXErrorCode clang_createTranslationUnit2(CXIndex CIdx, |
| 3787 | const char *ast_filename, |
| 3788 | CXTranslationUnit *out_TU) { |
| 3789 | if (out_TU) |
| 3790 | *out_TU = nullptr; |
| 3791 | |
| 3792 | if (!CIdx || !ast_filename || !out_TU) |
| 3793 | return CXError_InvalidArguments; |
| 3794 | |
| 3795 | LOG_FUNC_SECTIONif (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger::make (__func__)) { *Log << ast_filename; } |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx); |
| 3798 | FileSystemOptions FileSystemOpts; |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags = |
| 3801 | CompilerInstance::createDiagnostics(new DiagnosticOptions()); |
| 3802 | std::unique_ptr<ASTUnit> AU = ASTUnit::LoadFromASTFile( |
| 3803 | ast_filename, CXXIdx->getPCHContainerOperations()->getRawReader(), |
| 3804 | ASTUnit::LoadEverything, Diags, FileSystemOpts, /*UseDebugInfo=*/false, |
| 3805 | CXXIdx->getOnlyLocalDecls(), CaptureDiagsKind::All, |
| 3806 | /*AllowASTWithCompilerErrors=*/true, |
| 3807 | /*UserFilesAreVolatile=*/true); |
| 3808 | *out_TU = MakeCXTranslationUnit(CXXIdx, std::move(AU)); |
| 3809 | return *out_TU ? CXError_Success : CXError_Failure; |
| 3810 | } |
| 3811 | |
| 3812 | unsigned clang_defaultEditingTranslationUnitOptions() { |
| 3813 | return CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble | |
| 3814 | CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults; |
| 3815 | } |
| 3816 | |
| 3817 | CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile( |
| 3818 | CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename, int num_command_line_args, |
| 3819 | const char *const *command_line_args, unsigned num_unsaved_files, |
| 3820 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files) { |
| 3821 | unsigned Options = CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord; |
| 3822 | return clang_parseTranslationUnit(CIdx, source_filename, command_line_args, |
| 3823 | num_command_line_args, unsaved_files, |
| 3824 | num_unsaved_files, Options); |
| 3825 | } |
| 3826 | |
| 3827 | static CXErrorCode |
| 3828 | clang_parseTranslationUnit_Impl(CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename, |
| 3829 | const char *const *command_line_args, |
| 3830 | int num_command_line_args, |
| 3831 | ArrayRef<CXUnsavedFile> unsaved_files, |
| 3832 | unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU) { |
| 3833 | // Set up the initial return values. |
| 3834 | if (out_TU) |
| 3835 | *out_TU = nullptr; |
| 3836 | |
| 3837 | // Check arguments. |
| 3838 | if (!CIdx || !out_TU) |
| 3839 | return CXError_InvalidArguments; |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = static_cast<CIndexer *>(CIdx); |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 | if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing)) |
| 3844 | setThreadBackgroundPriority(); |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | bool PrecompilePreamble = options & CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble; |
| 3847 | bool CreatePreambleOnFirstParse = |
| 3848 | options & CXTranslationUnit_CreatePreambleOnFirstParse; |
| 3849 | // FIXME: Add a flag for modules. |
| 3850 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind = (options & (CXTranslationUnit_Incomplete | |
| 3851 | CXTranslationUnit_SingleFileParse)) |
| 3852 | ? TU_Prefix |
| 3853 | : TU_Complete; |
| 3854 | bool CacheCodeCompletionResults = |
| 3855 | options & CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults; |
| 3856 | bool IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion = |
| 3857 | options & CXTranslationUnit_IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion; |
| 3858 | bool SingleFileParse = options & CXTranslationUnit_SingleFileParse; |
| 3859 | bool ForSerialization = options & CXTranslationUnit_ForSerialization; |
| 3860 | bool RetainExcludedCB = |
| 3861 | options & CXTranslationUnit_RetainExcludedConditionalBlocks; |
| 3862 | SkipFunctionBodiesScope SkipFunctionBodies = SkipFunctionBodiesScope::None; |
| 3863 | if (options & CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies) { |
| 3864 | SkipFunctionBodies = |
| 3865 | (options & CXTranslationUnit_LimitSkipFunctionBodiesToPreamble) |
| 3866 | ? SkipFunctionBodiesScope::Preamble |
| 3867 | : SkipFunctionBodiesScope::PreambleAndMainFile; |
| 3868 | } |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 | // Configure the diagnostics. |
| 3871 | std::unique_ptr<DiagnosticOptions> DiagOpts = CreateAndPopulateDiagOpts( |
| 3872 | llvm::ArrayRef(command_line_args, num_command_line_args)); |
| 3873 | IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticsEngine> Diags( |
| 3874 | CompilerInstance::createDiagnostics(DiagOpts.release())); |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 | if (options & CXTranslationUnit_KeepGoing) |
| 3877 | Diags->setFatalsAsError(true); |
| 3878 | |
| 3879 | CaptureDiagsKind CaptureDiagnostics = CaptureDiagsKind::All; |
| 3880 | if (options & CXTranslationUnit_IgnoreNonErrorsFromIncludedFiles) |
| 3881 | CaptureDiagnostics = CaptureDiagsKind::AllWithoutNonErrorsFromIncludes; |
| 3882 | |
| 3883 | // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function. |
| 3884 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar< |
| 3885 | DiagnosticsEngine, |
| 3886 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextReleaseRefCleanup<DiagnosticsEngine>> |
| 3887 | DiagCleanup(Diags.get()); |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 | std::unique_ptr<std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>> RemappedFiles( |
| 3890 | new std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>()); |
| 3891 | |
| 3892 | // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function. |
| 3893 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>> |
| 3894 | RemappedCleanup(RemappedFiles.get()); |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 | for (auto &UF : unsaved_files) { |
| 3897 | std::unique_ptr<llvm::MemoryBuffer> MB = |
| 3898 | llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBufferCopy(getContents(UF), UF.Filename); |
| 3899 | RemappedFiles->push_back(std::make_pair(UF.Filename, MB.release())); |
| 3900 | } |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | std::unique_ptr<std::vector<const char *>> Args( |
| 3903 | new std::vector<const char *>()); |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 | // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this method. |
| 3906 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<std::vector<const char *>> |
| 3907 | ArgsCleanup(Args.get()); |
| 3908 | |
| 3909 | // Since the Clang C library is primarily used by batch tools dealing with |
| 3910 | // (often very broken) source code, where spell-checking can have a |
| 3911 | // significant negative impact on performance (particularly when |
| 3912 | // precompiled headers are involved), we disable it by default. |
| 3913 | // Only do this if we haven't found a spell-checking-related argument. |
| 3914 | bool FoundSpellCheckingArgument = false; |
| 3915 | for (int I = 0; I != num_command_line_args; ++I) { |
| 3916 | if (strcmp(command_line_args[I], "-fno-spell-checking") == 0 || |
| 3917 | strcmp(command_line_args[I], "-fspell-checking") == 0) { |
| 3918 | FoundSpellCheckingArgument = true; |
| 3919 | break; |
| 3920 | } |
| 3921 | } |
| 3922 | Args->insert(Args->end(), command_line_args, |
| 3923 | command_line_args + num_command_line_args); |
| 3924 | |
| 3925 | if (!FoundSpellCheckingArgument) |
| 3926 | Args->insert(Args->begin() + 1, "-fno-spell-checking"); |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 | // The 'source_filename' argument is optional. If the caller does not |
| 3929 | // specify it then it is assumed that the source file is specified |
| 3930 | // in the actual argument list. |
| 3931 | // Put the source file after command_line_args otherwise if '-x' flag is |
| 3932 | // present it will be unused. |
| 3933 | if (source_filename) |
| 3934 | Args->push_back(source_filename); |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 | // Do we need the detailed preprocessing record? |
| 3937 | if (options & CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord) { |
| 3938 | Args->push_back("-Xclang"); |
| 3939 | Args->push_back("-detailed-preprocessing-record"); |
| 3940 | } |
| 3941 | |
| 3942 | // Suppress any editor placeholder diagnostics. |
| 3943 | Args->push_back("-fallow-editor-placeholders"); |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 | unsigned NumErrors = Diags->getClient()->getNumErrors(); |
| 3946 | std::unique_ptr<ASTUnit> ErrUnit; |
| 3947 | // Unless the user specified that they want the preamble on the first parse |
| 3948 | // set it up to be created on the first reparse. This makes the first parse |
| 3949 | // faster, trading for a slower (first) reparse. |
| 3950 | unsigned PrecompilePreambleAfterNParses = |
| 3951 | !PrecompilePreamble ? 0 : 2 - CreatePreambleOnFirstParse; |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 | LibclangInvocationReporter InvocationReporter( |
| 3954 | *CXXIdx, LibclangInvocationReporter::OperationKind::ParseOperation, |
| 3955 | options, llvm::ArrayRef(*Args), /*InvocationArgs=*/std::nullopt, |
| 3956 | unsaved_files); |
| 3957 | std::unique_ptr<ASTUnit> Unit(ASTUnit::LoadFromCommandLine( |
| 3958 | Args->data(), Args->data() + Args->size(), |
| 3959 | CXXIdx->getPCHContainerOperations(), Diags, |
| 3960 | CXXIdx->getClangResourcesPath(), CXXIdx->getStorePreamblesInMemory(), |
| 3961 | CXXIdx->getPreambleStoragePath(), CXXIdx->getOnlyLocalDecls(), |
| 3962 | CaptureDiagnostics, *RemappedFiles.get(), |
| 3963 | /*RemappedFilesKeepOriginalName=*/true, PrecompilePreambleAfterNParses, |
| 3964 | TUKind, CacheCodeCompletionResults, IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion, |
| 3965 | /*AllowPCHWithCompilerErrors=*/true, SkipFunctionBodies, SingleFileParse, |
| 3966 | /*UserFilesAreVolatile=*/true, ForSerialization, RetainExcludedCB, |
| 3967 | CXXIdx->getPCHContainerOperations()->getRawReader().getFormats().front(), |
| 3968 | &ErrUnit)); |
| 3969 | |
| 3970 | // Early failures in LoadFromCommandLine may return with ErrUnit unset. |
| 3971 | if (!Unit && !ErrUnit) |
| 3972 | return CXError_ASTReadError; |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 | if (NumErrors != Diags->getClient()->getNumErrors()) { |
| 3975 | // Make sure to check that 'Unit' is non-NULL. |
| 3976 | if (CXXIdx->getDisplayDiagnostics()) |
| 3977 | printDiagsToStderr(Unit ? Unit.get() : ErrUnit.get()); |
| 3978 | } |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 | if (isASTReadError(Unit ? Unit.get() : ErrUnit.get())) |
| 3981 | return CXError_ASTReadError; |
| 3982 | |
| 3983 | *out_TU = MakeCXTranslationUnit(CXXIdx, std::move(Unit)); |
| 3984 | if (CXTranslationUnitImpl *TU = *out_TU) { |
| 3985 | TU->ParsingOptions = options; |
| 3986 | TU->Arguments.reserve(Args->size()); |
| 3987 | for (const char *Arg : *Args) |
| 3988 | TU->Arguments.push_back(Arg); |
| 3989 | return CXError_Success; |
| 3990 | } |
| 3991 | return CXError_Failure; |
| 3992 | } |
| 3993 | |
| 3994 | CXTranslationUnit |
| 3995 | clang_parseTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename, |
| 3996 | const char *const *command_line_args, |
| 3997 | int num_command_line_args, |
| 3998 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, |
| 3999 | unsigned num_unsaved_files, unsigned options) { |
| 4000 | CXTranslationUnit TU; |
| 4001 | enum CXErrorCode Result = clang_parseTranslationUnit2( |
| 4002 | CIdx, source_filename, command_line_args, num_command_line_args, |
| 4003 | unsaved_files, num_unsaved_files, options, &TU); |
| 4004 | (void)Result; |
| 4005 | assert((TU && Result == CXError_Success) ||(static_cast <bool> ((TU && Result == CXError_Success ) || (!TU && Result != CXError_Success)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(TU && Result == CXError_Success) || (!TU && Result != CXError_Success)" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 4006, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
| 4006 | (!TU && Result != CXError_Success))(static_cast <bool> ((TU && Result == CXError_Success ) || (!TU && Result != CXError_Success)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(TU && Result == CXError_Success) || (!TU && Result != CXError_Success)" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 4006, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 4007 | return TU; |
| 4008 | } |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 | enum CXErrorCode clang_parseTranslationUnit2( |
| 4011 | CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename, |
| 4012 | const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args, |
| 4013 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files, |
| 4014 | unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU) { |
| 4015 | noteBottomOfStack(); |
| 4016 | SmallVector<const char *, 4> Args; |
| 4017 | Args.push_back("clang"); |
| 4018 | Args.append(command_line_args, command_line_args + num_command_line_args); |
| 4019 | return clang_parseTranslationUnit2FullArgv( |
| 4020 | CIdx, source_filename, Args.data(), Args.size(), unsaved_files, |
| 4021 | num_unsaved_files, options, out_TU); |
| 4022 | } |
| 4023 | |
| 4024 | enum CXErrorCode clang_parseTranslationUnit2FullArgv( |
| 4025 | CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename, |
| 4026 | const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args, |
| 4027 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files, |
| 4028 | unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU) { |
| 4029 | LOG_FUNC_SECTIONif (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger::make (__func__)) { |
| 4030 | *Log << source_filename << ": "; |
| 4031 | for (int i = 0; i != num_command_line_args; ++i) |
| 4032 | *Log << command_line_args[i] << " "; |
| 4033 | } |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 | if (num_unsaved_files && !unsaved_files) |
| 4036 | return CXError_InvalidArguments; |
| 4037 | |
| 4038 | CXErrorCode result = CXError_Failure; |
| 4039 | auto ParseTranslationUnitImpl = [=, &result] { |
| 4040 | noteBottomOfStack(); |
| 4041 | result = clang_parseTranslationUnit_Impl( |
| 4042 | CIdx, source_filename, command_line_args, num_command_line_args, |
| 4043 | llvm::ArrayRef(unsaved_files, num_unsaved_files), options, out_TU); |
| 4044 | }; |
| 4045 | |
| 4046 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC; |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | if (!RunSafely(CRC, ParseTranslationUnitImpl)) { |
| 4049 | fprintf(stderrstderr, "libclang: crash detected during parsing: {\n"); |
| 4050 | fprintf(stderrstderr, " 'source_filename' : '%s'\n", source_filename); |
| 4051 | fprintf(stderrstderr, " 'command_line_args' : ["); |
| 4052 | for (int i = 0; i != num_command_line_args; ++i) { |
| 4053 | if (i) |
| 4054 | fprintf(stderrstderr, ", "); |
| 4055 | fprintf(stderrstderr, "'%s'", command_line_args[i]); |
| 4056 | } |
| 4057 | fprintf(stderrstderr, "],\n"); |
| 4058 | fprintf(stderrstderr, " 'unsaved_files' : ["); |
| 4059 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != num_unsaved_files; ++i) { |
| 4060 | if (i) |
| 4061 | fprintf(stderrstderr, ", "); |
| 4062 | fprintf(stderrstderr, "('%s', '...', %ld)", unsaved_files[i].Filename, |
| 4063 | unsaved_files[i].Length); |
| 4064 | } |
| 4065 | fprintf(stderrstderr, "],\n"); |
| 4066 | fprintf(stderrstderr, " 'options' : %d,\n", options); |
| 4067 | fprintf(stderrstderr, "}\n"); |
| 4068 | |
| 4069 | return CXError_Crashed; |
| 4070 | } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) { |
| 4071 | if (CXTranslationUnit *TU = out_TU) |
| 4072 | PrintLibclangResourceUsage(*TU); |
| 4073 | } |
| 4074 | |
| 4075 | return result; |
| 4076 | } |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 | CXString clang_Type_getObjCEncoding(CXType CT) { |
| 4079 | CXTranslationUnit tu = static_cast<CXTranslationUnit>(CT.data[1]); |
| 4080 | ASTContext &Ctx = getASTUnit(tu)->getASTContext(); |
| 4081 | std::string encoding; |
| 4082 | Ctx.getObjCEncodingForType(QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(CT.data[0]), encoding); |
| 4083 | |
| 4084 | return cxstring::createDup(encoding); |
| 4085 | } |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 | static const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier(CXCursor C) { |
| 4088 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) { |
| 4089 | if (const MacroDefinitionRecord *MDR = getCursorMacroDefinition(C)) |
| 4090 | return MDR->getName(); |
| 4091 | } else if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) { |
| 4092 | MacroExpansionCursor ME = getCursorMacroExpansion(C); |
| 4093 | return ME.getName(); |
| 4094 | } |
| 4095 | return nullptr; |
| 4096 | } |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 | unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroFunctionLike(CXCursor C) { |
| 4099 | const IdentifierInfo *II = getMacroIdentifier(C); |
| 4100 | if (!II) { |
| 4101 | return false; |
| 4102 | } |
| 4103 | ASTUnit *ASTU = getCursorASTUnit(C); |
| 4104 | Preprocessor &PP = ASTU->getPreprocessor(); |
| 4105 | if (const MacroInfo *MI = PP.getMacroInfo(II)) |
| 4106 | return MI->isFunctionLike(); |
| 4107 | return false; |
| 4108 | } |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 | unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroBuiltin(CXCursor C) { |
| 4111 | const IdentifierInfo *II = getMacroIdentifier(C); |
| 4112 | if (!II) { |
| 4113 | return false; |
| 4114 | } |
| 4115 | ASTUnit *ASTU = getCursorASTUnit(C); |
| 4116 | Preprocessor &PP = ASTU->getPreprocessor(); |
| 4117 | if (const MacroInfo *MI = PP.getMacroInfo(II)) |
| 4118 | return MI->isBuiltinMacro(); |
| 4119 | return false; |
| 4120 | } |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 | unsigned clang_Cursor_isFunctionInlined(CXCursor C) { |
| 4123 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 4124 | const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D); |
| 4125 | if (!FD) { |
| 4126 | return false; |
| 4127 | } |
| 4128 | return FD->isInlined(); |
| 4129 | } |
| 4130 | |
| 4131 | static StringLiteral *getCFSTR_value(CallExpr *callExpr) { |
| 4132 | if (callExpr->getNumArgs() != 1) { |
| 4133 | return nullptr; |
| 4134 | } |
| 4135 | |
| 4136 | StringLiteral *S = nullptr; |
| 4137 | auto *arg = callExpr->getArg(0); |
| 4138 | if (arg->getStmtClass() == Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass) { |
| 4139 | ImplicitCastExpr *I = static_cast<ImplicitCastExpr *>(arg); |
| 4140 | auto *subExpr = I->getSubExprAsWritten(); |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 | if (subExpr->getStmtClass() != Stmt::StringLiteralClass) { |
| 4143 | return nullptr; |
| 4144 | } |
| 4145 | |
| 4146 | S = static_cast<StringLiteral *>(I->getSubExprAsWritten()); |
| 4147 | } else if (arg->getStmtClass() == Stmt::StringLiteralClass) { |
| 4148 | S = static_cast<StringLiteral *>(callExpr->getArg(0)); |
| 4149 | } else { |
| 4150 | return nullptr; |
| 4151 | } |
| 4152 | return S; |
| 4153 | } |
| 4154 | |
| 4155 | struct ExprEvalResult { |
| 4156 | CXEvalResultKind EvalType; |
| 4157 | union { |
| 4158 | unsigned long long unsignedVal; |
| 4159 | long long intVal; |
| 4160 | double floatVal; |
| 4161 | char *stringVal; |
| 4162 | } EvalData; |
| 4163 | bool IsUnsignedInt; |
| 4164 | ~ExprEvalResult() { |
| 4165 | if (EvalType != CXEval_UnExposed && EvalType != CXEval_Float && |
| 4166 | EvalType != CXEval_Int) { |
| 4167 | delete[] EvalData.stringVal; |
| 4168 | } |
| 4169 | } |
| 4170 | }; |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 | void clang_EvalResult_dispose(CXEvalResult E) { |
| 4173 | delete static_cast<ExprEvalResult *>(E); |
| 4174 | } |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 | CXEvalResultKind clang_EvalResult_getKind(CXEvalResult E) { |
| 4177 | if (!E) { |
| 4178 | return CXEval_UnExposed; |
| 4179 | } |
| 4180 | return ((ExprEvalResult *)E)->EvalType; |
| 4181 | } |
| 4182 | |
| 4183 | int clang_EvalResult_getAsInt(CXEvalResult E) { |
| 4184 | return clang_EvalResult_getAsLongLong(E); |
| 4185 | } |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | long long clang_EvalResult_getAsLongLong(CXEvalResult E) { |
| 4188 | if (!E) { |
| 4189 | return 0; |
| 4190 | } |
| 4191 | ExprEvalResult *Result = (ExprEvalResult *)E; |
| 4192 | if (Result->IsUnsignedInt) |
| 4193 | return Result->EvalData.unsignedVal; |
| 4194 | return Result->EvalData.intVal; |
| 4195 | } |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 | unsigned clang_EvalResult_isUnsignedInt(CXEvalResult E) { |
| 4198 | return ((ExprEvalResult *)E)->IsUnsignedInt; |
| 4199 | } |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 | unsigned long long clang_EvalResult_getAsUnsigned(CXEvalResult E) { |
| 4202 | if (!E) { |
| 4203 | return 0; |
| 4204 | } |
| 4205 | |
| 4206 | ExprEvalResult *Result = (ExprEvalResult *)E; |
| 4207 | if (Result->IsUnsignedInt) |
| 4208 | return Result->EvalData.unsignedVal; |
| 4209 | return Result->EvalData.intVal; |
| 4210 | } |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 | double clang_EvalResult_getAsDouble(CXEvalResult E) { |
| 4213 | if (!E) { |
| 4214 | return 0; |
| 4215 | } |
| 4216 | return ((ExprEvalResult *)E)->EvalData.floatVal; |
| 4217 | } |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 | const char *clang_EvalResult_getAsStr(CXEvalResult E) { |
| 4220 | if (!E) { |
| 4221 | return nullptr; |
| 4222 | } |
| 4223 | return ((ExprEvalResult *)E)->EvalData.stringVal; |
| 4224 | } |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 | static const ExprEvalResult *evaluateExpr(Expr *expr, CXCursor C) { |
| 4227 | Expr::EvalResult ER; |
| 4228 | ASTContext &ctx = getCursorContext(C); |
| 4229 | if (!expr) |
| 4230 | return nullptr; |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 | expr = expr->IgnoreParens(); |
| 4233 | if (expr->isValueDependent()) |
| 4234 | return nullptr; |
| 4235 | if (!expr->EvaluateAsRValue(ER, ctx)) |
| 4236 | return nullptr; |
| 4237 | |
| 4238 | QualType rettype; |
| 4239 | CallExpr *callExpr; |
| 4240 | auto result = std::make_unique<ExprEvalResult>(); |
| 4241 | result->EvalType = CXEval_UnExposed; |
| 4242 | result->IsUnsignedInt = false; |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 | if (ER.Val.isInt()) { |
| 4245 | result->EvalType = CXEval_Int; |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 | auto &val = ER.Val.getInt(); |
| 4248 | if (val.isUnsigned()) { |
| 4249 | result->IsUnsignedInt = true; |
| 4250 | result->EvalData.unsignedVal = val.getZExtValue(); |
| 4251 | } else { |
| 4252 | result->EvalData.intVal = val.getExtValue(); |
| 4253 | } |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 | return result.release(); |
| 4256 | } |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 | if (ER.Val.isFloat()) { |
| 4259 | llvm::SmallVector<char, 100> Buffer; |
| 4260 | ER.Val.getFloat().toString(Buffer); |
| 4261 | std::string floatStr(Buffer.data(), Buffer.size()); |
| 4262 | result->EvalType = CXEval_Float; |
| 4263 | bool ignored; |
| 4264 | llvm::APFloat apFloat = ER.Val.getFloat(); |
| 4265 | apFloat.convert(llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble(), |
| 4266 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); |
| 4267 | result->EvalData.floatVal = apFloat.convertToDouble(); |
| 4268 | return result.release(); |
| 4269 | } |
| 4270 | |
| 4271 | if (expr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass) { |
| 4272 | const auto *I = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(expr); |
| 4273 | auto *subExpr = I->getSubExprAsWritten(); |
| 4274 | if (subExpr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::StringLiteralClass || |
| 4275 | subExpr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass) { |
| 4276 | const StringLiteral *StrE = nullptr; |
| 4277 | const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCExpr; |
| 4278 | ObjCExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(subExpr); |
| 4279 | |
| 4280 | if (ObjCExpr) { |
| 4281 | StrE = ObjCExpr->getString(); |
| 4282 | result->EvalType = CXEval_ObjCStrLiteral; |
| 4283 | } else { |
| 4284 | StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(I->getSubExprAsWritten()); |
| 4285 | result->EvalType = CXEval_StrLiteral; |
| 4286 | } |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | std::string strRef(StrE->getString().str()); |
| 4289 | result->EvalData.stringVal = new char[strRef.size() + 1]; |
| 4290 | strncpy((char *)result->EvalData.stringVal, strRef.c_str(), |
| 4291 | strRef.size()); |
| 4292 | result->EvalData.stringVal[strRef.size()] = '\0'; |
| 4293 | return result.release(); |
| 4294 | } |
| 4295 | } else if (expr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass || |
| 4296 | expr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::StringLiteralClass) { |
| 4297 | const StringLiteral *StrE = nullptr; |
| 4298 | const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCExpr; |
| 4299 | ObjCExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(expr); |
| 4300 | |
| 4301 | if (ObjCExpr) { |
| 4302 | StrE = ObjCExpr->getString(); |
| 4303 | result->EvalType = CXEval_ObjCStrLiteral; |
| 4304 | } else { |
| 4305 | StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); |
| 4306 | result->EvalType = CXEval_StrLiteral; |
| 4307 | } |
| 4308 | |
| 4309 | std::string strRef(StrE->getString().str()); |
| 4310 | result->EvalData.stringVal = new char[strRef.size() + 1]; |
| 4311 | strncpy((char *)result->EvalData.stringVal, strRef.c_str(), strRef.size()); |
| 4312 | result->EvalData.stringVal[strRef.size()] = '\0'; |
| 4313 | return result.release(); |
| 4314 | } |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | if (expr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass) { |
| 4317 | CStyleCastExpr *CC = static_cast<CStyleCastExpr *>(expr); |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 | rettype = CC->getType(); |
| 4320 | if (rettype.getAsString() == "CFStringRef" && |
| 4321 | CC->getSubExpr()->getStmtClass() == Stmt::CallExprClass) { |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 | callExpr = static_cast<CallExpr *>(CC->getSubExpr()); |
| 4324 | StringLiteral *S = getCFSTR_value(callExpr); |
| 4325 | if (S) { |
| 4326 | std::string strLiteral(S->getString().str()); |
| 4327 | result->EvalType = CXEval_CFStr; |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 | result->EvalData.stringVal = new char[strLiteral.size() + 1]; |
| 4330 | strncpy((char *)result->EvalData.stringVal, strLiteral.c_str(), |
| 4331 | strLiteral.size()); |
| 4332 | result->EvalData.stringVal[strLiteral.size()] = '\0'; |
| 4333 | return result.release(); |
| 4334 | } |
| 4335 | } |
| 4336 | |
| 4337 | } else if (expr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::CallExprClass) { |
| 4338 | callExpr = static_cast<CallExpr *>(expr); |
| 4339 | rettype = callExpr->getCallReturnType(ctx); |
| 4340 | |
| 4341 | if (rettype->isVectorType() || callExpr->getNumArgs() > 1) |
| 4342 | return nullptr; |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 | if (rettype->isIntegralType(ctx) || rettype->isRealFloatingType()) { |
| 4345 | if (callExpr->getNumArgs() == 1 && |
| 4346 | !callExpr->getArg(0)->getType()->isIntegralType(ctx)) |
| 4347 | return nullptr; |
| 4348 | } else if (rettype.getAsString() == "CFStringRef") { |
| 4349 | |
| 4350 | StringLiteral *S = getCFSTR_value(callExpr); |
| 4351 | if (S) { |
| 4352 | std::string strLiteral(S->getString().str()); |
| 4353 | result->EvalType = CXEval_CFStr; |
| 4354 | result->EvalData.stringVal = new char[strLiteral.size() + 1]; |
| 4355 | strncpy((char *)result->EvalData.stringVal, strLiteral.c_str(), |
| 4356 | strLiteral.size()); |
| 4357 | result->EvalData.stringVal[strLiteral.size()] = '\0'; |
| 4358 | return result.release(); |
| 4359 | } |
| 4360 | } |
| 4361 | } else if (expr->getStmtClass() == Stmt::DeclRefExprClass) { |
| 4362 | DeclRefExpr *D = static_cast<DeclRefExpr *>(expr); |
| 4363 | ValueDecl *V = D->getDecl(); |
| 4364 | if (V->getKind() == Decl::Function) { |
| 4365 | std::string strName = V->getNameAsString(); |
| 4366 | result->EvalType = CXEval_Other; |
| 4367 | result->EvalData.stringVal = new char[strName.size() + 1]; |
| 4368 | strncpy(result->EvalData.stringVal, strName.c_str(), strName.size()); |
| 4369 | result->EvalData.stringVal[strName.size()] = '\0'; |
| 4370 | return result.release(); |
| 4371 | } |
| 4372 | } |
| 4373 | |
| 4374 | return nullptr; |
| 4375 | } |
| 4376 | |
| 4377 | static const Expr *evaluateDeclExpr(const Decl *D) { |
| 4378 | if (!D) |
| 4379 | return nullptr; |
| 4380 | if (auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) |
| 4381 | return Var->getInit(); |
| 4382 | else if (auto *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) |
| 4383 | return Field->getInClassInitializer(); |
| 4384 | return nullptr; |
| 4385 | } |
| 4386 | |
| 4387 | static const Expr *evaluateCompoundStmtExpr(const CompoundStmt *CS) { |
| 4388 | assert(CS && "invalid compound statement")(static_cast <bool> (CS && "invalid compound statement" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CS && \"invalid compound statement\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 4388, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 4389 | for (auto *bodyIterator : CS->body()) { |
| 4390 | if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<Expr>(bodyIterator)) |
| 4391 | return E; |
| 4392 | } |
| 4393 | return nullptr; |
| 4394 | } |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 | CXEvalResult clang_Cursor_Evaluate(CXCursor C) { |
| 4397 | const Expr *E = nullptr; |
| 4398 | if (clang_getCursorKind(C) == CXCursor_CompoundStmt) |
| 4399 | E = evaluateCompoundStmtExpr(cast<CompoundStmt>(getCursorStmt(C))); |
| 4400 | else if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 4401 | E = evaluateDeclExpr(getCursorDecl(C)); |
| 4402 | else if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) |
| 4403 | E = getCursorExpr(C); |
| 4404 | if (E) |
| 4405 | return const_cast<CXEvalResult>( |
| 4406 | reinterpret_cast<const void *>(evaluateExpr(const_cast<Expr *>(E), C))); |
| 4407 | return nullptr; |
| 4408 | } |
| 4409 | |
| 4410 | unsigned clang_Cursor_hasAttrs(CXCursor C) { |
| 4411 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 4412 | if (!D) { |
| 4413 | return 0; |
| 4414 | } |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 | if (D->hasAttrs()) { |
| 4417 | return 1; |
| 4418 | } |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 | return 0; |
| 4421 | } |
| 4422 | unsigned clang_defaultSaveOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 4423 | return CXSaveTranslationUnit_None; |
| 4424 | } |
| 4425 | |
| 4426 | static CXSaveError clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl(CXTranslationUnit TU, |
| 4427 | const char *FileName, |
| 4428 | unsigned options) { |
| 4429 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = TU->CIdx; |
| 4430 | if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing)) |
| 4431 | setThreadBackgroundPriority(); |
| 4432 | |
| 4433 | bool hadError = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU)->Save(FileName); |
| 4434 | return hadError ? CXSaveError_Unknown : CXSaveError_None; |
| 4435 | } |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 | int clang_saveTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU, const char *FileName, |
| 4438 | unsigned options) { |
| 4439 | LOG_FUNC_SECTIONif (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger::make (__func__)) { *Log << TU << ' ' << FileName; } |
| 4440 | |
| 4441 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 4442 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 4443 | return CXSaveError_InvalidTU; |
| 4444 | } |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 4447 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit); |
| 4448 | if (!CXXUnit->hasSema()) |
| 4449 | return CXSaveError_InvalidTU; |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 | CXSaveError result; |
| 4452 | auto SaveTranslationUnitImpl = [=, &result]() { |
| 4453 | result = clang_saveTranslationUnit_Impl(TU, FileName, options); |
| 4454 | }; |
| 4455 | |
| 4456 | if (!CXXUnit->getDiagnostics().hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { |
| 4457 | SaveTranslationUnitImpl(); |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 | if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) |
| 4460 | PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU); |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 | return result; |
| 4463 | } |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 | // We have an AST that has invalid nodes due to compiler errors. |
| 4466 | // Use a crash recovery thread for protection. |
| 4467 | |
| 4468 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC; |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 | if (!RunSafely(CRC, SaveTranslationUnitImpl)) { |
| 4471 | fprintf(stderrstderr, "libclang: crash detected during AST saving: {\n"); |
| 4472 | fprintf(stderrstderr, " 'filename' : '%s'\n", FileName); |
| 4473 | fprintf(stderrstderr, " 'options' : %d,\n", options); |
| 4474 | fprintf(stderrstderr, "}\n"); |
| 4475 | |
| 4476 | return CXSaveError_Unknown; |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 | } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) { |
| 4479 | PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU); |
| 4480 | } |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 | return result; |
| 4483 | } |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 | void clang_disposeTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) { |
| 4486 | if (CTUnit) { |
| 4487 | // If the translation unit has been marked as unsafe to free, just discard |
| 4488 | // it. |
| 4489 | ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(CTUnit); |
| 4490 | if (Unit && Unit->isUnsafeToFree()) |
| 4491 | return; |
| 4492 | |
| 4493 | delete cxtu::getASTUnit(CTUnit); |
| 4494 | delete CTUnit->StringPool; |
| 4495 | delete static_cast<CXDiagnosticSetImpl *>(CTUnit->Diagnostics); |
| 4496 | disposeOverridenCXCursorsPool(CTUnit->OverridenCursorsPool); |
| 4497 | delete CTUnit->CommentToXML; |
| 4498 | delete CTUnit; |
| 4499 | } |
| 4500 | } |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 | unsigned clang_suspendTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) { |
| 4503 | if (CTUnit) { |
| 4504 | ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(CTUnit); |
| 4505 | |
| 4506 | if (Unit && Unit->isUnsafeToFree()) |
| 4507 | return false; |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | Unit->ResetForParse(); |
| 4510 | return true; |
| 4511 | } |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 | return false; |
| 4514 | } |
| 4515 | |
| 4516 | unsigned clang_defaultReparseOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 4517 | return CXReparse_None; |
| 4518 | } |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | static CXErrorCode |
| 4521 | clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl(CXTranslationUnit TU, |
| 4522 | ArrayRef<CXUnsavedFile> unsaved_files, |
| 4523 | unsigned options) { |
| 4524 | // Check arguments. |
| 4525 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 4526 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 4527 | return CXError_InvalidArguments; |
| 4528 | } |
| 4529 | |
| 4530 | // Reset the associated diagnostics. |
| 4531 | delete static_cast<CXDiagnosticSetImpl *>(TU->Diagnostics); |
| 4532 | TU->Diagnostics = nullptr; |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = TU->CIdx; |
| 4535 | if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing)) |
| 4536 | setThreadBackgroundPriority(); |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 4539 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit); |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 | std::unique_ptr<std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>> RemappedFiles( |
| 4542 | new std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>()); |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 | // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this function. |
| 4545 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<std::vector<ASTUnit::RemappedFile>> |
| 4546 | RemappedCleanup(RemappedFiles.get()); |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 | for (auto &UF : unsaved_files) { |
| 4549 | std::unique_ptr<llvm::MemoryBuffer> MB = |
| 4550 | llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBufferCopy(getContents(UF), UF.Filename); |
| 4551 | RemappedFiles->push_back(std::make_pair(UF.Filename, MB.release())); |
| 4552 | } |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | if (!CXXUnit->Reparse(CXXIdx->getPCHContainerOperations(), |
| 4555 | *RemappedFiles.get())) |
| 4556 | return CXError_Success; |
| 4557 | if (isASTReadError(CXXUnit)) |
| 4558 | return CXError_ASTReadError; |
| 4559 | return CXError_Failure; |
| 4560 | } |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 | int clang_reparseTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU, |
| 4563 | unsigned num_unsaved_files, |
| 4564 | struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, |
| 4565 | unsigned options) { |
| 4566 | LOG_FUNC_SECTIONif (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger::make (__func__)) { *Log << TU; } |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 | if (num_unsaved_files && !unsaved_files) |
| 4569 | return CXError_InvalidArguments; |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 | CXErrorCode result; |
| 4572 | auto ReparseTranslationUnitImpl = [=, &result]() { |
| 4573 | result = clang_reparseTranslationUnit_Impl( |
| 4574 | TU, llvm::ArrayRef(unsaved_files, num_unsaved_files), options); |
| 4575 | }; |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC; |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 | if (!RunSafely(CRC, ReparseTranslationUnitImpl)) { |
| 4580 | fprintf(stderrstderr, "libclang: crash detected during reparsing\n"); |
| 4581 | cxtu::getASTUnit(TU)->setUnsafeToFree(true); |
| 4582 | return CXError_Crashed; |
| 4583 | } else if (getenv("LIBCLANG_RESOURCE_USAGE")) |
| 4584 | PrintLibclangResourceUsage(TU); |
| 4585 | |
| 4586 | return result; |
| 4587 | } |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 | CXString clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) { |
| 4590 | if (isNotUsableTU(CTUnit)) { |
| 4591 | LOG_BAD_TU(CTUnit)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << CTUnit; } } while(false); |
| 4592 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 4593 | } |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(CTUnit); |
| 4596 | return cxstring::createDup(CXXUnit->getOriginalSourceFileName()); |
| 4597 | } |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 | CXCursor clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 4600 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 4601 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 4602 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 4603 | } |
| 4604 | |
| 4605 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 4606 | return MakeCXCursor(CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(), TU); |
| 4607 | } |
| 4608 | |
| 4609 | CXTargetInfo clang_getTranslationUnitTargetInfo(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit) { |
| 4610 | if (isNotUsableTU(CTUnit)) { |
| 4611 | LOG_BAD_TU(CTUnit)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << CTUnit; } } while(false); |
| 4612 | return nullptr; |
| 4613 | } |
| 4614 | |
| 4615 | CXTargetInfoImpl *impl = new CXTargetInfoImpl(); |
| 4616 | impl->TranslationUnit = CTUnit; |
| 4617 | return impl; |
| 4618 | } |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 | CXString clang_TargetInfo_getTriple(CXTargetInfo TargetInfo) { |
| 4621 | if (!TargetInfo) |
| 4622 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 4623 | |
| 4624 | CXTranslationUnit CTUnit = TargetInfo->TranslationUnit; |
| 4625 | assert(!isNotUsableTU(CTUnit) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isNotUsableTU(CTUnit) && "Unexpected unusable translation unit in TargetInfo" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNotUsableTU(CTUnit) && \"Unexpected unusable translation unit in TargetInfo\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 4626, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
| 4626 | "Unexpected unusable translation unit in TargetInfo")(static_cast <bool> (!isNotUsableTU(CTUnit) && "Unexpected unusable translation unit in TargetInfo" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNotUsableTU(CTUnit) && \"Unexpected unusable translation unit in TargetInfo\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 4626, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(CTUnit); |
| 4629 | std::string Triple = |
| 4630 | CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().normalize(); |
| 4631 | return cxstring::createDup(Triple); |
| 4632 | } |
| 4633 | |
| 4634 | int clang_TargetInfo_getPointerWidth(CXTargetInfo TargetInfo) { |
| 4635 | if (!TargetInfo) |
| 4636 | return -1; |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 | CXTranslationUnit CTUnit = TargetInfo->TranslationUnit; |
| 4639 | assert(!isNotUsableTU(CTUnit) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isNotUsableTU(CTUnit) && "Unexpected unusable translation unit in TargetInfo" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNotUsableTU(CTUnit) && \"Unexpected unusable translation unit in TargetInfo\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 4640, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
| 4640 | "Unexpected unusable translation unit in TargetInfo")(static_cast <bool> (!isNotUsableTU(CTUnit) && "Unexpected unusable translation unit in TargetInfo" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNotUsableTU(CTUnit) && \"Unexpected unusable translation unit in TargetInfo\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 4640, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(CTUnit); |
| 4643 | return CXXUnit->getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getMaxPointerWidth(); |
| 4644 | } |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 | void clang_TargetInfo_dispose(CXTargetInfo TargetInfo) { |
| 4647 | if (!TargetInfo) |
| 4648 | return; |
| 4649 | |
| 4650 | delete TargetInfo; |
| 4651 | } |
| 4652 | |
| 4653 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4654 | // CXFile Operations. |
| 4655 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 | CXString clang_getFileName(CXFile SFile) { |
| 4658 | if (!SFile) |
| 4659 | return cxstring::createNull(); |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 | FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(SFile); |
| 4662 | return cxstring::createRef(FEnt->getName()); |
| 4663 | } |
| 4664 | |
| 4665 | time_t clang_getFileTime(CXFile SFile) { |
| 4666 | if (!SFile) |
| 4667 | return 0; |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 | FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(SFile); |
| 4670 | return FEnt->getModificationTime(); |
| 4671 | } |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 | CXFile clang_getFile(CXTranslationUnit TU, const char *file_name) { |
| 4674 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 4675 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 4676 | return nullptr; |
| 4677 | } |
| 4678 | |
| 4679 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 4680 | |
| 4681 | FileManager &FMgr = CXXUnit->getFileManager(); |
| 4682 | auto File = FMgr.getFile(file_name); |
| 4683 | if (!File) |
| 4684 | return nullptr; |
| 4685 | return const_cast<FileEntry *>(*File); |
| 4686 | } |
| 4687 | |
| 4688 | const char *clang_getFileContents(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXFile file, |
| 4689 | size_t *size) { |
| 4690 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 4691 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 4692 | return nullptr; |
| 4693 | } |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | const SourceManager &SM = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU)->getSourceManager(); |
| 4696 | FileID fid = SM.translateFile(static_cast<FileEntry *>(file)); |
| 4697 | std::optional<llvm::MemoryBufferRef> buf = SM.getBufferOrNone(fid); |
| 4698 | if (!buf) { |
| 4699 | if (size) |
| 4700 | *size = 0; |
| 4701 | return nullptr; |
| 4702 | } |
| 4703 | if (size) |
| 4704 | *size = buf->getBufferSize(); |
| 4705 | return buf->getBufferStart(); |
| 4706 | } |
| 4707 | |
| 4708 | unsigned clang_isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXFile file) { |
| 4709 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 4710 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 4711 | return 0; |
| 4712 | } |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 | if (!file) |
| 4715 | return 0; |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 4718 | FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file); |
| 4719 | return CXXUnit->getPreprocessor() |
| 4720 | .getHeaderSearchInfo() |
| 4721 | .isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FEnt); |
| 4722 | } |
| 4723 | |
| 4724 | int clang_getFileUniqueID(CXFile file, CXFileUniqueID *outID) { |
| 4725 | if (!file || !outID) |
| 4726 | return 1; |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 | FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file); |
| 4729 | const llvm::sys::fs::UniqueID &ID = FEnt->getUniqueID(); |
| 4730 | outID->data[0] = ID.getDevice(); |
| 4731 | outID->data[1] = ID.getFile(); |
| 4732 | outID->data[2] = FEnt->getModificationTime(); |
| 4733 | return 0; |
| 4734 | } |
| 4735 | |
| 4736 | int clang_File_isEqual(CXFile file1, CXFile file2) { |
| 4737 | if (file1 == file2) |
| 4738 | return true; |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 | if (!file1 || !file2) |
| 4741 | return false; |
| 4742 | |
| 4743 | FileEntry *FEnt1 = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file1); |
| 4744 | FileEntry *FEnt2 = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file2); |
| 4745 | return FEnt1->getUniqueID() == FEnt2->getUniqueID(); |
| 4746 | } |
| 4747 | |
| 4748 | CXString clang_File_tryGetRealPathName(CXFile SFile) { |
| 4749 | if (!SFile) |
| 4750 | return cxstring::createNull(); |
| 4751 | |
| 4752 | FileEntry *FEnt = static_cast<FileEntry *>(SFile); |
| 4753 | return cxstring::createRef(FEnt->tryGetRealPathName()); |
| 4754 | } |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4757 | // CXCursor Operations. |
| 4758 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 | static const Decl *getDeclFromExpr(const Stmt *E) { |
| 4761 | if (const ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) |
| 4762 | return getDeclFromExpr(CE->getSubExpr()); |
| 4763 | |
| 4764 | if (const DeclRefExpr *RefExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) |
| 4765 | return RefExpr->getDecl(); |
| 4766 | if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) |
| 4767 | return ME->getMemberDecl(); |
| 4768 | if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *RE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) |
| 4769 | return RE->getDecl(); |
| 4770 | if (const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E)) { |
| 4771 | if (PRE->isExplicitProperty()) |
| 4772 | return PRE->getExplicitProperty(); |
| 4773 | // It could be messaging both getter and setter as in: |
| 4774 | // ++myobj.myprop; |
| 4775 | // in which case prefer to associate the setter since it is less obvious |
| 4776 | // from inspecting the source that the setter is going to get called. |
| 4777 | if (PRE->isMessagingSetter()) |
| 4778 | return PRE->getImplicitPropertySetter(); |
| 4779 | return PRE->getImplicitPropertyGetter(); |
| 4780 | } |
| 4781 | if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) |
| 4782 | return getDeclFromExpr(POE->getSyntacticForm()); |
| 4783 | if (const OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) |
| 4784 | if (Expr *Src = OVE->getSourceExpr()) |
| 4785 | return getDeclFromExpr(Src); |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 | if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) |
| 4788 | return getDeclFromExpr(CE->getCallee()); |
| 4789 | if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(E)) |
| 4790 | if (!CE->isElidable()) |
| 4791 | return CE->getConstructor(); |
| 4792 | if (const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *CE = |
| 4793 | dyn_cast<CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr>(E)) |
| 4794 | return CE->getConstructor(); |
| 4795 | if (const ObjCMessageExpr *OME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) |
| 4796 | return OME->getMethodDecl(); |
| 4797 | |
| 4798 | if (const ObjCProtocolExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolExpr>(E)) |
| 4799 | return PE->getProtocol(); |
| 4800 | if (const SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr *NTTP = |
| 4801 | dyn_cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExpr>(E)) |
| 4802 | return NTTP->getParameterPack(); |
| 4803 | if (const SizeOfPackExpr *SizeOfPack = dyn_cast<SizeOfPackExpr>(E)) |
| 4804 | if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(SizeOfPack->getPack()) || |
| 4805 | isa<ParmVarDecl>(SizeOfPack->getPack())) |
| 4806 | return SizeOfPack->getPack(); |
| 4807 | |
| 4808 | return nullptr; |
| 4809 | } |
| 4810 | |
| 4811 | static SourceLocation getLocationFromExpr(const Expr *E) { |
| 4812 | if (const ImplicitCastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) |
| 4813 | return getLocationFromExpr(CE->getSubExpr()); |
| 4814 | |
| 4815 | if (const ObjCMessageExpr *Msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) |
| 4816 | return /*FIXME:*/ Msg->getLeftLoc(); |
| 4817 | if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) |
| 4818 | return DRE->getLocation(); |
| 4819 | if (const MemberExpr *Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) |
| 4820 | return Member->getMemberLoc(); |
| 4821 | if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) |
| 4822 | return Ivar->getLocation(); |
| 4823 | if (const SizeOfPackExpr *SizeOfPack = dyn_cast<SizeOfPackExpr>(E)) |
| 4824 | return SizeOfPack->getPackLoc(); |
| 4825 | if (const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PropRef = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E)) |
| 4826 | return PropRef->getLocation(); |
| 4827 | |
| 4828 | return E->getBeginLoc(); |
| 4829 | } |
| 4830 | |
| 4831 | extern "C" { |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 | unsigned clang_visitChildren(CXCursor parent, CXCursorVisitor visitor, |
| 4834 | CXClientData client_data) { |
| 4835 | CursorVisitor CursorVis(getCursorTU(parent), visitor, client_data, |
| 4836 | /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/false); |
| 4837 | return CursorVis.VisitChildren(parent); |
| 4838 | } |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 | #ifndef __has_feature |
| 4841 | #define0 __has_feature(x)0 0 |
| 4842 | #endif |
| 4843 | #if __has_feature(blocks)0 |
| 4844 | typedef enum CXChildVisitResult (^CXCursorVisitorBlock)(CXCursor cursor, |
| 4845 | CXCursor parent); |
| 4846 | |
| 4847 | static enum CXChildVisitResult visitWithBlock(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent, |
| 4848 | CXClientData client_data) { |
| 4849 | CXCursorVisitorBlock block = (CXCursorVisitorBlock)client_data; |
| 4850 | return block(cursor, parent); |
| 4851 | } |
| 4852 | #else |
| 4853 | // If we are compiled with a compiler that doesn't have native blocks support, |
| 4854 | // define and call the block manually, so the |
| 4855 | typedef struct _CXChildVisitResult { |
| 4856 | void *isa; |
| 4857 | int flags; |
| 4858 | int reserved; |
| 4859 | enum CXChildVisitResult (*invoke)(struct _CXChildVisitResult *, CXCursor, |
| 4860 | CXCursor); |
| 4861 | } * CXCursorVisitorBlock; |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | static enum CXChildVisitResult visitWithBlock(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent, |
| 4864 | CXClientData client_data) { |
| 4865 | CXCursorVisitorBlock block = (CXCursorVisitorBlock)client_data; |
| 4866 | return block->invoke(block, cursor, parent); |
| 4867 | } |
| 4868 | #endif |
| 4869 | |
| 4870 | unsigned clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(CXCursor parent, |
| 4871 | CXCursorVisitorBlock block) { |
| 4872 | return clang_visitChildren(parent, visitWithBlock, block); |
| 4873 | } |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 | static CXString getDeclSpelling(const Decl *D) { |
| 4876 | if (!D) |
| 4877 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 4878 | |
| 4879 | const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D); |
| 4880 | if (!ND) { |
| 4881 | if (const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImpl = |
| 4882 | dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)) |
| 4883 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = PropImpl->getPropertyDecl()) |
| 4884 | return cxstring::createDup(Property->getIdentifier()->getName()); |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | if (const ImportDecl *ImportD = dyn_cast<ImportDecl>(D)) |
| 4887 | if (Module *Mod = ImportD->getImportedModule()) |
| 4888 | return cxstring::createDup(Mod->getFullModuleName()); |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 4891 | } |
| 4892 | |
| 4893 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) |
| 4894 | return cxstring::createDup(OMD->getSelector().getAsString()); |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 | if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CIMP = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ND)) |
| 4897 | // No, this isn't the same as the code below. getIdentifier() is non-virtual |
| 4898 | // and returns different names. NamedDecl returns the class name and |
| 4899 | // ObjCCategoryImplDecl returns the category name. |
| 4900 | return cxstring::createRef(CIMP->getIdentifier()->getNameStart()); |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 | if (isa<UsingDirectiveDecl>(D)) |
| 4903 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 4904 | |
| 4905 | SmallString<1024> S; |
| 4906 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(S); |
| 4907 | ND->printName(os); |
| 4908 | |
| 4909 | return cxstring::createDup(os.str()); |
| 4910 | } |
| 4911 | |
| 4912 | CXString clang_getCursorSpelling(CXCursor C) { |
| 4913 | if (clang_isTranslationUnit(C.kind)) |
| 4914 | return clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(getCursorTU(C)); |
| 4915 | |
| 4916 | if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) { |
| 4917 | switch (C.kind) { |
| 4918 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: { |
| 4919 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).first; |
| 4920 | return cxstring::createRef(Super->getIdentifier()->getNameStart()); |
| 4921 | } |
| 4922 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: { |
| 4923 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = getCursorObjCClassRef(C).first; |
| 4924 | return cxstring::createRef(Class->getIdentifier()->getNameStart()); |
| 4925 | } |
| 4926 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: { |
| 4927 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *OID = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).first; |
| 4928 | assert(OID && "getCursorSpelling(): Missing protocol decl")(static_cast <bool> (OID && "getCursorSpelling(): Missing protocol decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("OID && \"getCursorSpelling(): Missing protocol decl\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 4928, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 4929 | return cxstring::createRef(OID->getIdentifier()->getNameStart()); |
| 4930 | } |
| 4931 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: { |
| 4932 | const CXXBaseSpecifier *B = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C); |
| 4933 | return cxstring::createDup(B->getType().getAsString()); |
| 4934 | } |
| 4935 | case CXCursor_TypeRef: { |
| 4936 | const TypeDecl *Type = getCursorTypeRef(C).first; |
| 4937 | assert(Type && "Missing type decl")(static_cast <bool> (Type && "Missing type decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Type && \"Missing type decl\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 4937, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 4938 | |
| 4939 | return cxstring::createDup( |
| 4940 | getCursorContext(C).getTypeDeclType(Type).getAsString()); |
| 4941 | } |
| 4942 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef: { |
| 4943 | const TemplateDecl *Template = getCursorTemplateRef(C).first; |
| 4944 | assert(Template && "Missing template decl")(static_cast <bool> (Template && "Missing template decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Template && \"Missing template decl\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 4944, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 | return cxstring::createDup(Template->getNameAsString()); |
| 4947 | } |
| 4948 | |
| 4949 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: { |
| 4950 | const NamedDecl *NS = getCursorNamespaceRef(C).first; |
| 4951 | assert(NS && "Missing namespace decl")(static_cast <bool> (NS && "Missing namespace decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("NS && \"Missing namespace decl\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 4951, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 | return cxstring::createDup(NS->getNameAsString()); |
| 4954 | } |
| 4955 | |
| 4956 | case CXCursor_MemberRef: { |
| 4957 | const FieldDecl *Field = getCursorMemberRef(C).first; |
| 4958 | assert(Field && "Missing member decl")(static_cast <bool> (Field && "Missing member decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Field && \"Missing member decl\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 4958, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 4959 | |
| 4960 | return cxstring::createDup(Field->getNameAsString()); |
| 4961 | } |
| 4962 | |
| 4963 | case CXCursor_LabelRef: { |
| 4964 | const LabelStmt *Label = getCursorLabelRef(C).first; |
| 4965 | assert(Label && "Missing label")(static_cast <bool> (Label && "Missing label") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Label && \"Missing label\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 4965, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 4966 | |
| 4967 | return cxstring::createRef(Label->getName()); |
| 4968 | } |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef: { |
| 4971 | OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).first; |
| 4972 | if (const Decl *D = Storage.dyn_cast<const Decl *>()) { |
| 4973 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D)) |
| 4974 | return cxstring::createDup(ND->getNameAsString()); |
| 4975 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 4976 | } |
| 4977 | if (const OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<const OverloadExpr *>()) |
| 4978 | return cxstring::createDup(E->getName().getAsString()); |
| 4979 | OverloadedTemplateStorage *Ovl = |
| 4980 | Storage.get<OverloadedTemplateStorage *>(); |
| 4981 | if (Ovl->size() == 0) |
| 4982 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 4983 | return cxstring::createDup((*Ovl->begin())->getNameAsString()); |
| 4984 | } |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 | case CXCursor_VariableRef: { |
| 4987 | const VarDecl *Var = getCursorVariableRef(C).first; |
| 4988 | assert(Var && "Missing variable decl")(static_cast <bool> (Var && "Missing variable decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Var && \"Missing variable decl\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 4988, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 4989 | |
| 4990 | return cxstring::createDup(Var->getNameAsString()); |
| 4991 | } |
| 4992 | |
| 4993 | default: |
| 4994 | return cxstring::createRef("<not implemented>"); |
| 4995 | } |
| 4996 | } |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) { |
| 4999 | const Expr *E = getCursorExpr(C); |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral || |
| 5002 | C.kind == CXCursor_StringLiteral) { |
| 5003 | const StringLiteral *SLit; |
| 5004 | if (const ObjCStringLiteral *OSL = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E)) { |
| 5005 | SLit = OSL->getString(); |
| 5006 | } else { |
| 5007 | SLit = cast<StringLiteral>(E); |
| 5008 | } |
| 5009 | SmallString<256> Buf; |
| 5010 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Buf); |
| 5011 | SLit->outputString(OS); |
| 5012 | return cxstring::createDup(OS.str()); |
| 5013 | } |
| 5014 | |
| 5015 | const Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(getCursorExpr(C)); |
| 5016 | if (D) |
| 5017 | return getDeclSpelling(D); |
| 5018 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 5019 | } |
| 5020 | |
| 5021 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) { |
| 5022 | const Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C); |
| 5023 | if (const LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast_or_null<LabelStmt>(S)) |
| 5024 | return cxstring::createRef(Label->getName()); |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 5027 | } |
| 5028 | |
| 5029 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) |
| 5030 | return cxstring::createRef( |
| 5031 | getCursorMacroExpansion(C).getName()->getNameStart()); |
| 5032 | |
| 5033 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) |
| 5034 | return cxstring::createRef( |
| 5035 | getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getName()->getNameStart()); |
| 5036 | |
| 5037 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective) |
| 5038 | return cxstring::createDup(getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getFileName()); |
| 5039 | |
| 5040 | if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 5041 | return getDeclSpelling(getCursorDecl(C)); |
| 5042 | |
| 5043 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_AnnotateAttr) { |
| 5044 | const AnnotateAttr *AA = cast<AnnotateAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C)); |
| 5045 | return cxstring::createDup(AA->getAnnotation()); |
| 5046 | } |
| 5047 | |
| 5048 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr) { |
| 5049 | const AsmLabelAttr *AA = cast<AsmLabelAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C)); |
| 5050 | return cxstring::createDup(AA->getLabel()); |
| 5051 | } |
| 5052 | |
| 5053 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_PackedAttr) { |
| 5054 | return cxstring::createRef("packed"); |
| 5055 | } |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_VisibilityAttr) { |
| 5058 | const VisibilityAttr *AA = cast<VisibilityAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C)); |
| 5059 | switch (AA->getVisibility()) { |
| 5060 | case VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType::Default: |
| 5061 | return cxstring::createRef("default"); |
| 5062 | case VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType::Hidden: |
| 5063 | return cxstring::createRef("hidden"); |
| 5064 | case VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType::Protected: |
| 5065 | return cxstring::createRef("protected"); |
| 5066 | } |
| 5067 | llvm_unreachable("unknown visibility type")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown visibility type", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp" , 5067); |
| 5068 | } |
| 5069 | |
| 5070 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 5071 | } |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 | CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getSpellingNameRange(CXCursor C, unsigned pieceIndex, |
| 5074 | unsigned options) { |
| 5075 | if (clang_Cursor_isNull(C)) |
| 5076 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 5077 | |
| 5078 | ASTContext &Ctx = getCursorContext(C); |
| 5079 | |
| 5080 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) { |
| 5081 | const Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C); |
| 5082 | if (const LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast_or_null<LabelStmt>(S)) { |
| 5083 | if (pieceIndex > 0) |
| 5084 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 5085 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, Label->getIdentLoc()); |
| 5086 | } |
| 5087 | |
| 5088 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 5089 | } |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr) { |
| 5092 | if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = |
| 5093 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMessageExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) { |
| 5094 | if (pieceIndex >= ME->getNumSelectorLocs()) |
| 5095 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 5096 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, ME->getSelectorLoc(pieceIndex)); |
| 5097 | } |
| 5098 | } |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl || |
| 5101 | C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) { |
| 5102 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = |
| 5103 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) { |
| 5104 | if (pieceIndex >= MD->getNumSelectorLocs()) |
| 5105 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 5106 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, MD->getSelectorLoc(pieceIndex)); |
| 5107 | } |
| 5108 | } |
| 5109 | |
| 5110 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl || |
| 5111 | C.kind == CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl) { |
| 5112 | if (pieceIndex > 0) |
| 5113 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 5114 | if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = |
| 5115 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) |
| 5116 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, CD->getCategoryNameLoc()); |
| 5117 | if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = |
| 5118 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) |
| 5119 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, CID->getCategoryNameLoc()); |
| 5120 | } |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl) { |
| 5123 | if (pieceIndex > 0) |
| 5124 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 5125 | if (const ImportDecl *ImportD = |
| 5126 | dyn_cast_or_null<ImportDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) { |
| 5127 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs = ImportD->getIdentifierLocs(); |
| 5128 | if (!Locs.empty()) |
| 5129 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange( |
| 5130 | Ctx, SourceRange(Locs.front(), Locs.back())); |
| 5131 | } |
| 5132 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 5133 | } |
| 5134 | |
| 5135 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_CXXMethod || C.kind == CXCursor_Destructor || |
| 5136 | C.kind == CXCursor_ConversionFunction || |
| 5137 | C.kind == CXCursor_FunctionDecl) { |
| 5138 | if (pieceIndex > 0) |
| 5139 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 5140 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = |
| 5141 | dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) { |
| 5142 | DeclarationNameInfo FunctionName = FD->getNameInfo(); |
| 5143 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, FunctionName.getSourceRange()); |
| 5144 | } |
| 5145 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 5146 | } |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 | // FIXME: A CXCursor_InclusionDirective should give the location of the |
| 5149 | // filename, but we don't keep track of this. |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 | // FIXME: A CXCursor_AnnotateAttr should give the location of the annotation |
| 5152 | // but we don't keep track of this. |
| 5153 | |
| 5154 | // FIXME: A CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr should give the location of the label |
| 5155 | // but we don't keep track of this. |
| 5156 | |
| 5157 | // Default handling, give the location of the cursor. |
| 5158 | |
| 5159 | if (pieceIndex > 0) |
| 5160 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 5161 | |
| 5162 | CXSourceLocation CXLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(C); |
| 5163 | SourceLocation Loc = cxloc::translateSourceLocation(CXLoc); |
| 5164 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, Loc); |
| 5165 | } |
| 5166 | |
| 5167 | CXString clang_Cursor_getMangling(CXCursor C) { |
| 5168 | if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind) || !clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 5169 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 5170 | |
| 5171 | // Mangling only works for functions and variables. |
| 5172 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 5173 | if (!D || !(isa<FunctionDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) |
| 5174 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 5175 | |
| 5176 | ASTContext &Ctx = D->getASTContext(); |
| 5177 | ASTNameGenerator ASTNameGen(Ctx); |
| 5178 | return cxstring::createDup(ASTNameGen.getName(D)); |
| 5179 | } |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | CXStringSet *clang_Cursor_getCXXManglings(CXCursor C) { |
| 5182 | if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind) || !clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 5183 | return nullptr; |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 5186 | if (!(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D) || isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))) |
| 5187 | return nullptr; |
| 5188 | |
| 5189 | ASTContext &Ctx = D->getASTContext(); |
| 5190 | ASTNameGenerator ASTNameGen(Ctx); |
| 5191 | std::vector<std::string> Manglings = ASTNameGen.getAllManglings(D); |
| 5192 | return cxstring::createSet(Manglings); |
| 5193 | } |
| 5194 | |
| 5195 | CXStringSet *clang_Cursor_getObjCManglings(CXCursor C) { |
| 5196 | if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind) || !clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 5197 | return nullptr; |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 5200 | if (!(isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D))) |
| 5201 | return nullptr; |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 | ASTContext &Ctx = D->getASTContext(); |
| 5204 | ASTNameGenerator ASTNameGen(Ctx); |
| 5205 | std::vector<std::string> Manglings = ASTNameGen.getAllManglings(D); |
| 5206 | return cxstring::createSet(Manglings); |
| 5207 | } |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 | CXPrintingPolicy clang_getCursorPrintingPolicy(CXCursor C) { |
| 5210 | if (clang_Cursor_isNull(C)) |
| 5211 | return nullptr; |
| 5212 | return new PrintingPolicy(getCursorContext(C).getPrintingPolicy()); |
| 5213 | } |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 | void clang_PrintingPolicy_dispose(CXPrintingPolicy Policy) { |
| 5216 | if (Policy) |
| 5217 | delete static_cast<PrintingPolicy *>(Policy); |
| 5218 | } |
| 5219 | |
| 5220 | unsigned |
| 5221 | clang_PrintingPolicy_getProperty(CXPrintingPolicy Policy, |
| 5222 | enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property) { |
| 5223 | if (!Policy) |
| 5224 | return 0; |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 | PrintingPolicy *P = static_cast<PrintingPolicy *>(Policy); |
| 5227 | switch (Property) { |
| 5228 | case CXPrintingPolicy_Indentation: |
| 5229 | return P->Indentation; |
| 5230 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressSpecifiers: |
| 5231 | return P->SuppressSpecifiers; |
| 5232 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTagKeyword: |
| 5233 | return P->SuppressTagKeyword; |
| 5234 | case CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeTagDefinition: |
| 5235 | return P->IncludeTagDefinition; |
| 5236 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressScope: |
| 5237 | return P->SuppressScope; |
| 5238 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressUnwrittenScope: |
| 5239 | return P->SuppressUnwrittenScope; |
| 5240 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressInitializers: |
| 5241 | return P->SuppressInitializers; |
| 5242 | case CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantArraySizeAsWritten: |
| 5243 | return P->ConstantArraySizeAsWritten; |
| 5244 | case CXPrintingPolicy_AnonymousTagLocations: |
| 5245 | return P->AnonymousTagLocations; |
| 5246 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressStrongLifetime: |
| 5247 | return P->SuppressStrongLifetime; |
| 5248 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressLifetimeQualifiers: |
| 5249 | return P->SuppressLifetimeQualifiers; |
| 5250 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors: |
| 5251 | return P->SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors; |
| 5252 | case CXPrintingPolicy_Bool: |
| 5253 | return P->Bool; |
| 5254 | case CXPrintingPolicy_Restrict: |
| 5255 | return P->Restrict; |
| 5256 | case CXPrintingPolicy_Alignof: |
| 5257 | return P->Alignof; |
| 5258 | case CXPrintingPolicy_UnderscoreAlignof: |
| 5259 | return P->UnderscoreAlignof; |
| 5260 | case CXPrintingPolicy_UseVoidForZeroParams: |
| 5261 | return P->UseVoidForZeroParams; |
| 5262 | case CXPrintingPolicy_TerseOutput: |
| 5263 | return P->TerseOutput; |
| 5264 | case CXPrintingPolicy_PolishForDeclaration: |
| 5265 | return P->PolishForDeclaration; |
| 5266 | case CXPrintingPolicy_Half: |
| 5267 | return P->Half; |
| 5268 | case CXPrintingPolicy_MSWChar: |
| 5269 | return P->MSWChar; |
| 5270 | case CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeNewlines: |
| 5271 | return P->IncludeNewlines; |
| 5272 | case CXPrintingPolicy_MSVCFormatting: |
| 5273 | return P->MSVCFormatting; |
| 5274 | case CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantsAsWritten: |
| 5275 | return P->ConstantsAsWritten; |
| 5276 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressImplicitBase: |
| 5277 | return P->SuppressImplicitBase; |
| 5278 | case CXPrintingPolicy_FullyQualifiedName: |
| 5279 | return P->FullyQualifiedName; |
| 5280 | } |
| 5281 | |
| 5282 | assert(false && "Invalid CXPrintingPolicyProperty")(static_cast <bool> (false && "Invalid CXPrintingPolicyProperty" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("false && \"Invalid CXPrintingPolicyProperty\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 5282, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 5283 | return 0; |
| 5284 | } |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 | void clang_PrintingPolicy_setProperty(CXPrintingPolicy Policy, |
| 5287 | enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property, |
| 5288 | unsigned Value) { |
| 5289 | if (!Policy) |
| 5290 | return; |
| 5291 | |
| 5292 | PrintingPolicy *P = static_cast<PrintingPolicy *>(Policy); |
| 5293 | switch (Property) { |
| 5294 | case CXPrintingPolicy_Indentation: |
| 5295 | P->Indentation = Value; |
| 5296 | return; |
| 5297 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressSpecifiers: |
| 5298 | P->SuppressSpecifiers = Value; |
| 5299 | return; |
| 5300 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTagKeyword: |
| 5301 | P->SuppressTagKeyword = Value; |
| 5302 | return; |
| 5303 | case CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeTagDefinition: |
| 5304 | P->IncludeTagDefinition = Value; |
| 5305 | return; |
| 5306 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressScope: |
| 5307 | P->SuppressScope = Value; |
| 5308 | return; |
| 5309 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressUnwrittenScope: |
| 5310 | P->SuppressUnwrittenScope = Value; |
| 5311 | return; |
| 5312 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressInitializers: |
| 5313 | P->SuppressInitializers = Value; |
| 5314 | return; |
| 5315 | case CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantArraySizeAsWritten: |
| 5316 | P->ConstantArraySizeAsWritten = Value; |
| 5317 | return; |
| 5318 | case CXPrintingPolicy_AnonymousTagLocations: |
| 5319 | P->AnonymousTagLocations = Value; |
| 5320 | return; |
| 5321 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressStrongLifetime: |
| 5322 | P->SuppressStrongLifetime = Value; |
| 5323 | return; |
| 5324 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressLifetimeQualifiers: |
| 5325 | P->SuppressLifetimeQualifiers = Value; |
| 5326 | return; |
| 5327 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors: |
| 5328 | P->SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors = Value; |
| 5329 | return; |
| 5330 | case CXPrintingPolicy_Bool: |
| 5331 | P->Bool = Value; |
| 5332 | return; |
| 5333 | case CXPrintingPolicy_Restrict: |
| 5334 | P->Restrict = Value; |
| 5335 | return; |
| 5336 | case CXPrintingPolicy_Alignof: |
| 5337 | P->Alignof = Value; |
| 5338 | return; |
| 5339 | case CXPrintingPolicy_UnderscoreAlignof: |
| 5340 | P->UnderscoreAlignof = Value; |
| 5341 | return; |
| 5342 | case CXPrintingPolicy_UseVoidForZeroParams: |
| 5343 | P->UseVoidForZeroParams = Value; |
| 5344 | return; |
| 5345 | case CXPrintingPolicy_TerseOutput: |
| 5346 | P->TerseOutput = Value; |
| 5347 | return; |
| 5348 | case CXPrintingPolicy_PolishForDeclaration: |
| 5349 | P->PolishForDeclaration = Value; |
| 5350 | return; |
| 5351 | case CXPrintingPolicy_Half: |
| 5352 | P->Half = Value; |
| 5353 | return; |
| 5354 | case CXPrintingPolicy_MSWChar: |
| 5355 | P->MSWChar = Value; |
| 5356 | return; |
| 5357 | case CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeNewlines: |
| 5358 | P->IncludeNewlines = Value; |
| 5359 | return; |
| 5360 | case CXPrintingPolicy_MSVCFormatting: |
| 5361 | P->MSVCFormatting = Value; |
| 5362 | return; |
| 5363 | case CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantsAsWritten: |
| 5364 | P->ConstantsAsWritten = Value; |
| 5365 | return; |
| 5366 | case CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressImplicitBase: |
| 5367 | P->SuppressImplicitBase = Value; |
| 5368 | return; |
| 5369 | case CXPrintingPolicy_FullyQualifiedName: |
| 5370 | P->FullyQualifiedName = Value; |
| 5371 | return; |
| 5372 | } |
| 5373 | |
| 5374 | assert(false && "Invalid CXPrintingPolicyProperty")(static_cast <bool> (false && "Invalid CXPrintingPolicyProperty" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("false && \"Invalid CXPrintingPolicyProperty\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 5374, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 5375 | } |
| 5376 | |
| 5377 | CXString clang_getCursorPrettyPrinted(CXCursor C, CXPrintingPolicy cxPolicy) { |
| 5378 | if (clang_Cursor_isNull(C)) |
| 5379 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 5380 | |
| 5381 | if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) { |
| 5382 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 5383 | if (!D) |
| 5384 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 | SmallString<128> Str; |
| 5387 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str); |
| 5388 | PrintingPolicy *UserPolicy = static_cast<PrintingPolicy *>(cxPolicy); |
| 5389 | D->print(OS, UserPolicy ? *UserPolicy |
| 5390 | : getCursorContext(C).getPrintingPolicy()); |
| 5391 | |
| 5392 | return cxstring::createDup(OS.str()); |
| 5393 | } |
| 5394 | |
| 5395 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 5396 | } |
| 5397 | |
| 5398 | CXString clang_getCursorDisplayName(CXCursor C) { |
| 5399 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 5400 | return clang_getCursorSpelling(C); |
| 5401 | |
| 5402 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 5403 | if (!D) |
| 5404 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 5405 | |
| 5406 | PrintingPolicy Policy = getCursorContext(C).getPrintingPolicy(); |
| 5407 | if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) |
| 5408 | D = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 | if (const FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
| 5411 | SmallString<64> Str; |
| 5412 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str); |
| 5413 | OS << *Function; |
| 5414 | if (Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) |
| 5415 | OS << "<>"; |
| 5416 | OS << "("; |
| 5417 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Function->getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 5418 | if (I) |
| 5419 | OS << ", "; |
| 5420 | OS << Function->getParamDecl(I)->getType().getAsString(Policy); |
| 5421 | } |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | if (Function->isVariadic()) { |
| 5424 | if (Function->getNumParams()) |
| 5425 | OS << ", "; |
| 5426 | OS << "..."; |
| 5427 | } |
| 5428 | OS << ")"; |
| 5429 | return cxstring::createDup(OS.str()); |
| 5430 | } |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 | if (const ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)) { |
| 5433 | SmallString<64> Str; |
| 5434 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str); |
| 5435 | OS << *ClassTemplate; |
| 5436 | OS << "<"; |
| 5437 | TemplateParameterList *Params = ClassTemplate->getTemplateParameters(); |
| 5438 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Params->size(); I != N; ++I) { |
| 5439 | if (I) |
| 5440 | OS << ", "; |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 | NamedDecl *Param = Params->getParam(I); |
| 5443 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) { |
| 5444 | OS << Param->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 5445 | continue; |
| 5446 | } |
| 5447 | |
| 5448 | // There is no parameter name, which makes this tricky. Try to come up |
| 5449 | // with something useful that isn't too long. |
| 5450 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param)) |
| 5451 | if (const auto *TC = TTP->getTypeConstraint()) { |
| 5452 | TC->getConceptNameInfo().printName(OS, Policy); |
| 5453 | if (TC->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) |
| 5454 | OS << "<...>"; |
| 5455 | } else |
| 5456 | OS << (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename() ? "typename" : "class"); |
| 5457 | else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = |
| 5458 | dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) |
| 5459 | OS << NTTP->getType().getAsString(Policy); |
| 5460 | else |
| 5461 | OS << "template<...> class"; |
| 5462 | } |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 | OS << ">"; |
| 5465 | return cxstring::createDup(OS.str()); |
| 5466 | } |
| 5467 | |
| 5468 | if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassSpec = |
| 5469 | dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { |
| 5470 | // If the type was explicitly written, use that. |
| 5471 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = ClassSpec->getTypeAsWritten()) |
| 5472 | return cxstring::createDup(TSInfo->getType().getAsString(Policy)); |
| 5473 | |
| 5474 | SmallString<128> Str; |
| 5475 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str); |
| 5476 | OS << *ClassSpec; |
| 5477 | printTemplateArgumentList( |
| 5478 | OS, ClassSpec->getTemplateArgs().asArray(), Policy, |
| 5479 | ClassSpec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getTemplateParameters()); |
| 5480 | return cxstring::createDup(OS.str()); |
| 5481 | } |
| 5482 | |
| 5483 | return clang_getCursorSpelling(C); |
| 5484 | } |
| 5485 | |
| 5486 | CXString clang_getCursorKindSpelling(enum CXCursorKind Kind) { |
| 5487 | switch (Kind) { |
| 5488 | case CXCursor_FunctionDecl: |
| 5489 | return cxstring::createRef("FunctionDecl"); |
| 5490 | case CXCursor_TypedefDecl: |
| 5491 | return cxstring::createRef("TypedefDecl"); |
| 5492 | case CXCursor_EnumDecl: |
| 5493 | return cxstring::createRef("EnumDecl"); |
| 5494 | case CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl: |
| 5495 | return cxstring::createRef("EnumConstantDecl"); |
| 5496 | case CXCursor_StructDecl: |
| 5497 | return cxstring::createRef("StructDecl"); |
| 5498 | case CXCursor_UnionDecl: |
| 5499 | return cxstring::createRef("UnionDecl"); |
| 5500 | case CXCursor_ClassDecl: |
| 5501 | return cxstring::createRef("ClassDecl"); |
| 5502 | case CXCursor_FieldDecl: |
| 5503 | return cxstring::createRef("FieldDecl"); |
| 5504 | case CXCursor_VarDecl: |
| 5505 | return cxstring::createRef("VarDecl"); |
| 5506 | case CXCursor_ParmDecl: |
| 5507 | return cxstring::createRef("ParmDecl"); |
| 5508 | case CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl: |
| 5509 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCInterfaceDecl"); |
| 5510 | case CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl: |
| 5511 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCCategoryDecl"); |
| 5512 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl: |
| 5513 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCProtocolDecl"); |
| 5514 | case CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl: |
| 5515 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCPropertyDecl"); |
| 5516 | case CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl: |
| 5517 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCIvarDecl"); |
| 5518 | case CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl: |
| 5519 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCInstanceMethodDecl"); |
| 5520 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl: |
| 5521 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCClassMethodDecl"); |
| 5522 | case CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl: |
| 5523 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCImplementationDecl"); |
| 5524 | case CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl: |
| 5525 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCCategoryImplDecl"); |
| 5526 | case CXCursor_CXXMethod: |
| 5527 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXMethod"); |
| 5528 | case CXCursor_UnexposedDecl: |
| 5529 | return cxstring::createRef("UnexposedDecl"); |
| 5530 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: |
| 5531 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCSuperClassRef"); |
| 5532 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: |
| 5533 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCProtocolRef"); |
| 5534 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: |
| 5535 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCClassRef"); |
| 5536 | case CXCursor_TypeRef: |
| 5537 | return cxstring::createRef("TypeRef"); |
| 5538 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef: |
| 5539 | return cxstring::createRef("TemplateRef"); |
| 5540 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: |
| 5541 | return cxstring::createRef("NamespaceRef"); |
| 5542 | case CXCursor_MemberRef: |
| 5543 | return cxstring::createRef("MemberRef"); |
| 5544 | case CXCursor_LabelRef: |
| 5545 | return cxstring::createRef("LabelRef"); |
| 5546 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef: |
| 5547 | return cxstring::createRef("OverloadedDeclRef"); |
| 5548 | case CXCursor_VariableRef: |
| 5549 | return cxstring::createRef("VariableRef"); |
| 5550 | case CXCursor_IntegerLiteral: |
| 5551 | return cxstring::createRef("IntegerLiteral"); |
| 5552 | case CXCursor_FixedPointLiteral: |
| 5553 | return cxstring::createRef("FixedPointLiteral"); |
| 5554 | case CXCursor_FloatingLiteral: |
| 5555 | return cxstring::createRef("FloatingLiteral"); |
| 5556 | case CXCursor_ImaginaryLiteral: |
| 5557 | return cxstring::createRef("ImaginaryLiteral"); |
| 5558 | case CXCursor_StringLiteral: |
| 5559 | return cxstring::createRef("StringLiteral"); |
| 5560 | case CXCursor_CharacterLiteral: |
| 5561 | return cxstring::createRef("CharacterLiteral"); |
| 5562 | case CXCursor_ParenExpr: |
| 5563 | return cxstring::createRef("ParenExpr"); |
| 5564 | case CXCursor_UnaryOperator: |
| 5565 | return cxstring::createRef("UnaryOperator"); |
| 5566 | case CXCursor_ArraySubscriptExpr: |
| 5567 | return cxstring::createRef("ArraySubscriptExpr"); |
| 5568 | case CXCursor_OMPArraySectionExpr: |
| 5569 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPArraySectionExpr"); |
| 5570 | case CXCursor_OMPArrayShapingExpr: |
| 5571 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPArrayShapingExpr"); |
| 5572 | case CXCursor_OMPIteratorExpr: |
| 5573 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPIteratorExpr"); |
| 5574 | case CXCursor_BinaryOperator: |
| 5575 | return cxstring::createRef("BinaryOperator"); |
| 5576 | case CXCursor_CompoundAssignOperator: |
| 5577 | return cxstring::createRef("CompoundAssignOperator"); |
| 5578 | case CXCursor_ConditionalOperator: |
| 5579 | return cxstring::createRef("ConditionalOperator"); |
| 5580 | case CXCursor_CStyleCastExpr: |
| 5581 | return cxstring::createRef("CStyleCastExpr"); |
| 5582 | case CXCursor_CompoundLiteralExpr: |
| 5583 | return cxstring::createRef("CompoundLiteralExpr"); |
| 5584 | case CXCursor_InitListExpr: |
| 5585 | return cxstring::createRef("InitListExpr"); |
| 5586 | case CXCursor_AddrLabelExpr: |
| 5587 | return cxstring::createRef("AddrLabelExpr"); |
| 5588 | case CXCursor_StmtExpr: |
| 5589 | return cxstring::createRef("StmtExpr"); |
| 5590 | case CXCursor_GenericSelectionExpr: |
| 5591 | return cxstring::createRef("GenericSelectionExpr"); |
| 5592 | case CXCursor_GNUNullExpr: |
| 5593 | return cxstring::createRef("GNUNullExpr"); |
| 5594 | case CXCursor_CXXStaticCastExpr: |
| 5595 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXStaticCastExpr"); |
| 5596 | case CXCursor_CXXDynamicCastExpr: |
| 5597 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXDynamicCastExpr"); |
| 5598 | case CXCursor_CXXReinterpretCastExpr: |
| 5599 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXReinterpretCastExpr"); |
| 5600 | case CXCursor_CXXConstCastExpr: |
| 5601 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXConstCastExpr"); |
| 5602 | case CXCursor_CXXFunctionalCastExpr: |
| 5603 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXFunctionalCastExpr"); |
| 5604 | case CXCursor_CXXAddrspaceCastExpr: |
| 5605 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXAddrspaceCastExpr"); |
| 5606 | case CXCursor_CXXTypeidExpr: |
| 5607 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXTypeidExpr"); |
| 5608 | case CXCursor_CXXBoolLiteralExpr: |
| 5609 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXBoolLiteralExpr"); |
| 5610 | case CXCursor_CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr: |
| 5611 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr"); |
| 5612 | case CXCursor_CXXThisExpr: |
| 5613 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXThisExpr"); |
| 5614 | case CXCursor_CXXThrowExpr: |
| 5615 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXThrowExpr"); |
| 5616 | case CXCursor_CXXNewExpr: |
| 5617 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXNewExpr"); |
| 5618 | case CXCursor_CXXDeleteExpr: |
| 5619 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXDeleteExpr"); |
| 5620 | case CXCursor_UnaryExpr: |
| 5621 | return cxstring::createRef("UnaryExpr"); |
| 5622 | case CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral: |
| 5623 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCStringLiteral"); |
| 5624 | case CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr: |
| 5625 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCBoolLiteralExpr"); |
| 5626 | case CXCursor_ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr: |
| 5627 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr"); |
| 5628 | case CXCursor_ObjCSelfExpr: |
| 5629 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCSelfExpr"); |
| 5630 | case CXCursor_ObjCEncodeExpr: |
| 5631 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCEncodeExpr"); |
| 5632 | case CXCursor_ObjCSelectorExpr: |
| 5633 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCSelectorExpr"); |
| 5634 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolExpr: |
| 5635 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCProtocolExpr"); |
| 5636 | case CXCursor_ObjCBridgedCastExpr: |
| 5637 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCBridgedCastExpr"); |
| 5638 | case CXCursor_BlockExpr: |
| 5639 | return cxstring::createRef("BlockExpr"); |
| 5640 | case CXCursor_PackExpansionExpr: |
| 5641 | return cxstring::createRef("PackExpansionExpr"); |
| 5642 | case CXCursor_SizeOfPackExpr: |
| 5643 | return cxstring::createRef("SizeOfPackExpr"); |
| 5644 | case CXCursor_LambdaExpr: |
| 5645 | return cxstring::createRef("LambdaExpr"); |
| 5646 | case CXCursor_UnexposedExpr: |
| 5647 | return cxstring::createRef("UnexposedExpr"); |
| 5648 | case CXCursor_DeclRefExpr: |
| 5649 | return cxstring::createRef("DeclRefExpr"); |
| 5650 | case CXCursor_MemberRefExpr: |
| 5651 | return cxstring::createRef("MemberRefExpr"); |
| 5652 | case CXCursor_CallExpr: |
| 5653 | return cxstring::createRef("CallExpr"); |
| 5654 | case CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr: |
| 5655 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCMessageExpr"); |
| 5656 | case CXCursor_BuiltinBitCastExpr: |
| 5657 | return cxstring::createRef("BuiltinBitCastExpr"); |
| 5658 | case CXCursor_ConceptSpecializationExpr: |
| 5659 | return cxstring::createRef("ConceptSpecializationExpr"); |
| 5660 | case CXCursor_RequiresExpr: |
| 5661 | return cxstring::createRef("RequiresExpr"); |
| 5662 | case CXCursor_CXXParenListInitExpr: |
| 5663 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXParenListInitExpr"); |
| 5664 | case CXCursor_UnexposedStmt: |
| 5665 | return cxstring::createRef("UnexposedStmt"); |
| 5666 | case CXCursor_DeclStmt: |
| 5667 | return cxstring::createRef("DeclStmt"); |
| 5668 | case CXCursor_LabelStmt: |
| 5669 | return cxstring::createRef("LabelStmt"); |
| 5670 | case CXCursor_CompoundStmt: |
| 5671 | return cxstring::createRef("CompoundStmt"); |
| 5672 | case CXCursor_CaseStmt: |
| 5673 | return cxstring::createRef("CaseStmt"); |
| 5674 | case CXCursor_DefaultStmt: |
| 5675 | return cxstring::createRef("DefaultStmt"); |
| 5676 | case CXCursor_IfStmt: |
| 5677 | return cxstring::createRef("IfStmt"); |
| 5678 | case CXCursor_SwitchStmt: |
| 5679 | return cxstring::createRef("SwitchStmt"); |
| 5680 | case CXCursor_WhileStmt: |
| 5681 | return cxstring::createRef("WhileStmt"); |
| 5682 | case CXCursor_DoStmt: |
| 5683 | return cxstring::createRef("DoStmt"); |
| 5684 | case CXCursor_ForStmt: |
| 5685 | return cxstring::createRef("ForStmt"); |
| 5686 | case CXCursor_GotoStmt: |
| 5687 | return cxstring::createRef("GotoStmt"); |
| 5688 | case CXCursor_IndirectGotoStmt: |
| 5689 | return cxstring::createRef("IndirectGotoStmt"); |
| 5690 | case CXCursor_ContinueStmt: |
| 5691 | return cxstring::createRef("ContinueStmt"); |
| 5692 | case CXCursor_BreakStmt: |
| 5693 | return cxstring::createRef("BreakStmt"); |
| 5694 | case CXCursor_ReturnStmt: |
| 5695 | return cxstring::createRef("ReturnStmt"); |
| 5696 | case CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt: |
| 5697 | return cxstring::createRef("GCCAsmStmt"); |
| 5698 | case CXCursor_MSAsmStmt: |
| 5699 | return cxstring::createRef("MSAsmStmt"); |
| 5700 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtTryStmt: |
| 5701 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCAtTryStmt"); |
| 5702 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtCatchStmt: |
| 5703 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCAtCatchStmt"); |
| 5704 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtFinallyStmt: |
| 5705 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCAtFinallyStmt"); |
| 5706 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtThrowStmt: |
| 5707 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCAtThrowStmt"); |
| 5708 | case CXCursor_ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt: |
| 5709 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt"); |
| 5710 | case CXCursor_ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt: |
| 5711 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt"); |
| 5712 | case CXCursor_ObjCForCollectionStmt: |
| 5713 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCForCollectionStmt"); |
| 5714 | case CXCursor_CXXCatchStmt: |
| 5715 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXCatchStmt"); |
| 5716 | case CXCursor_CXXTryStmt: |
| 5717 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXTryStmt"); |
| 5718 | case CXCursor_CXXForRangeStmt: |
| 5719 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXForRangeStmt"); |
| 5720 | case CXCursor_SEHTryStmt: |
| 5721 | return cxstring::createRef("SEHTryStmt"); |
| 5722 | case CXCursor_SEHExceptStmt: |
| 5723 | return cxstring::createRef("SEHExceptStmt"); |
| 5724 | case CXCursor_SEHFinallyStmt: |
| 5725 | return cxstring::createRef("SEHFinallyStmt"); |
| 5726 | case CXCursor_SEHLeaveStmt: |
| 5727 | return cxstring::createRef("SEHLeaveStmt"); |
| 5728 | case CXCursor_NullStmt: |
| 5729 | return cxstring::createRef("NullStmt"); |
| 5730 | case CXCursor_InvalidFile: |
| 5731 | return cxstring::createRef("InvalidFile"); |
| 5732 | case CXCursor_InvalidCode: |
| 5733 | return cxstring::createRef("InvalidCode"); |
| 5734 | case CXCursor_NoDeclFound: |
| 5735 | return cxstring::createRef("NoDeclFound"); |
| 5736 | case CXCursor_NotImplemented: |
| 5737 | return cxstring::createRef("NotImplemented"); |
| 5738 | case CXCursor_TranslationUnit: |
| 5739 | return cxstring::createRef("TranslationUnit"); |
| 5740 | case CXCursor_UnexposedAttr: |
| 5741 | return cxstring::createRef("UnexposedAttr"); |
| 5742 | case CXCursor_IBActionAttr: |
| 5743 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(ibaction)"); |
| 5744 | case CXCursor_IBOutletAttr: |
| 5745 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(iboutlet)"); |
| 5746 | case CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr: |
| 5747 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(iboutletcollection)"); |
| 5748 | case CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr: |
| 5749 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(final)"); |
| 5750 | case CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr: |
| 5751 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(override)"); |
| 5752 | case CXCursor_AnnotateAttr: |
| 5753 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(annotate)"); |
| 5754 | case CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr: |
| 5755 | return cxstring::createRef("asm label"); |
| 5756 | case CXCursor_PackedAttr: |
| 5757 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(packed)"); |
| 5758 | case CXCursor_PureAttr: |
| 5759 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(pure)"); |
| 5760 | case CXCursor_ConstAttr: |
| 5761 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(const)"); |
| 5762 | case CXCursor_NoDuplicateAttr: |
| 5763 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(noduplicate)"); |
| 5764 | case CXCursor_CUDAConstantAttr: |
| 5765 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(constant)"); |
| 5766 | case CXCursor_CUDADeviceAttr: |
| 5767 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(device)"); |
| 5768 | case CXCursor_CUDAGlobalAttr: |
| 5769 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(global)"); |
| 5770 | case CXCursor_CUDAHostAttr: |
| 5771 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(host)"); |
| 5772 | case CXCursor_CUDASharedAttr: |
| 5773 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(shared)"); |
| 5774 | case CXCursor_VisibilityAttr: |
| 5775 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(visibility)"); |
| 5776 | case CXCursor_DLLExport: |
| 5777 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(dllexport)"); |
| 5778 | case CXCursor_DLLImport: |
| 5779 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(dllimport)"); |
| 5780 | case CXCursor_NSReturnsRetained: |
| 5781 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(ns_returns_retained)"); |
| 5782 | case CXCursor_NSReturnsNotRetained: |
| 5783 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(ns_returns_not_retained)"); |
| 5784 | case CXCursor_NSReturnsAutoreleased: |
| 5785 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(ns_returns_autoreleased)"); |
| 5786 | case CXCursor_NSConsumesSelf: |
| 5787 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(ns_consumes_self)"); |
| 5788 | case CXCursor_NSConsumed: |
| 5789 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(ns_consumed)"); |
| 5790 | case CXCursor_ObjCException: |
| 5791 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(objc_exception)"); |
| 5792 | case CXCursor_ObjCNSObject: |
| 5793 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(NSObject)"); |
| 5794 | case CXCursor_ObjCIndependentClass: |
| 5795 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(objc_independent_class)"); |
| 5796 | case CXCursor_ObjCPreciseLifetime: |
| 5797 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(objc_precise_lifetime)"); |
| 5798 | case CXCursor_ObjCReturnsInnerPointer: |
| 5799 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(objc_returns_inner_pointer)"); |
| 5800 | case CXCursor_ObjCRequiresSuper: |
| 5801 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(objc_requires_super)"); |
| 5802 | case CXCursor_ObjCRootClass: |
| 5803 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(objc_root_class)"); |
| 5804 | case CXCursor_ObjCSubclassingRestricted: |
| 5805 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(objc_subclassing_restricted)"); |
| 5806 | case CXCursor_ObjCExplicitProtocolImpl: |
| 5807 | return cxstring::createRef( |
| 5808 | "attribute(objc_protocol_requires_explicit_implementation)"); |
| 5809 | case CXCursor_ObjCDesignatedInitializer: |
| 5810 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(objc_designated_initializer)"); |
| 5811 | case CXCursor_ObjCRuntimeVisible: |
| 5812 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(objc_runtime_visible)"); |
| 5813 | case CXCursor_ObjCBoxable: |
| 5814 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(objc_boxable)"); |
| 5815 | case CXCursor_FlagEnum: |
| 5816 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(flag_enum)"); |
| 5817 | case CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective: |
| 5818 | return cxstring::createRef("preprocessing directive"); |
| 5819 | case CXCursor_MacroDefinition: |
| 5820 | return cxstring::createRef("macro definition"); |
| 5821 | case CXCursor_MacroExpansion: |
| 5822 | return cxstring::createRef("macro expansion"); |
| 5823 | case CXCursor_InclusionDirective: |
| 5824 | return cxstring::createRef("inclusion directive"); |
| 5825 | case CXCursor_Namespace: |
| 5826 | return cxstring::createRef("Namespace"); |
| 5827 | case CXCursor_LinkageSpec: |
| 5828 | return cxstring::createRef("LinkageSpec"); |
| 5829 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: |
| 5830 | return cxstring::createRef("C++ base class specifier"); |
| 5831 | case CXCursor_Constructor: |
| 5832 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXConstructor"); |
| 5833 | case CXCursor_Destructor: |
| 5834 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXDestructor"); |
| 5835 | case CXCursor_ConversionFunction: |
| 5836 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXConversion"); |
| 5837 | case CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter: |
| 5838 | return cxstring::createRef("TemplateTypeParameter"); |
| 5839 | case CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter: |
| 5840 | return cxstring::createRef("NonTypeTemplateParameter"); |
| 5841 | case CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter: |
| 5842 | return cxstring::createRef("TemplateTemplateParameter"); |
| 5843 | case CXCursor_FunctionTemplate: |
| 5844 | return cxstring::createRef("FunctionTemplate"); |
| 5845 | case CXCursor_ClassTemplate: |
| 5846 | return cxstring::createRef("ClassTemplate"); |
| 5847 | case CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization: |
| 5848 | return cxstring::createRef("ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization"); |
| 5849 | case CXCursor_NamespaceAlias: |
| 5850 | return cxstring::createRef("NamespaceAlias"); |
| 5851 | case CXCursor_UsingDirective: |
| 5852 | return cxstring::createRef("UsingDirective"); |
| 5853 | case CXCursor_UsingDeclaration: |
| 5854 | return cxstring::createRef("UsingDeclaration"); |
| 5855 | case CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl: |
| 5856 | return cxstring::createRef("TypeAliasDecl"); |
| 5857 | case CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl: |
| 5858 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCSynthesizeDecl"); |
| 5859 | case CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl: |
| 5860 | return cxstring::createRef("ObjCDynamicDecl"); |
| 5861 | case CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier: |
| 5862 | return cxstring::createRef("CXXAccessSpecifier"); |
| 5863 | case CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl: |
| 5864 | return cxstring::createRef("ModuleImport"); |
| 5865 | case CXCursor_OMPCanonicalLoop: |
| 5866 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPCanonicalLoop"); |
| 5867 | case CXCursor_OMPMetaDirective: |
| 5868 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPMetaDirective"); |
| 5869 | case CXCursor_OMPParallelDirective: |
| 5870 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelDirective"); |
| 5871 | case CXCursor_OMPSimdDirective: |
| 5872 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPSimdDirective"); |
| 5873 | case CXCursor_OMPTileDirective: |
| 5874 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTileDirective"); |
| 5875 | case CXCursor_OMPUnrollDirective: |
| 5876 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPUnrollDirective"); |
| 5877 | case CXCursor_OMPForDirective: |
| 5878 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPForDirective"); |
| 5879 | case CXCursor_OMPForSimdDirective: |
| 5880 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPForSimdDirective"); |
| 5881 | case CXCursor_OMPSectionsDirective: |
| 5882 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPSectionsDirective"); |
| 5883 | case CXCursor_OMPSectionDirective: |
| 5884 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPSectionDirective"); |
| 5885 | case CXCursor_OMPSingleDirective: |
| 5886 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPSingleDirective"); |
| 5887 | case CXCursor_OMPMasterDirective: |
| 5888 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPMasterDirective"); |
| 5889 | case CXCursor_OMPCriticalDirective: |
| 5890 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPCriticalDirective"); |
| 5891 | case CXCursor_OMPParallelForDirective: |
| 5892 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelForDirective"); |
| 5893 | case CXCursor_OMPParallelForSimdDirective: |
| 5894 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelForSimdDirective"); |
| 5895 | case CXCursor_OMPParallelMasterDirective: |
| 5896 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelMasterDirective"); |
| 5897 | case CXCursor_OMPParallelMaskedDirective: |
| 5898 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelMaskedDirective"); |
| 5899 | case CXCursor_OMPParallelSectionsDirective: |
| 5900 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelSectionsDirective"); |
| 5901 | case CXCursor_OMPTaskDirective: |
| 5902 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTaskDirective"); |
| 5903 | case CXCursor_OMPTaskyieldDirective: |
| 5904 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTaskyieldDirective"); |
| 5905 | case CXCursor_OMPBarrierDirective: |
| 5906 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPBarrierDirective"); |
| 5907 | case CXCursor_OMPTaskwaitDirective: |
| 5908 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTaskwaitDirective"); |
| 5909 | case CXCursor_OMPErrorDirective: |
| 5910 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPErrorDirective"); |
| 5911 | case CXCursor_OMPTaskgroupDirective: |
| 5912 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTaskgroupDirective"); |
| 5913 | case CXCursor_OMPFlushDirective: |
| 5914 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPFlushDirective"); |
| 5915 | case CXCursor_OMPDepobjDirective: |
| 5916 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPDepobjDirective"); |
| 5917 | case CXCursor_OMPScanDirective: |
| 5918 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPScanDirective"); |
| 5919 | case CXCursor_OMPOrderedDirective: |
| 5920 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPOrderedDirective"); |
| 5921 | case CXCursor_OMPAtomicDirective: |
| 5922 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPAtomicDirective"); |
| 5923 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetDirective: |
| 5924 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetDirective"); |
| 5925 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetDataDirective: |
| 5926 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetDataDirective"); |
| 5927 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetEnterDataDirective: |
| 5928 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetEnterDataDirective"); |
| 5929 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetExitDataDirective: |
| 5930 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetExitDataDirective"); |
| 5931 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelDirective: |
| 5932 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetParallelDirective"); |
| 5933 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForDirective: |
| 5934 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetParallelForDirective"); |
| 5935 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetUpdateDirective: |
| 5936 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetUpdateDirective"); |
| 5937 | case CXCursor_OMPTeamsDirective: |
| 5938 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTeamsDirective"); |
| 5939 | case CXCursor_OMPCancellationPointDirective: |
| 5940 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPCancellationPointDirective"); |
| 5941 | case CXCursor_OMPCancelDirective: |
| 5942 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPCancelDirective"); |
| 5943 | case CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopDirective: |
| 5944 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTaskLoopDirective"); |
| 5945 | case CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective: |
| 5946 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective"); |
| 5947 | case CXCursor_OMPMasterTaskLoopDirective: |
| 5948 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPMasterTaskLoopDirective"); |
| 5949 | case CXCursor_OMPMaskedTaskLoopDirective: |
| 5950 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPMaskedTaskLoopDirective"); |
| 5951 | case CXCursor_OMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective: |
| 5952 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective"); |
| 5953 | case CXCursor_OMPMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective: |
| 5954 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective"); |
| 5955 | case CXCursor_OMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective: |
| 5956 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective"); |
| 5957 | case CXCursor_OMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopDirective: |
| 5958 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopDirective"); |
| 5959 | case CXCursor_OMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective: |
| 5960 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective"); |
| 5961 | case CXCursor_OMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective: |
| 5962 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective"); |
| 5963 | case CXCursor_OMPDistributeDirective: |
| 5964 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPDistributeDirective"); |
| 5965 | case CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForDirective: |
| 5966 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPDistributeParallelForDirective"); |
| 5967 | case CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective: |
| 5968 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective"); |
| 5969 | case CXCursor_OMPDistributeSimdDirective: |
| 5970 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPDistributeSimdDirective"); |
| 5971 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective: |
| 5972 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective"); |
| 5973 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetSimdDirective: |
| 5974 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetSimdDirective"); |
| 5975 | case CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeDirective: |
| 5976 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTeamsDistributeDirective"); |
| 5977 | case CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective: |
| 5978 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective"); |
| 5979 | case CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective: |
| 5980 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective"); |
| 5981 | case CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective: |
| 5982 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective"); |
| 5983 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDirective: |
| 5984 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetTeamsDirective"); |
| 5985 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective: |
| 5986 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective"); |
| 5987 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective: |
| 5988 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective"); |
| 5989 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective: |
| 5990 | return cxstring::createRef( |
| 5991 | "OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective"); |
| 5992 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective: |
| 5993 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective"); |
| 5994 | case CXCursor_OMPInteropDirective: |
| 5995 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPInteropDirective"); |
| 5996 | case CXCursor_OMPDispatchDirective: |
| 5997 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPDispatchDirective"); |
| 5998 | case CXCursor_OMPMaskedDirective: |
| 5999 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPMaskedDirective"); |
| 6000 | case CXCursor_OMPGenericLoopDirective: |
| 6001 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPGenericLoopDirective"); |
| 6002 | case CXCursor_OMPTeamsGenericLoopDirective: |
| 6003 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTeamsGenericLoopDirective"); |
| 6004 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsGenericLoopDirective: |
| 6005 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetTeamsGenericLoopDirective"); |
| 6006 | case CXCursor_OMPParallelGenericLoopDirective: |
| 6007 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPParallelGenericLoopDirective"); |
| 6008 | case CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelGenericLoopDirective: |
| 6009 | return cxstring::createRef("OMPTargetParallelGenericLoopDirective"); |
| 6010 | case CXCursor_OverloadCandidate: |
| 6011 | return cxstring::createRef("OverloadCandidate"); |
| 6012 | case CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl: |
| 6013 | return cxstring::createRef("TypeAliasTemplateDecl"); |
| 6014 | case CXCursor_StaticAssert: |
| 6015 | return cxstring::createRef("StaticAssert"); |
| 6016 | case CXCursor_FriendDecl: |
| 6017 | return cxstring::createRef("FriendDecl"); |
| 6018 | case CXCursor_ConvergentAttr: |
| 6019 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(convergent)"); |
| 6020 | case CXCursor_WarnUnusedAttr: |
| 6021 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(warn_unused)"); |
| 6022 | case CXCursor_WarnUnusedResultAttr: |
| 6023 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(warn_unused_result)"); |
| 6024 | case CXCursor_AlignedAttr: |
| 6025 | return cxstring::createRef("attribute(aligned)"); |
| 6026 | case CXCursor_ConceptDecl: |
| 6027 | return cxstring::createRef("ConceptDecl"); |
| 6028 | } |
| 6029 | |
| 6030 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled CXCursorKind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled CXCursorKind", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp" , 6030); |
| 6031 | } |
| 6032 | |
| 6033 | struct GetCursorData { |
| 6034 | SourceLocation TokenBeginLoc; |
| 6035 | bool PointsAtMacroArgExpansion; |
| 6036 | bool VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl; |
| 6037 | SourceLocation VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc; |
| 6038 | CXCursor &BestCursor; |
| 6039 | |
| 6040 | GetCursorData(SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation tokenBegin, |
| 6041 | CXCursor &outputCursor) |
| 6042 | : TokenBeginLoc(tokenBegin), BestCursor(outputCursor) { |
| 6043 | PointsAtMacroArgExpansion = SM.isMacroArgExpansion(tokenBegin); |
| 6044 | VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl = false; |
| 6045 | } |
| 6046 | }; |
| 6047 | |
| 6048 | static enum CXChildVisitResult |
| 6049 | GetCursorVisitor(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent, CXClientData client_data) { |
| 6050 | GetCursorData *Data = static_cast<GetCursorData *>(client_data); |
| 6051 | CXCursor *BestCursor = &Data->BestCursor; |
| 6052 | |
| 6053 | // If we point inside a macro argument we should provide info of what the |
| 6054 | // token is so use the actual cursor, don't replace it with a macro expansion |
| 6055 | // cursor. |
| 6056 | if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion && Data->PointsAtMacroArgExpansion) |
| 6057 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse; |
| 6058 | |
| 6059 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) { |
| 6060 | // Avoid having the implicit methods override the property decls. |
| 6061 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = |
| 6062 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) { |
| 6063 | if (MD->isImplicit()) |
| 6064 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 | } else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = |
| 6067 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) { |
| 6068 | // Check that when we have multiple @class references in the same line, |
| 6069 | // that later ones do not override the previous ones. |
| 6070 | // If we have: |
| 6071 | // @class Foo, Bar; |
| 6072 | // source ranges for both start at '@', so 'Bar' will end up overriding |
| 6073 | // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'. |
| 6074 | if (BestCursor->kind == CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl || |
| 6075 | BestCursor->kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassRef) |
| 6076 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevID = |
| 6077 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>( |
| 6078 | getCursorDecl(*BestCursor))) { |
| 6079 | if (PrevID != ID && !PrevID->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && |
| 6080 | !ID->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 6081 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 6082 | } |
| 6083 | |
| 6084 | } else if (const DeclaratorDecl *DD = |
| 6085 | dyn_cast_or_null<DeclaratorDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) { |
| 6086 | SourceLocation StartLoc = DD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); |
| 6087 | // Check that when we have multiple declarators in the same line, |
| 6088 | // that later ones do not override the previous ones. |
| 6089 | // If we have: |
| 6090 | // int Foo, Bar; |
| 6091 | // source ranges for both start at 'int', so 'Bar' will end up overriding |
| 6092 | // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'. |
| 6093 | if (Data->VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc == StartLoc) |
| 6094 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 6095 | Data->VisitedDeclaratorDeclStartLoc = StartLoc; |
| 6096 | |
| 6097 | } else if (const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImp = |
| 6098 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>( |
| 6099 | getCursorDecl(cursor))) { |
| 6100 | (void)PropImp; |
| 6101 | // Check that when we have multiple @synthesize in the same line, |
| 6102 | // that later ones do not override the previous ones. |
| 6103 | // If we have: |
| 6104 | // @synthesize Foo, Bar; |
| 6105 | // source ranges for both start at '@', so 'Bar' will end up overriding |
| 6106 | // 'Foo' even though the cursor location was at 'Foo'. |
| 6107 | if (Data->VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl) |
| 6108 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 6109 | Data->VisitedObjCPropertyImplDecl = true; |
| 6110 | } |
| 6111 | } |
| 6112 | |
| 6113 | if (clang_isExpression(cursor.kind) && |
| 6114 | clang_isDeclaration(BestCursor->kind)) { |
| 6115 | if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(*BestCursor)) { |
| 6116 | // Avoid having the cursor of an expression replace the declaration cursor |
| 6117 | // when the expression source range overlaps the declaration range. |
| 6118 | // This can happen for C++ constructor expressions whose range generally |
| 6119 | // include the variable declaration, e.g.: |
| 6120 | // MyCXXClass foo; // Make sure pointing at 'foo' returns a VarDecl |
| 6121 | // cursor. |
| 6122 | if (D->getLocation().isValid() && Data->TokenBeginLoc.isValid() && |
| 6123 | D->getLocation() == Data->TokenBeginLoc) |
| 6124 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 6125 | } |
| 6126 | } |
| 6127 | |
| 6128 | // If our current best cursor is the construction of a temporary object, |
| 6129 | // don't replace that cursor with a type reference, because we want |
| 6130 | // clang_getCursor() to point at the constructor. |
| 6131 | if (clang_isExpression(BestCursor->kind) && |
| 6132 | isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(getCursorExpr(*BestCursor)) && |
| 6133 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_TypeRef) { |
| 6134 | // Keep the cursor pointing at CXXTemporaryObjectExpr but also mark it |
| 6135 | // as having the actual point on the type reference. |
| 6136 | *BestCursor = getTypeRefedCallExprCursor(*BestCursor); |
| 6137 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse; |
| 6138 | } |
| 6139 | |
| 6140 | // If we already have an Objective-C superclass reference, don't |
| 6141 | // update it further. |
| 6142 | if (BestCursor->kind == CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef) |
| 6143 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 6144 | |
| 6145 | *BestCursor = cursor; |
| 6146 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse; |
| 6147 | } |
| 6148 | |
| 6149 | CXCursor clang_getCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceLocation Loc) { |
| 6150 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 6151 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 6152 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6153 | } |
| 6154 | |
| 6155 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 6156 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit); |
| 6157 | |
| 6158 | SourceLocation SLoc = cxloc::translateSourceLocation(Loc); |
| 6159 | CXCursor Result = cxcursor::getCursor(TU, SLoc); |
| 6160 | |
| 6161 | LOG_FUNC_SECTIONif (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger::make (__func__)) { |
| 6162 | CXFile SearchFile; |
| 6163 | unsigned SearchLine, SearchColumn; |
| 6164 | CXFile ResultFile; |
| 6165 | unsigned ResultLine, ResultColumn; |
| 6166 | CXString SearchFileName, ResultFileName, KindSpelling, USR; |
| 6167 | const char *IsDef = clang_isCursorDefinition(Result) ? " (Definition)" : ""; |
| 6168 | CXSourceLocation ResultLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(Result); |
| 6169 | |
| 6170 | clang_getFileLocation(Loc, &SearchFile, &SearchLine, &SearchColumn, |
| 6171 | nullptr); |
| 6172 | clang_getFileLocation(ResultLoc, &ResultFile, &ResultLine, &ResultColumn, |
| 6173 | nullptr); |
| 6174 | SearchFileName = clang_getFileName(SearchFile); |
| 6175 | ResultFileName = clang_getFileName(ResultFile); |
| 6176 | KindSpelling = clang_getCursorKindSpelling(Result.kind); |
| 6177 | USR = clang_getCursorUSR(Result); |
| 6178 | *Log << llvm::format("(%s:%d:%d) = %s", clang_getCString(SearchFileName), |
| 6179 | SearchLine, SearchColumn, |
| 6180 | clang_getCString(KindSpelling)) |
| 6181 | << llvm::format("(%s:%d:%d):%s%s", clang_getCString(ResultFileName), |
| 6182 | ResultLine, ResultColumn, clang_getCString(USR), |
| 6183 | IsDef); |
| 6184 | clang_disposeString(SearchFileName); |
| 6185 | clang_disposeString(ResultFileName); |
| 6186 | clang_disposeString(KindSpelling); |
| 6187 | clang_disposeString(USR); |
| 6188 | |
| 6189 | CXCursor Definition = clang_getCursorDefinition(Result); |
| 6190 | if (!clang_equalCursors(Definition, clang_getNullCursor())) { |
| 6191 | CXSourceLocation DefinitionLoc = clang_getCursorLocation(Definition); |
| 6192 | CXString DefinitionKindSpelling = |
| 6193 | clang_getCursorKindSpelling(Definition.kind); |
| 6194 | CXFile DefinitionFile; |
| 6195 | unsigned DefinitionLine, DefinitionColumn; |
| 6196 | clang_getFileLocation(DefinitionLoc, &DefinitionFile, &DefinitionLine, |
| 6197 | &DefinitionColumn, nullptr); |
| 6198 | CXString DefinitionFileName = clang_getFileName(DefinitionFile); |
| 6199 | *Log << llvm::format(" -> %s(%s:%d:%d)", |
| 6200 | clang_getCString(DefinitionKindSpelling), |
| 6201 | clang_getCString(DefinitionFileName), DefinitionLine, |
| 6202 | DefinitionColumn); |
| 6203 | clang_disposeString(DefinitionFileName); |
| 6204 | clang_disposeString(DefinitionKindSpelling); |
| 6205 | } |
| 6206 | } |
| 6207 | |
| 6208 | return Result; |
| 6209 | } |
| 6210 | |
| 6211 | CXCursor clang_getNullCursor(void) { |
| 6212 | return MakeCXCursorInvalid(CXCursor_InvalidFile); |
| 6213 | } |
| 6214 | |
| 6215 | unsigned clang_equalCursors(CXCursor X, CXCursor Y) { |
| 6216 | // Clear out the "FirstInDeclGroup" part in a declaration cursor, since we |
| 6217 | // can't set consistently. For example, when visiting a DeclStmt we will set |
| 6218 | // it but we don't set it on the result of clang_getCursorDefinition for |
| 6219 | // a reference of the same declaration. |
| 6220 | // FIXME: Setting "FirstInDeclGroup" in CXCursors is a hack that only works |
| 6221 | // when visiting a DeclStmt currently, the AST should be enhanced to be able |
| 6222 | // to provide that kind of info. |
| 6223 | if (clang_isDeclaration(X.kind)) |
| 6224 | X.data[1] = nullptr; |
| 6225 | if (clang_isDeclaration(Y.kind)) |
| 6226 | Y.data[1] = nullptr; |
| 6227 | |
| 6228 | return X == Y; |
| 6229 | } |
| 6230 | |
| 6231 | unsigned clang_hashCursor(CXCursor C) { |
| 6232 | unsigned Index = 0; |
| 6233 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind) || clang_isStatement(C.kind)) |
| 6234 | Index = 1; |
| 6235 | |
| 6236 | return llvm::DenseMapInfo<std::pair<unsigned, const void *>>::getHashValue( |
| 6237 | std::make_pair(C.kind, C.data[Index])); |
| 6238 | } |
| 6239 | |
| 6240 | unsigned clang_isInvalid(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 6241 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstInvalid && K <= CXCursor_LastInvalid; |
| 6242 | } |
| 6243 | |
| 6244 | unsigned clang_isDeclaration(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 6245 | return (K >= CXCursor_FirstDecl && K <= CXCursor_LastDecl) || |
| 6246 | (K >= CXCursor_FirstExtraDecl && K <= CXCursor_LastExtraDecl); |
| 6247 | } |
| 6248 | |
| 6249 | unsigned clang_isInvalidDeclaration(CXCursor C) { |
| 6250 | if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) { |
| 6251 | if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C)) |
| 6252 | return D->isInvalidDecl(); |
| 6253 | } |
| 6254 | |
| 6255 | return 0; |
| 6256 | } |
| 6257 | |
| 6258 | unsigned clang_isReference(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 6259 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstRef && K <= CXCursor_LastRef; |
| 6260 | } |
| 6261 | |
| 6262 | unsigned clang_isExpression(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 6263 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstExpr && K <= CXCursor_LastExpr; |
| 6264 | } |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 | unsigned clang_isStatement(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 6267 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstStmt && K <= CXCursor_LastStmt; |
| 6268 | } |
| 6269 | |
| 6270 | unsigned clang_isAttribute(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 6271 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstAttr && K <= CXCursor_LastAttr; |
| 6272 | } |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 | unsigned clang_isTranslationUnit(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 6275 | return K == CXCursor_TranslationUnit; |
| 6276 | } |
| 6277 | |
| 6278 | unsigned clang_isPreprocessing(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 6279 | return K >= CXCursor_FirstPreprocessing && K <= CXCursor_LastPreprocessing; |
| 6280 | } |
| 6281 | |
| 6282 | unsigned clang_isUnexposed(enum CXCursorKind K) { |
| 6283 | switch (K) { |
| 6284 | case CXCursor_UnexposedDecl: |
| 6285 | case CXCursor_UnexposedExpr: |
| 6286 | case CXCursor_UnexposedStmt: |
| 6287 | case CXCursor_UnexposedAttr: |
| 6288 | return true; |
| 6289 | default: |
| 6290 | return false; |
| 6291 | } |
| 6292 | } |
| 6293 | |
| 6294 | CXCursorKind clang_getCursorKind(CXCursor C) { return C.kind; } |
| 6295 | |
| 6296 | CXSourceLocation clang_getCursorLocation(CXCursor C) { |
| 6297 | if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) { |
| 6298 | switch (C.kind) { |
| 6299 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: { |
| 6300 | std::pair<const ObjCInterfaceDecl *, SourceLocation> P = |
| 6301 | getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C); |
| 6302 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 6303 | } |
| 6304 | |
| 6305 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: { |
| 6306 | std::pair<const ObjCProtocolDecl *, SourceLocation> P = |
| 6307 | getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C); |
| 6308 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 6309 | } |
| 6310 | |
| 6311 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: { |
| 6312 | std::pair<const ObjCInterfaceDecl *, SourceLocation> P = |
| 6313 | getCursorObjCClassRef(C); |
| 6314 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 6315 | } |
| 6316 | |
| 6317 | case CXCursor_TypeRef: { |
| 6318 | std::pair<const TypeDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorTypeRef(C); |
| 6319 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 6320 | } |
| 6321 | |
| 6322 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef: { |
| 6323 | std::pair<const TemplateDecl *, SourceLocation> P = |
| 6324 | getCursorTemplateRef(C); |
| 6325 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 6326 | } |
| 6327 | |
| 6328 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: { |
| 6329 | std::pair<const NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorNamespaceRef(C); |
| 6330 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 6331 | } |
| 6332 | |
| 6333 | case CXCursor_MemberRef: { |
| 6334 | std::pair<const FieldDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorMemberRef(C); |
| 6335 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 6336 | } |
| 6337 | |
| 6338 | case CXCursor_VariableRef: { |
| 6339 | std::pair<const VarDecl *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorVariableRef(C); |
| 6340 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(P.first->getASTContext(), P.second); |
| 6341 | } |
| 6342 | |
| 6343 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: { |
| 6344 | const CXXBaseSpecifier *BaseSpec = getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C); |
| 6345 | if (!BaseSpec) |
| 6346 | return clang_getNullLocation(); |
| 6347 | |
| 6348 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = BaseSpec->getTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 6349 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation( |
| 6350 | getCursorContext(C), TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc()); |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), |
| 6353 | BaseSpec->getBeginLoc()); |
| 6354 | } |
| 6355 | |
| 6356 | case CXCursor_LabelRef: { |
| 6357 | std::pair<const LabelStmt *, SourceLocation> P = getCursorLabelRef(C); |
| 6358 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), P.second); |
| 6359 | } |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef: |
| 6362 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation( |
| 6363 | getCursorContext(C), getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).second); |
| 6364 | |
| 6365 | default: |
| 6366 | // FIXME: Need a way to enumerate all non-reference cases. |
| 6367 | llvm_unreachable("Missed a reference kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Missed a reference kind", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp" , 6367); |
| 6368 | } |
| 6369 | } |
| 6370 | |
| 6371 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) |
| 6372 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation( |
| 6373 | getCursorContext(C), getLocationFromExpr(getCursorExpr(C))); |
| 6374 | |
| 6375 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) |
| 6376 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), |
| 6377 | getCursorStmt(C)->getBeginLoc()); |
| 6378 | |
| 6379 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective) { |
| 6380 | SourceLocation L = cxcursor::getCursorPreprocessingDirective(C).getBegin(); |
| 6381 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L); |
| 6382 | } |
| 6383 | |
| 6384 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) { |
| 6385 | SourceLocation L = |
| 6386 | cxcursor::getCursorMacroExpansion(C).getSourceRange().getBegin(); |
| 6387 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L); |
| 6388 | } |
| 6389 | |
| 6390 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) { |
| 6391 | SourceLocation L = cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getLocation(); |
| 6392 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L); |
| 6393 | } |
| 6394 | |
| 6395 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective) { |
| 6396 | SourceLocation L = |
| 6397 | cxcursor::getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getSourceRange().getBegin(); |
| 6398 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L); |
| 6399 | } |
| 6400 | |
| 6401 | if (clang_isAttribute(C.kind)) { |
| 6402 | SourceLocation L = cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C)->getLocation(); |
| 6403 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), L); |
| 6404 | } |
| 6405 | |
| 6406 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 6407 | return clang_getNullLocation(); |
| 6408 | |
| 6409 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 6410 | if (!D) |
| 6411 | return clang_getNullLocation(); |
| 6412 | |
| 6413 | SourceLocation Loc = D->getLocation(); |
| 6414 | // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration |
| 6415 | // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their |
| 6416 | // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context |
| 6417 | // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup, |
| 6418 | // and if so, whether it is the first decl. |
| 6419 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| 6420 | if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C)) |
| 6421 | Loc = VD->getLocation(); |
| 6422 | } |
| 6423 | |
| 6424 | // For ObjC methods, give the start location of the method name. |
| 6425 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) |
| 6426 | Loc = MD->getSelectorStartLoc(); |
| 6427 | |
| 6428 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation(getCursorContext(C), Loc); |
| 6429 | } |
| 6430 | |
| 6431 | } // end extern "C" |
| 6432 | |
| 6433 | CXCursor cxcursor::getCursor(CXTranslationUnit TU, SourceLocation SLoc) { |
| 6434 | assert(TU)(static_cast <bool> (TU) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("TU" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 6434, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 6435 | |
| 6436 | // Guard against an invalid SourceLocation, or we may assert in one |
| 6437 | // of the following calls. |
| 6438 | if (SLoc.isInvalid()) |
| 6439 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6440 | |
| 6441 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 6442 | |
| 6443 | // Translate the given source location to make it point at the beginning of |
| 6444 | // the token under the cursor. |
| 6445 | SLoc = Lexer::GetBeginningOfToken(SLoc, CXXUnit->getSourceManager(), |
| 6446 | CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts()); |
| 6447 | |
| 6448 | CXCursor Result = MakeCXCursorInvalid(CXCursor_NoDeclFound); |
| 6449 | if (SLoc.isValid()) { |
| 6450 | GetCursorData ResultData(CXXUnit->getSourceManager(), SLoc, Result); |
| 6451 | CursorVisitor CursorVis(TU, GetCursorVisitor, &ResultData, |
| 6452 | /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true, |
| 6453 | /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false, |
| 6454 | SourceLocation(SLoc)); |
| 6455 | CursorVis.visitFileRegion(); |
| 6456 | } |
| 6457 | |
| 6458 | return Result; |
| 6459 | } |
| 6460 | |
| 6461 | static SourceRange getRawCursorExtent(CXCursor C) { |
| 6462 | if (clang_isReference(C.kind)) { |
| 6463 | switch (C.kind) { |
| 6464 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: |
| 6465 | return getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).second; |
| 6466 | |
| 6467 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: |
| 6468 | return getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).second; |
| 6469 | |
| 6470 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: |
| 6471 | return getCursorObjCClassRef(C).second; |
| 6472 | |
| 6473 | case CXCursor_TypeRef: |
| 6474 | return getCursorTypeRef(C).second; |
| 6475 | |
| 6476 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef: |
| 6477 | return getCursorTemplateRef(C).second; |
| 6478 | |
| 6479 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: |
| 6480 | return getCursorNamespaceRef(C).second; |
| 6481 | |
| 6482 | case CXCursor_MemberRef: |
| 6483 | return getCursorMemberRef(C).second; |
| 6484 | |
| 6485 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: |
| 6486 | return getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C)->getSourceRange(); |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 | case CXCursor_LabelRef: |
| 6489 | return getCursorLabelRef(C).second; |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef: |
| 6492 | return getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).second; |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 | case CXCursor_VariableRef: |
| 6495 | return getCursorVariableRef(C).second; |
| 6496 | |
| 6497 | default: |
| 6498 | // FIXME: Need a way to enumerate all non-reference cases. |
| 6499 | llvm_unreachable("Missed a reference kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Missed a reference kind", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp" , 6499); |
| 6500 | } |
| 6501 | } |
| 6502 | |
| 6503 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) |
| 6504 | return getCursorExpr(C)->getSourceRange(); |
| 6505 | |
| 6506 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) |
| 6507 | return getCursorStmt(C)->getSourceRange(); |
| 6508 | |
| 6509 | if (clang_isAttribute(C.kind)) |
| 6510 | return getCursorAttr(C)->getRange(); |
| 6511 | |
| 6512 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective) |
| 6513 | return cxcursor::getCursorPreprocessingDirective(C); |
| 6514 | |
| 6515 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) { |
| 6516 | ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C); |
| 6517 | SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorMacroExpansion(C).getSourceRange(); |
| 6518 | return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range); |
| 6519 | } |
| 6520 | |
| 6521 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroDefinition) { |
| 6522 | ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C); |
| 6523 | SourceRange Range = cxcursor::getCursorMacroDefinition(C)->getSourceRange(); |
| 6524 | return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range); |
| 6525 | } |
| 6526 | |
| 6527 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_InclusionDirective) { |
| 6528 | ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C); |
| 6529 | SourceRange Range = |
| 6530 | cxcursor::getCursorInclusionDirective(C)->getSourceRange(); |
| 6531 | return TU->mapRangeFromPreamble(Range); |
| 6532 | } |
| 6533 | |
| 6534 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_TranslationUnit) { |
| 6535 | ASTUnit *TU = getCursorASTUnit(C); |
| 6536 | FileID MainID = TU->getSourceManager().getMainFileID(); |
| 6537 | SourceLocation Start = TU->getSourceManager().getLocForStartOfFile(MainID); |
| 6538 | SourceLocation End = TU->getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(MainID); |
| 6539 | return SourceRange(Start, End); |
| 6540 | } |
| 6541 | |
| 6542 | if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) { |
| 6543 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 6544 | if (!D) |
| 6545 | return SourceRange(); |
| 6546 | |
| 6547 | SourceRange R = D->getSourceRange(); |
| 6548 | // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration |
| 6549 | // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their |
| 6550 | // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context |
| 6551 | // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup, |
| 6552 | // and if so, whether it is the first decl. |
| 6553 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| 6554 | if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C)) |
| 6555 | R.setBegin(VD->getLocation()); |
| 6556 | } |
| 6557 | return R; |
| 6558 | } |
| 6559 | return SourceRange(); |
| 6560 | } |
| 6561 | |
| 6562 | /// Retrieves the "raw" cursor extent, which is then extended to include |
| 6563 | /// the decl-specifier-seq for declarations. |
| 6564 | static SourceRange getFullCursorExtent(CXCursor C, SourceManager &SrcMgr) { |
| 6565 | if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) { |
| 6566 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 6567 | if (!D) |
| 6568 | return SourceRange(); |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 | SourceRange R = D->getSourceRange(); |
| 6571 | |
| 6572 | // Adjust the start of the location for declarations preceded by |
| 6573 | // declaration specifiers. |
| 6574 | SourceLocation StartLoc; |
| 6575 | if (const DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { |
| 6576 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = DD->getTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 6577 | StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); |
| 6578 | } else if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(D)) { |
| 6579 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = Typedef->getTypeSourceInfo()) |
| 6580 | StartLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); |
| 6581 | } |
| 6582 | |
| 6583 | if (StartLoc.isValid() && R.getBegin().isValid() && |
| 6584 | SrcMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(StartLoc, R.getBegin())) |
| 6585 | R.setBegin(StartLoc); |
| 6586 | |
| 6587 | // FIXME: Multiple variables declared in a single declaration |
| 6588 | // currently lack the information needed to correctly determine their |
| 6589 | // ranges when accounting for the type-specifier. We use context |
| 6590 | // stored in the CXCursor to determine if the VarDecl is in a DeclGroup, |
| 6591 | // and if so, whether it is the first decl. |
| 6592 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| 6593 | if (!cxcursor::isFirstInDeclGroup(C)) |
| 6594 | R.setBegin(VD->getLocation()); |
| 6595 | } |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 | return R; |
| 6598 | } |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 | return getRawCursorExtent(C); |
| 6601 | } |
| 6602 | |
| 6603 | CXSourceRange clang_getCursorExtent(CXCursor C) { |
| 6604 | SourceRange R = getRawCursorExtent(C); |
| 6605 | if (R.isInvalid()) |
| 6606 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 6607 | |
| 6608 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(getCursorContext(C), R); |
| 6609 | } |
| 6610 | |
| 6611 | CXCursor clang_getCursorReferenced(CXCursor C) { |
| 6612 | if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind)) |
| 6613 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6614 | |
| 6615 | CXTranslationUnit tu = getCursorTU(C); |
| 6616 | if (clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) { |
| 6617 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 6618 | if (!D) |
| 6619 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6620 | if (const UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D)) |
| 6621 | return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Using, D->getLocation(), tu); |
| 6622 | if (const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropImpl = |
| 6623 | dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)) |
| 6624 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = PropImpl->getPropertyDecl()) |
| 6625 | return MakeCXCursor(Property, tu); |
| 6626 | |
| 6627 | return C; |
| 6628 | } |
| 6629 | |
| 6630 | if (clang_isExpression(C.kind)) { |
| 6631 | const Expr *E = getCursorExpr(C); |
| 6632 | const Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E); |
| 6633 | if (D) { |
| 6634 | CXCursor declCursor = MakeCXCursor(D, tu); |
| 6635 | declCursor = getSelectorIdentifierCursor(getSelectorIdentifierIndex(C), |
| 6636 | declCursor); |
| 6637 | return declCursor; |
| 6638 | } |
| 6639 | |
| 6640 | if (const OverloadExpr *Ovl = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) |
| 6641 | return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(Ovl, tu); |
| 6642 | |
| 6643 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6644 | } |
| 6645 | |
| 6646 | if (clang_isStatement(C.kind)) { |
| 6647 | const Stmt *S = getCursorStmt(C); |
| 6648 | if (const GotoStmt *Goto = dyn_cast_or_null<GotoStmt>(S)) |
| 6649 | if (LabelDecl *label = Goto->getLabel()) |
| 6650 | if (LabelStmt *labelS = label->getStmt()) |
| 6651 | return MakeCXCursor(labelS, getCursorDecl(C), tu); |
| 6652 | |
| 6653 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6654 | } |
| 6655 | |
| 6656 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) { |
| 6657 | if (const MacroDefinitionRecord *Def = |
| 6658 | getCursorMacroExpansion(C).getDefinition()) |
| 6659 | return MakeMacroDefinitionCursor(Def, tu); |
| 6660 | } |
| 6661 | |
| 6662 | if (!clang_isReference(C.kind)) |
| 6663 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6664 | |
| 6665 | switch (C.kind) { |
| 6666 | case CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef: |
| 6667 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorObjCSuperClassRef(C).first, tu); |
| 6668 | |
| 6669 | case CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef: { |
| 6670 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *Prot = getCursorObjCProtocolRef(C).first; |
| 6671 | if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = Prot->getDefinition()) |
| 6672 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, tu); |
| 6673 | |
| 6674 | return MakeCXCursor(Prot, tu); |
| 6675 | } |
| 6676 | |
| 6677 | case CXCursor_ObjCClassRef: { |
| 6678 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = getCursorObjCClassRef(C).first; |
| 6679 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Class->getDefinition()) |
| 6680 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, tu); |
| 6681 | |
| 6682 | return MakeCXCursor(Class, tu); |
| 6683 | } |
| 6684 | |
| 6685 | case CXCursor_TypeRef: |
| 6686 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorTypeRef(C).first, tu); |
| 6687 | |
| 6688 | case CXCursor_TemplateRef: |
| 6689 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorTemplateRef(C).first, tu); |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 | case CXCursor_NamespaceRef: |
| 6692 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorNamespaceRef(C).first, tu); |
| 6693 | |
| 6694 | case CXCursor_MemberRef: |
| 6695 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorMemberRef(C).first, tu); |
| 6696 | |
| 6697 | case CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier: { |
| 6698 | const CXXBaseSpecifier *B = cxcursor::getCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(C); |
| 6699 | return clang_getTypeDeclaration(cxtype::MakeCXType(B->getType(), tu)); |
| 6700 | } |
| 6701 | |
| 6702 | case CXCursor_LabelRef: |
| 6703 | // FIXME: We end up faking the "parent" declaration here because we |
| 6704 | // don't want to make CXCursor larger. |
| 6705 | return MakeCXCursor( |
| 6706 | getCursorLabelRef(C).first, |
| 6707 | cxtu::getASTUnit(tu)->getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(), tu); |
| 6708 | |
| 6709 | case CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef: |
| 6710 | return C; |
| 6711 | |
| 6712 | case CXCursor_VariableRef: |
| 6713 | return MakeCXCursor(getCursorVariableRef(C).first, tu); |
| 6714 | |
| 6715 | default: |
| 6716 | // We would prefer to enumerate all non-reference cursor kinds here. |
| 6717 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled reference cursor kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled reference cursor kind" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 6717); |
| 6718 | } |
| 6719 | } |
| 6720 | |
| 6721 | CXCursor clang_getCursorDefinition(CXCursor C) { |
| 6722 | if (clang_isInvalid(C.kind)) |
| 6723 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6724 | |
| 6725 | CXTranslationUnit TU = getCursorTU(C); |
| 6726 | |
| 6727 | bool WasReference = false; |
| 6728 | if (clang_isReference(C.kind) || clang_isExpression(C.kind)) { |
| 6729 | C = clang_getCursorReferenced(C); |
| 6730 | WasReference = true; |
| 6731 | } |
| 6732 | |
| 6733 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) |
| 6734 | return clang_getCursorReferenced(C); |
| 6735 | |
| 6736 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 6737 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6738 | |
| 6739 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 6740 | if (!D) |
| 6741 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6742 | |
| 6743 | switch (D->getKind()) { |
| 6744 | // Declaration kinds that don't really separate the notions of |
| 6745 | // declaration and definition. |
| 6746 | case Decl::Namespace: |
| 6747 | case Decl::Typedef: |
| 6748 | case Decl::TypeAlias: |
| 6749 | case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate: |
| 6750 | case Decl::TemplateTypeParm: |
| 6751 | case Decl::EnumConstant: |
| 6752 | case Decl::Field: |
| 6753 | case Decl::Binding: |
| 6754 | case Decl::MSProperty: |
| 6755 | case Decl::MSGuid: |
| 6756 | case Decl::HLSLBuffer: |
| 6757 | case Decl::UnnamedGlobalConstant: |
| 6758 | case Decl::TemplateParamObject: |
| 6759 | case Decl::IndirectField: |
| 6760 | case Decl::ObjCIvar: |
| 6761 | case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField: |
| 6762 | case Decl::ImplicitParam: |
| 6763 | case Decl::ParmVar: |
| 6764 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: |
| 6765 | case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm: |
| 6766 | case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl: |
| 6767 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation: |
| 6768 | case Decl::AccessSpec: |
| 6769 | case Decl::LinkageSpec: |
| 6770 | case Decl::Export: |
| 6771 | case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl: |
| 6772 | case Decl::FileScopeAsm: |
| 6773 | case Decl::TopLevelStmt: |
| 6774 | case Decl::StaticAssert: |
| 6775 | case Decl::Block: |
| 6776 | case Decl::Captured: |
| 6777 | case Decl::OMPCapturedExpr: |
| 6778 | case Decl::Label: // FIXME: Is this right?? |
| 6779 | case Decl::ClassScopeFunctionSpecialization: |
| 6780 | case Decl::CXXDeductionGuide: |
| 6781 | case Decl::Import: |
| 6782 | case Decl::OMPThreadPrivate: |
| 6783 | case Decl::OMPAllocate: |
| 6784 | case Decl::OMPDeclareReduction: |
| 6785 | case Decl::OMPDeclareMapper: |
| 6786 | case Decl::OMPRequires: |
| 6787 | case Decl::ObjCTypeParam: |
| 6788 | case Decl::BuiltinTemplate: |
| 6789 | case Decl::PragmaComment: |
| 6790 | case Decl::PragmaDetectMismatch: |
| 6791 | case Decl::UsingPack: |
| 6792 | case Decl::Concept: |
| 6793 | case Decl::ImplicitConceptSpecialization: |
| 6794 | case Decl::LifetimeExtendedTemporary: |
| 6795 | case Decl::RequiresExprBody: |
| 6796 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingIfExists: |
| 6797 | return C; |
| 6798 | |
| 6799 | // Declaration kinds that don't make any sense here, but are |
| 6800 | // nonetheless harmless. |
| 6801 | case Decl::Empty: |
| 6802 | case Decl::TranslationUnit: |
| 6803 | case Decl::ExternCContext: |
| 6804 | break; |
| 6805 | |
| 6806 | // Declaration kinds for which the definition is not resolvable. |
| 6807 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename: |
| 6808 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue: |
| 6809 | break; |
| 6810 | |
| 6811 | case Decl::UsingDirective: |
| 6812 | return MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingDirectiveDecl>(D)->getNominatedNamespace(), |
| 6813 | TU); |
| 6814 | |
| 6815 | case Decl::NamespaceAlias: |
| 6816 | return MakeCXCursor(cast<NamespaceAliasDecl>(D)->getNamespace(), TU); |
| 6817 | |
| 6818 | case Decl::Enum: |
| 6819 | case Decl::Record: |
| 6820 | case Decl::CXXRecord: |
| 6821 | case Decl::ClassTemplateSpecialization: |
| 6822 | case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization: |
| 6823 | if (TagDecl *Def = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition()) |
| 6824 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU); |
| 6825 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6826 | |
| 6827 | case Decl::Function: |
| 6828 | case Decl::CXXMethod: |
| 6829 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: |
| 6830 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: |
| 6831 | case Decl::CXXConversion: { |
| 6832 | const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr; |
| 6833 | if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->getBody(Def)) |
| 6834 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU); |
| 6835 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6836 | } |
| 6837 | |
| 6838 | case Decl::Var: |
| 6839 | case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization: |
| 6840 | case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization: |
| 6841 | case Decl::Decomposition: { |
| 6842 | // Ask the variable if it has a definition. |
| 6843 | if (const VarDecl *Def = cast<VarDecl>(D)->getDefinition()) |
| 6844 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU); |
| 6845 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6846 | } |
| 6847 | |
| 6848 | case Decl::FunctionTemplate: { |
| 6849 | const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr; |
| 6850 | if (cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl()->getBody(Def)) |
| 6851 | return MakeCXCursor(Def->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(), TU); |
| 6852 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6853 | } |
| 6854 | |
| 6855 | case Decl::ClassTemplate: { |
| 6856 | if (RecordDecl *Def = |
| 6857 | cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl()->getDefinition()) |
| 6858 | return MakeCXCursor(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getDescribedClassTemplate(), |
| 6859 | TU); |
| 6860 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6861 | } |
| 6862 | |
| 6863 | case Decl::VarTemplate: { |
| 6864 | if (VarDecl *Def = |
| 6865 | cast<VarTemplateDecl>(D)->getTemplatedDecl()->getDefinition()) |
| 6866 | return MakeCXCursor(cast<VarDecl>(Def)->getDescribedVarTemplate(), TU); |
| 6867 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6868 | } |
| 6869 | |
| 6870 | case Decl::Using: |
| 6871 | case Decl::UsingEnum: |
| 6872 | return MakeCursorOverloadedDeclRef(cast<BaseUsingDecl>(D), D->getLocation(), |
| 6873 | TU); |
| 6874 | |
| 6875 | case Decl::UsingShadow: |
| 6876 | case Decl::ConstructorUsingShadow: |
| 6877 | return clang_getCursorDefinition( |
| 6878 | MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(), TU)); |
| 6879 | |
| 6880 | case Decl::ObjCMethod: { |
| 6881 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); |
| 6882 | if (Method->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 6883 | return C; |
| 6884 | |
| 6885 | // Dig out the method definition in the associated |
| 6886 | // @implementation, if we have it. |
| 6887 | // FIXME: The ASTs should make finding the definition easier. |
| 6888 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = |
| 6889 | dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Method->getDeclContext())) |
| 6890 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl = Class->getImplementation()) |
| 6891 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Def = ClassImpl->getMethod( |
| 6892 | Method->getSelector(), Method->isInstanceMethod())) |
| 6893 | if (Def->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 6894 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU); |
| 6895 | |
| 6896 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6897 | } |
| 6898 | |
| 6899 | case Decl::ObjCCategory: |
| 6900 | if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Impl = |
| 6901 | cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)->getImplementation()) |
| 6902 | return MakeCXCursor(Impl, TU); |
| 6903 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6904 | |
| 6905 | case Decl::ObjCProtocol: |
| 6906 | if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *Def = |
| 6907 | cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D)->getDefinition()) |
| 6908 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU); |
| 6909 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6910 | |
| 6911 | case Decl::ObjCInterface: { |
| 6912 | // There are two notions of a "definition" for an Objective-C |
| 6913 | // class: the interface and its implementation. When we resolved a |
| 6914 | // reference to an Objective-C class, produce the @interface as |
| 6915 | // the definition; when we were provided with the interface, |
| 6916 | // produce the @implementation as the definition. |
| 6917 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D); |
| 6918 | if (WasReference) { |
| 6919 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = IFace->getDefinition()) |
| 6920 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU); |
| 6921 | } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = IFace->getImplementation()) |
| 6922 | return MakeCXCursor(Impl, TU); |
| 6923 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6924 | } |
| 6925 | |
| 6926 | case Decl::ObjCProperty: |
| 6927 | // FIXME: We don't really know where to find the |
| 6928 | // ObjCPropertyImplDecls that implement this property. |
| 6929 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6930 | |
| 6931 | case Decl::ObjCCompatibleAlias: |
| 6932 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = |
| 6933 | cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(D)->getClassInterface()) |
| 6934 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Class->getDefinition()) |
| 6935 | return MakeCXCursor(Def, TU); |
| 6936 | |
| 6937 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6938 | |
| 6939 | case Decl::Friend: |
| 6940 | if (NamedDecl *Friend = cast<FriendDecl>(D)->getFriendDecl()) |
| 6941 | return clang_getCursorDefinition(MakeCXCursor(Friend, TU)); |
| 6942 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6943 | |
| 6944 | case Decl::FriendTemplate: |
| 6945 | if (NamedDecl *Friend = cast<FriendTemplateDecl>(D)->getFriendDecl()) |
| 6946 | return clang_getCursorDefinition(MakeCXCursor(Friend, TU)); |
| 6947 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6948 | } |
| 6949 | |
| 6950 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 6951 | } |
| 6952 | |
| 6953 | unsigned clang_isCursorDefinition(CXCursor C) { |
| 6954 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 6955 | return 0; |
| 6956 | |
| 6957 | return clang_getCursorDefinition(C) == C; |
| 6958 | } |
| 6959 | |
| 6960 | CXCursor clang_getCanonicalCursor(CXCursor C) { |
| 6961 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 6962 | return C; |
| 6963 | |
| 6964 | if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C)) { |
| 6965 | if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImplD = |
| 6966 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D)) |
| 6967 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = CatImplD->getCategoryDecl()) |
| 6968 | return MakeCXCursor(CatD, getCursorTU(C)); |
| 6969 | |
| 6970 | if (const ObjCImplDecl *ImplD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(D)) |
| 6971 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD = ImplD->getClassInterface()) |
| 6972 | return MakeCXCursor(IFD, getCursorTU(C)); |
| 6973 | |
| 6974 | return MakeCXCursor(D->getCanonicalDecl(), getCursorTU(C)); |
| 6975 | } |
| 6976 | |
| 6977 | return C; |
| 6978 | } |
| 6979 | |
| 6980 | int clang_Cursor_getObjCSelectorIndex(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 6981 | return cxcursor::getSelectorIdentifierIndexAndLoc(cursor).first; |
| 6982 | } |
| 6983 | |
| 6984 | unsigned clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(CXCursor C) { |
| 6985 | if (C.kind != CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef) |
| 6986 | return 0; |
| 6987 | |
| 6988 | OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(C).first; |
| 6989 | if (const OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<const OverloadExpr *>()) |
| 6990 | return E->getNumDecls(); |
| 6991 | |
| 6992 | if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *S = |
| 6993 | Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadedTemplateStorage *>()) |
| 6994 | return S->size(); |
| 6995 | |
| 6996 | const Decl *D = Storage.get<const Decl *>(); |
| 6997 | if (const UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D)) |
| 6998 | return Using->shadow_size(); |
| 6999 | |
| 7000 | return 0; |
| 7001 | } |
| 7002 | |
| 7003 | CXCursor clang_getOverloadedDecl(CXCursor cursor, unsigned index) { |
| 7004 | if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef) |
| 7005 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 7006 | |
| 7007 | if (index >= clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(cursor)) |
| 7008 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 7009 | |
| 7010 | CXTranslationUnit TU = getCursorTU(cursor); |
| 7011 | OverloadedDeclRefStorage Storage = getCursorOverloadedDeclRef(cursor).first; |
| 7012 | if (const OverloadExpr *E = Storage.dyn_cast<const OverloadExpr *>()) |
| 7013 | return MakeCXCursor(E->decls_begin()[index], TU); |
| 7014 | |
| 7015 | if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *S = |
| 7016 | Storage.dyn_cast<OverloadedTemplateStorage *>()) |
| 7017 | return MakeCXCursor(S->begin()[index], TU); |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 | const Decl *D = Storage.get<const Decl *>(); |
| 7020 | if (const UsingDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingDecl>(D)) { |
| 7021 | // FIXME: This is, unfortunately, linear time. |
| 7022 | UsingDecl::shadow_iterator Pos = Using->shadow_begin(); |
| 7023 | std::advance(Pos, index); |
| 7024 | return MakeCXCursor(cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*Pos)->getTargetDecl(), TU); |
| 7025 | } |
| 7026 | |
| 7027 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 7028 | } |
| 7029 | |
| 7030 | void clang_getDefinitionSpellingAndExtent( |
| 7031 | CXCursor C, const char **startBuf, const char **endBuf, unsigned *startLine, |
| 7032 | unsigned *startColumn, unsigned *endLine, unsigned *endColumn) { |
| 7033 | assert(getCursorDecl(C) && "CXCursor has null decl")(static_cast <bool> (getCursorDecl(C) && "CXCursor has null decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getCursorDecl(C) && \"CXCursor has null decl\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 7033, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 7034 | const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)); |
| 7035 | const auto *Body = cast<CompoundStmt>(FD->getBody()); |
| 7036 | |
| 7037 | SourceManager &SM = FD->getASTContext().getSourceManager(); |
| 7038 | *startBuf = SM.getCharacterData(Body->getLBracLoc()); |
| 7039 | *endBuf = SM.getCharacterData(Body->getRBracLoc()); |
| 7040 | *startLine = SM.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getLBracLoc()); |
| 7041 | *startColumn = SM.getSpellingColumnNumber(Body->getLBracLoc()); |
| 7042 | *endLine = SM.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getRBracLoc()); |
| 7043 | *endColumn = SM.getSpellingColumnNumber(Body->getRBracLoc()); |
| 7044 | } |
| 7045 | |
| 7046 | CXSourceRange clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange(CXCursor C, unsigned NameFlags, |
| 7047 | unsigned PieceIndex) { |
| 7048 | RefNamePieces Pieces; |
| 7049 | |
| 7050 | switch (C.kind) { |
| 7051 | case CXCursor_MemberRefExpr: |
| 7052 | if (const MemberExpr *E = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) |
| 7053 | Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, true, E->getMemberNameInfo(), |
| 7054 | E->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange()); |
| 7055 | break; |
| 7056 | |
| 7057 | case CXCursor_DeclRefExpr: |
| 7058 | if (const DeclRefExpr *E = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) { |
| 7059 | SourceRange TemplateArgLoc(E->getLAngleLoc(), E->getRAngleLoc()); |
| 7060 | Pieces = |
| 7061 | buildPieces(NameFlags, false, E->getNameInfo(), |
| 7062 | E->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange(), &TemplateArgLoc); |
| 7063 | } |
| 7064 | break; |
| 7065 | |
| 7066 | case CXCursor_CallExpr: |
| 7067 | if (const CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = |
| 7068 | dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(getCursorExpr(C))) { |
| 7069 | const Expr *Callee = OCE->getCallee(); |
| 7070 | if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Callee)) |
| 7071 | Callee = ICE->getSubExpr(); |
| 7072 | |
| 7073 | if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Callee)) |
| 7074 | Pieces = buildPieces(NameFlags, false, DRE->getNameInfo(), |
| 7075 | DRE->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange()); |
| 7076 | } |
| 7077 | break; |
| 7078 | |
| 7079 | default: |
| 7080 | break; |
| 7081 | } |
| 7082 | |
| 7083 | if (Pieces.empty()) { |
| 7084 | if (PieceIndex == 0) |
| 7085 | return clang_getCursorExtent(C); |
| 7086 | } else if (PieceIndex < Pieces.size()) { |
| 7087 | SourceRange R = Pieces[PieceIndex]; |
| 7088 | if (R.isValid()) |
| 7089 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(getCursorContext(C), R); |
| 7090 | } |
| 7091 | |
| 7092 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 7093 | } |
| 7094 | |
| 7095 | void clang_enableStackTraces(void) { |
| 7096 | // FIXME: Provide an argv0 here so we can find llvm-symbolizer. |
| 7097 | llvm::sys::PrintStackTraceOnErrorSignal(StringRef()); |
| 7098 | } |
| 7099 | |
| 7100 | void clang_executeOnThread(void (*fn)(void *), void *user_data, |
| 7101 | unsigned stack_size) { |
| 7102 | llvm::thread Thread(stack_size == 0 ? clang::DesiredStackSize |
| 7103 | : std::optional<unsigned>(stack_size), |
| 7104 | fn, user_data); |
| 7105 | Thread.join(); |
| 7106 | } |
| 7107 | |
| 7108 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7109 | // Token-based Operations. |
| 7110 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7111 | |
| 7112 | /* CXToken layout: |
| 7113 | * int_data[0]: a CXTokenKind |
| 7114 | * int_data[1]: starting token location |
| 7115 | * int_data[2]: token length |
| 7116 | * int_data[3]: reserved |
| 7117 | * ptr_data: for identifiers and keywords, an IdentifierInfo*. |
| 7118 | * otherwise unused. |
| 7119 | */ |
| 7120 | CXTokenKind clang_getTokenKind(CXToken CXTok) { |
| 7121 | return static_cast<CXTokenKind>(CXTok.int_data[0]); |
| 7122 | } |
| 7123 | |
| 7124 | CXString clang_getTokenSpelling(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) { |
| 7125 | switch (clang_getTokenKind(CXTok)) { |
| 7126 | case CXToken_Identifier: |
| 7127 | case CXToken_Keyword: |
| 7128 | // We know we have an IdentifierInfo*, so use that. |
| 7129 | return cxstring::createRef( |
| 7130 | static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(CXTok.ptr_data)->getNameStart()); |
| 7131 | |
| 7132 | case CXToken_Literal: { |
| 7133 | // We have stashed the starting pointer in the ptr_data field. Use it. |
| 7134 | const char *Text = static_cast<const char *>(CXTok.ptr_data); |
| 7135 | return cxstring::createDup(StringRef(Text, CXTok.int_data[2])); |
| 7136 | } |
| 7137 | |
| 7138 | case CXToken_Punctuation: |
| 7139 | case CXToken_Comment: |
| 7140 | break; |
| 7141 | } |
| 7142 | |
| 7143 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 7144 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 7145 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 7146 | } |
| 7147 | |
| 7148 | // We have to find the starting buffer pointer the hard way, by |
| 7149 | // deconstructing the source location. |
| 7150 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 7151 | if (!CXXUnit) |
| 7152 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 7153 | |
| 7154 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1]); |
| 7155 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = |
| 7156 | CXXUnit->getSourceManager().getDecomposedSpellingLoc(Loc); |
| 7157 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 7158 | StringRef Buffer = |
| 7159 | CXXUnit->getSourceManager().getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid); |
| 7160 | if (Invalid) |
| 7161 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 7162 | |
| 7163 | return cxstring::createDup(Buffer.substr(LocInfo.second, CXTok.int_data[2])); |
| 7164 | } |
| 7165 | |
| 7166 | CXSourceLocation clang_getTokenLocation(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) { |
| 7167 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 7168 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 7169 | return clang_getNullLocation(); |
| 7170 | } |
| 7171 | |
| 7172 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 7173 | if (!CXXUnit) |
| 7174 | return clang_getNullLocation(); |
| 7175 | |
| 7176 | return cxloc::translateSourceLocation( |
| 7177 | CXXUnit->getASTContext(), |
| 7178 | SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1])); |
| 7179 | } |
| 7180 | |
| 7181 | CXSourceRange clang_getTokenExtent(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken CXTok) { |
| 7182 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 7183 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 7184 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 7185 | } |
| 7186 | |
| 7187 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 7188 | if (!CXXUnit) |
| 7189 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 7190 | |
| 7191 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange( |
| 7192 | CXXUnit->getASTContext(), |
| 7193 | SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(CXTok.int_data[1])); |
| 7194 | } |
| 7195 | |
| 7196 | static void getTokens(ASTUnit *CXXUnit, SourceRange Range, |
| 7197 | SmallVectorImpl<CXToken> &CXTokens) { |
| 7198 | SourceManager &SourceMgr = CXXUnit->getSourceManager(); |
| 7199 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> BeginLocInfo = |
| 7200 | SourceMgr.getDecomposedSpellingLoc(Range.getBegin()); |
| 7201 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> EndLocInfo = |
| 7202 | SourceMgr.getDecomposedSpellingLoc(Range.getEnd()); |
| 7203 | |
| 7204 | // Cannot tokenize across files. |
| 7205 | if (BeginLocInfo.first != EndLocInfo.first) |
| 7206 | return; |
| 7207 | |
| 7208 | // Create a lexer |
| 7209 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 7210 | StringRef Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(BeginLocInfo.first, &Invalid); |
| 7211 | if (Invalid) |
| 7212 | return; |
| 7213 | |
| 7214 | Lexer Lex(SourceMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(BeginLocInfo.first), |
| 7215 | CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts(), Buffer.begin(), |
| 7216 | Buffer.data() + BeginLocInfo.second, Buffer.end()); |
| 7217 | Lex.SetCommentRetentionState(true); |
| 7218 | |
| 7219 | // Lex tokens until we hit the end of the range. |
| 7220 | const char *EffectiveBufferEnd = Buffer.data() + EndLocInfo.second; |
| 7221 | Token Tok; |
| 7222 | bool previousWasAt = false; |
| 7223 | do { |
| 7224 | // Lex the next token |
| 7225 | Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok); |
| 7226 | if (Tok.is(tok::eof)) |
| 7227 | break; |
| 7228 | |
| 7229 | // Initialize the CXToken. |
| 7230 | CXToken CXTok; |
| 7231 | |
| 7232 | // - Common fields |
| 7233 | CXTok.int_data[1] = Tok.getLocation().getRawEncoding(); |
| 7234 | CXTok.int_data[2] = Tok.getLength(); |
| 7235 | CXTok.int_data[3] = 0; |
| 7236 | |
| 7237 | // - Kind-specific fields |
| 7238 | if (Tok.isLiteral()) { |
| 7239 | CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Literal; |
| 7240 | CXTok.ptr_data = const_cast<char *>(Tok.getLiteralData()); |
| 7241 | } else if (Tok.is(tok::raw_identifier)) { |
| 7242 | // Lookup the identifier to determine whether we have a keyword. |
| 7243 | IdentifierInfo *II = CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().LookUpIdentifierInfo(Tok); |
| 7244 | |
| 7245 | if ((II->getObjCKeywordID() != tok::objc_not_keyword) && previousWasAt) { |
| 7246 | CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword; |
| 7247 | } else { |
| 7248 | CXTok.int_data[0] = |
| 7249 | Tok.is(tok::identifier) ? CXToken_Identifier : CXToken_Keyword; |
| 7250 | } |
| 7251 | CXTok.ptr_data = II; |
| 7252 | } else if (Tok.is(tok::comment)) { |
| 7253 | CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Comment; |
| 7254 | CXTok.ptr_data = nullptr; |
| 7255 | } else { |
| 7256 | CXTok.int_data[0] = CXToken_Punctuation; |
| 7257 | CXTok.ptr_data = nullptr; |
| 7258 | } |
| 7259 | CXTokens.push_back(CXTok); |
| 7260 | previousWasAt = Tok.is(tok::at); |
| 7261 | } while (Lex.getBufferLocation() < EffectiveBufferEnd); |
| 7262 | } |
| 7263 | |
| 7264 | CXToken *clang_getToken(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceLocation Location) { |
| 7265 | LOG_FUNC_SECTIONif (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger::make (__func__)) { *Log << TU << ' ' << Location; } |
| 7266 | |
| 7267 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 7268 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 7269 | return nullptr; |
| 7270 | } |
| 7271 | |
| 7272 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 7273 | if (!CXXUnit) |
| 7274 | return nullptr; |
| 7275 | |
| 7276 | SourceLocation Begin = cxloc::translateSourceLocation(Location); |
| 7277 | if (Begin.isInvalid()) |
| 7278 | return nullptr; |
| 7279 | SourceManager &SM = CXXUnit->getSourceManager(); |
| 7280 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecomposedEnd = SM.getDecomposedLoc(Begin); |
| 7281 | DecomposedEnd.second += |
| 7282 | Lexer::MeasureTokenLength(Begin, SM, CXXUnit->getLangOpts()); |
| 7283 | |
| 7284 | SourceLocation End = |
| 7285 | SM.getComposedLoc(DecomposedEnd.first, DecomposedEnd.second); |
| 7286 | |
| 7287 | SmallVector<CXToken, 32> CXTokens; |
| 7288 | getTokens(CXXUnit, SourceRange(Begin, End), CXTokens); |
| 7289 | |
| 7290 | if (CXTokens.empty()) |
| 7291 | return nullptr; |
| 7292 | |
| 7293 | CXTokens.resize(1); |
| 7294 | CXToken *Token = static_cast<CXToken *>(llvm::safe_malloc(sizeof(CXToken))); |
| 7295 | |
| 7296 | memmove(Token, CXTokens.data(), sizeof(CXToken)); |
| 7297 | return Token; |
| 7298 | } |
| 7299 | |
| 7300 | void clang_tokenize(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceRange Range, CXToken **Tokens, |
| 7301 | unsigned *NumTokens) { |
| 7302 | LOG_FUNC_SECTIONif (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger::make (__func__)) { *Log << TU << ' ' << Range; } |
| 7303 | |
| 7304 | if (Tokens) |
| 7305 | *Tokens = nullptr; |
| 7306 | if (NumTokens) |
| 7307 | *NumTokens = 0; |
| 7308 | |
| 7309 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 7310 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 7311 | return; |
| 7312 | } |
| 7313 | |
| 7314 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 7315 | if (!CXXUnit || !Tokens || !NumTokens) |
| 7316 | return; |
| 7317 | |
| 7318 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit); |
| 7319 | |
| 7320 | SourceRange R = cxloc::translateCXSourceRange(Range); |
| 7321 | if (R.isInvalid()) |
| 7322 | return; |
| 7323 | |
| 7324 | SmallVector<CXToken, 32> CXTokens; |
| 7325 | getTokens(CXXUnit, R, CXTokens); |
| 7326 | |
| 7327 | if (CXTokens.empty()) |
| 7328 | return; |
| 7329 | |
| 7330 | *Tokens = static_cast<CXToken *>( |
| 7331 | llvm::safe_malloc(sizeof(CXToken) * CXTokens.size())); |
| 7332 | memmove(*Tokens, CXTokens.data(), sizeof(CXToken) * CXTokens.size()); |
| 7333 | *NumTokens = CXTokens.size(); |
| 7334 | } |
| 7335 | |
| 7336 | void clang_disposeTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken *Tokens, |
| 7337 | unsigned NumTokens) { |
| 7338 | free(Tokens); |
| 7339 | } |
| 7340 | |
| 7341 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7342 | // Token annotation APIs. |
| 7343 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7344 | |
| 7345 | static enum CXChildVisitResult AnnotateTokensVisitor(CXCursor cursor, |
| 7346 | CXCursor parent, |
| 7347 | CXClientData client_data); |
| 7348 | static bool AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor(CXCursor cursor, |
| 7349 | CXClientData client_data); |
| 7350 | |
| 7351 | namespace { |
| 7352 | class AnnotateTokensWorker { |
| 7353 | CXToken *Tokens; |
| 7354 | CXCursor *Cursors; |
| 7355 | unsigned NumTokens; |
| 7356 | unsigned TokIdx; |
| 7357 | unsigned PreprocessingTokIdx; |
| 7358 | CursorVisitor AnnotateVis; |
| 7359 | SourceManager &SrcMgr; |
| 7360 | bool HasContextSensitiveKeywords; |
| 7361 | |
| 7362 | struct PostChildrenAction { |
| 7363 | CXCursor cursor; |
| 7364 | enum Action { Invalid, Ignore, Postpone } action; |
| 7365 | }; |
| 7366 | using PostChildrenActions = SmallVector<PostChildrenAction, 0>; |
| 7367 | |
| 7368 | struct PostChildrenInfo { |
| 7369 | CXCursor Cursor; |
| 7370 | SourceRange CursorRange; |
| 7371 | unsigned BeforeReachingCursorIdx; |
| 7372 | unsigned BeforeChildrenTokenIdx; |
| 7373 | PostChildrenActions ChildActions; |
| 7374 | }; |
| 7375 | SmallVector<PostChildrenInfo, 8> PostChildrenInfos; |
| 7376 | |
| 7377 | CXToken &getTok(unsigned Idx) { |
| 7378 | assert(Idx < NumTokens)(static_cast <bool> (Idx < NumTokens) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx < NumTokens", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 7378 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 7379 | return Tokens[Idx]; |
| 7380 | } |
| 7381 | const CXToken &getTok(unsigned Idx) const { |
| 7382 | assert(Idx < NumTokens)(static_cast <bool> (Idx < NumTokens) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx < NumTokens", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 7382 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 7383 | return Tokens[Idx]; |
| 7384 | } |
| 7385 | bool MoreTokens() const { return TokIdx < NumTokens; } |
| 7386 | unsigned NextToken() const { return TokIdx; } |
| 7387 | void AdvanceToken() { ++TokIdx; } |
| 7388 | SourceLocation GetTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) { |
| 7389 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(getTok(tokI).int_data[1]); |
| 7390 | } |
| 7391 | bool isFunctionMacroToken(unsigned tokI) const { |
| 7392 | return getTok(tokI).int_data[3] != 0; |
| 7393 | } |
| 7394 | SourceLocation getFunctionMacroTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) const { |
| 7395 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(getTok(tokI).int_data[3]); |
| 7396 | } |
| 7397 | |
| 7398 | void annotateAndAdvanceTokens(CXCursor, RangeComparisonResult, SourceRange); |
| 7399 | bool annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(CXCursor, RangeComparisonResult, |
| 7400 | SourceRange); |
| 7401 | |
| 7402 | public: |
| 7403 | AnnotateTokensWorker(CXToken *tokens, CXCursor *cursors, unsigned numTokens, |
| 7404 | CXTranslationUnit TU, SourceRange RegionOfInterest) |
| 7405 | : Tokens(tokens), Cursors(cursors), NumTokens(numTokens), TokIdx(0), |
| 7406 | PreprocessingTokIdx(0), |
| 7407 | AnnotateVis(TU, AnnotateTokensVisitor, this, |
| 7408 | /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true, |
| 7409 | /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false, RegionOfInterest, |
| 7410 | /*VisitDeclsOnly=*/false, |
| 7411 | AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor), |
| 7412 | SrcMgr(cxtu::getASTUnit(TU)->getSourceManager()), |
| 7413 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords(false) {} |
| 7414 | |
| 7415 | void VisitChildren(CXCursor C) { AnnotateVis.VisitChildren(C); } |
| 7416 | enum CXChildVisitResult Visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent); |
| 7417 | bool IsIgnoredChildCursor(CXCursor cursor) const; |
| 7418 | PostChildrenActions DetermineChildActions(CXCursor Cursor) const; |
| 7419 | |
| 7420 | bool postVisitChildren(CXCursor cursor); |
| 7421 | void HandlePostPonedChildCursors(const PostChildrenInfo &Info); |
| 7422 | void HandlePostPonedChildCursor(CXCursor Cursor, unsigned StartTokenIndex); |
| 7423 | |
| 7424 | void AnnotateTokens(); |
| 7425 | |
| 7426 | /// Determine whether the annotator saw any cursors that have |
| 7427 | /// context-sensitive keywords. |
| 7428 | bool hasContextSensitiveKeywords() const { |
| 7429 | return HasContextSensitiveKeywords; |
| 7430 | } |
| 7431 | |
| 7432 | ~AnnotateTokensWorker() { assert(PostChildrenInfos.empty())(static_cast <bool> (PostChildrenInfos.empty()) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("PostChildrenInfos.empty()", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp" , 7432, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); } |
| 7433 | }; |
| 7434 | } // namespace |
| 7435 | |
| 7436 | void AnnotateTokensWorker::AnnotateTokens() { |
| 7437 | // Walk the AST within the region of interest, annotating tokens |
| 7438 | // along the way. |
| 7439 | AnnotateVis.visitFileRegion(); |
| 7440 | } |
| 7441 | |
| 7442 | bool AnnotateTokensWorker::IsIgnoredChildCursor(CXCursor cursor) const { |
| 7443 | if (PostChildrenInfos.empty()) |
| 7444 | return false; |
| 7445 | |
| 7446 | for (const auto &ChildAction : PostChildrenInfos.back().ChildActions) { |
| 7447 | if (ChildAction.cursor == cursor && |
| 7448 | ChildAction.action == PostChildrenAction::Ignore) { |
| 7449 | return true; |
| 7450 | } |
| 7451 | } |
| 7452 | |
| 7453 | return false; |
| 7454 | } |
| 7455 | |
| 7456 | const CXXOperatorCallExpr *GetSubscriptOrCallOperator(CXCursor Cursor) { |
| 7457 | if (!clang_isExpression(Cursor.kind)) |
| 7458 | return nullptr; |
| 7459 | |
| 7460 | const Expr *E = getCursorExpr(Cursor); |
| 7461 | if (const auto *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) { |
| 7462 | const OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = OCE->getOperator(); |
| 7463 | if (Kind == OO_Call || Kind == OO_Subscript) |
| 7464 | return OCE; |
| 7465 | } |
| 7466 | |
| 7467 | return nullptr; |
| 7468 | } |
| 7469 | |
| 7470 | AnnotateTokensWorker::PostChildrenActions |
| 7471 | AnnotateTokensWorker::DetermineChildActions(CXCursor Cursor) const { |
| 7472 | PostChildrenActions actions; |
| 7473 | |
| 7474 | // The DeclRefExpr of CXXOperatorCallExpr referring to the custom operator is |
| 7475 | // visited before the arguments to the operator call. For the Call and |
| 7476 | // Subscript operator the range of this DeclRefExpr includes the whole call |
| 7477 | // expression, so that all tokens in that range would be mapped to the |
| 7478 | // operator function, including the tokens of the arguments. To avoid that, |
| 7479 | // ensure to visit this DeclRefExpr as last node. |
| 7480 | if (const auto *OCE = GetSubscriptOrCallOperator(Cursor)) { |
| 7481 | const Expr *Callee = OCE->getCallee(); |
| 7482 | if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Callee)) { |
| 7483 | const Expr *SubExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); |
| 7484 | if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) { |
| 7485 | const Decl *parentDecl = getCursorDecl(Cursor); |
| 7486 | CXTranslationUnit TU = clang_Cursor_getTranslationUnit(Cursor); |
| 7487 | |
| 7488 | // Visit the DeclRefExpr as last. |
| 7489 | CXCursor cxChild = MakeCXCursor(DRE, parentDecl, TU); |
| 7490 | actions.push_back({cxChild, PostChildrenAction::Postpone}); |
| 7491 | |
| 7492 | // The parent of the DeclRefExpr, an ImplicitCastExpr, has an equally |
| 7493 | // wide range as the DeclRefExpr. We can skip visiting this entirely. |
| 7494 | cxChild = MakeCXCursor(ICE, parentDecl, TU); |
| 7495 | actions.push_back({cxChild, PostChildrenAction::Ignore}); |
| 7496 | } |
| 7497 | } |
| 7498 | } |
| 7499 | |
| 7500 | return actions; |
| 7501 | } |
| 7502 | |
| 7503 | static inline void updateCursorAnnotation(CXCursor &Cursor, |
| 7504 | const CXCursor &updateC) { |
| 7505 | if (clang_isInvalid(updateC.kind) || !clang_isInvalid(Cursor.kind)) |
| 7506 | return; |
| 7507 | Cursor = updateC; |
| 7508 | } |
| 7509 | |
| 7510 | /// It annotates and advances tokens with a cursor until the comparison |
| 7511 | //// between the cursor location and the source range is the same as |
| 7512 | /// \arg compResult. |
| 7513 | /// |
| 7514 | /// Pass RangeBefore to annotate tokens with a cursor until a range is reached. |
| 7515 | /// Pass RangeOverlap to annotate tokens inside a range. |
| 7516 | void AnnotateTokensWorker::annotateAndAdvanceTokens( |
| 7517 | CXCursor updateC, RangeComparisonResult compResult, SourceRange range) { |
| 7518 | while (MoreTokens()) { |
| 7519 | const unsigned I = NextToken(); |
| 7520 | if (isFunctionMacroToken(I)) |
| 7521 | if (!annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens(updateC, compResult, range)) |
| 7522 | return; |
| 7523 | |
| 7524 | SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I); |
| 7525 | if (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, range) == compResult) { |
| 7526 | updateCursorAnnotation(Cursors[I], updateC); |
| 7527 | AdvanceToken(); |
| 7528 | continue; |
| 7529 | } |
| 7530 | break; |
| 7531 | } |
| 7532 | } |
| 7533 | |
| 7534 | /// Special annotation handling for macro argument tokens. |
| 7535 | /// \returns true if it advanced beyond all macro tokens, false otherwise. |
| 7536 | bool AnnotateTokensWorker::annotateAndAdvanceFunctionMacroTokens( |
| 7537 | CXCursor updateC, RangeComparisonResult compResult, SourceRange range) { |
| 7538 | assert(MoreTokens())(static_cast <bool> (MoreTokens()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("MoreTokens()", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 7538, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 7539 | assert(isFunctionMacroToken(NextToken()) &&(static_cast <bool> (isFunctionMacroToken(NextToken()) && "Should be called only for macro arg tokens") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isFunctionMacroToken(NextToken()) && \"Should be called only for macro arg tokens\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 7540, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
| 7540 | "Should be called only for macro arg tokens")(static_cast <bool> (isFunctionMacroToken(NextToken()) && "Should be called only for macro arg tokens") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isFunctionMacroToken(NextToken()) && \"Should be called only for macro arg tokens\"" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 7540, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 7541 | |
| 7542 | // This works differently than annotateAndAdvanceTokens; because expanded |
| 7543 | // macro arguments can have arbitrary translation-unit source order, we do not |
| 7544 | // advance the token index one by one until a token fails the range test. |
| 7545 | // We only advance once past all of the macro arg tokens if all of them |
| 7546 | // pass the range test. If one of them fails we keep the token index pointing |
| 7547 | // at the start of the macro arg tokens so that the failing token will be |
| 7548 | // annotated by a subsequent annotation try. |
| 7549 | |
| 7550 | bool atLeastOneCompFail = false; |
| 7551 | |
| 7552 | unsigned I = NextToken(); |
| 7553 | for (; I < NumTokens && isFunctionMacroToken(I); ++I) { |
| 7554 | SourceLocation TokLoc = getFunctionMacroTokenLoc(I); |
| 7555 | if (TokLoc.isFileID()) |
| 7556 | continue; // not macro arg token, it's parens or comma. |
| 7557 | if (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, range) == compResult) { |
| 7558 | if (clang_isInvalid(clang_getCursorKind(Cursors[I]))) |
| 7559 | Cursors[I] = updateC; |
| 7560 | } else |
| 7561 | atLeastOneCompFail = true; |
| 7562 | } |
| 7563 | |
| 7564 | if (atLeastOneCompFail) |
| 7565 | return false; |
| 7566 | |
| 7567 | TokIdx = I; // All of the tokens were handled, advance beyond all of them. |
| 7568 | return true; |
| 7569 | } |
| 7570 | |
| 7571 | enum CXChildVisitResult AnnotateTokensWorker::Visit(CXCursor cursor, |
| 7572 | CXCursor parent) { |
| 7573 | SourceRange cursorRange = getRawCursorExtent(cursor); |
| 7574 | if (cursorRange.isInvalid()) |
| 7575 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse; |
| 7576 | |
| 7577 | if (IsIgnoredChildCursor(cursor)) |
| 7578 | return CXChildVisit_Continue; |
| 7579 | |
| 7580 | if (!HasContextSensitiveKeywords) { |
| 7581 | // Objective-C properties can have context-sensitive keywords. |
| 7582 | if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) { |
| 7583 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = |
| 7584 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) |
| 7585 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = |
| 7586 | Property->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten() != 0; |
| 7587 | } |
| 7588 | // Objective-C methods can have context-sensitive keywords. |
| 7589 | else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl || |
| 7590 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) { |
| 7591 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = |
| 7592 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) { |
| 7593 | if (Method->getObjCDeclQualifier()) |
| 7594 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true; |
| 7595 | else { |
| 7596 | for (const auto *P : Method->parameters()) { |
| 7597 | if (P->getObjCDeclQualifier()) { |
| 7598 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true; |
| 7599 | break; |
| 7600 | } |
| 7601 | } |
| 7602 | } |
| 7603 | } |
| 7604 | } |
| 7605 | // C++ methods can have context-sensitive keywords. |
| 7606 | else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_CXXMethod) { |
| 7607 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = |
| 7608 | dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(getCursorDecl(cursor))) { |
| 7609 | if (Method->hasAttr<FinalAttr>() || Method->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>()) |
| 7610 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true; |
| 7611 | } |
| 7612 | } |
| 7613 | // C++ classes can have context-sensitive keywords. |
| 7614 | else if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_StructDecl || |
| 7615 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassDecl || |
| 7616 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassTemplate || |
| 7617 | cursor.kind == CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization) { |
| 7618 | if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) |
| 7619 | if (D->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) |
| 7620 | HasContextSensitiveKeywords = true; |
| 7621 | } |
| 7622 | } |
| 7623 | |
| 7624 | // Don't override a property annotation with its getter/setter method. |
| 7625 | if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl && |
| 7626 | parent.kind == CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) |
| 7627 | return CXChildVisit_Continue; |
| 7628 | |
| 7629 | if (clang_isPreprocessing(cursor.kind)) { |
| 7630 | // Items in the preprocessing record are kept separate from items in |
| 7631 | // declarations, so we keep a separate token index. |
| 7632 | unsigned SavedTokIdx = TokIdx; |
| 7633 | TokIdx = PreprocessingTokIdx; |
| 7634 | |
| 7635 | // Skip tokens up until we catch up to the beginning of the preprocessing |
| 7636 | // entry. |
| 7637 | while (MoreTokens()) { |
| 7638 | const unsigned I = NextToken(); |
| 7639 | SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I); |
| 7640 | switch (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, cursorRange)) { |
| 7641 | case RangeBefore: |
| 7642 | AdvanceToken(); |
| 7643 | continue; |
| 7644 | case RangeAfter: |
| 7645 | case RangeOverlap: |
| 7646 | break; |
| 7647 | } |
| 7648 | break; |
| 7649 | } |
| 7650 | |
| 7651 | // Look at all of the tokens within this range. |
| 7652 | while (MoreTokens()) { |
| 7653 | const unsigned I = NextToken(); |
| 7654 | SourceLocation TokLoc = GetTokenLoc(I); |
| 7655 | switch (LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokLoc, cursorRange)) { |
| 7656 | case RangeBefore: |
| 7657 | llvm_unreachable("Infeasible")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Infeasible", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp" , 7657); |
| 7658 | case RangeAfter: |
| 7659 | break; |
| 7660 | case RangeOverlap: |
| 7661 | // For macro expansions, just note where the beginning of the macro |
| 7662 | // expansion occurs. |
| 7663 | if (cursor.kind == CXCursor_MacroExpansion) { |
| 7664 | if (TokLoc == cursorRange.getBegin()) |
| 7665 | Cursors[I] = cursor; |
| 7666 | AdvanceToken(); |
| 7667 | break; |
| 7668 | } |
| 7669 | // We may have already annotated macro names inside macro definitions. |
| 7670 | if (Cursors[I].kind != CXCursor_MacroExpansion) |
| 7671 | Cursors[I] = cursor; |
| 7672 | AdvanceToken(); |
| 7673 | continue; |
| 7674 | } |
| 7675 | break; |
| 7676 | } |
| 7677 | |
| 7678 | // Save the preprocessing token index; restore the non-preprocessing |
| 7679 | // token index. |
| 7680 | PreprocessingTokIdx = TokIdx; |
| 7681 | TokIdx = SavedTokIdx; |
| 7682 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse; |
| 7683 | } |
| 7684 | |
| 7685 | if (cursorRange.isInvalid()) |
| 7686 | return CXChildVisit_Continue; |
| 7687 | |
| 7688 | unsigned BeforeReachingCursorIdx = NextToken(); |
| 7689 | const enum CXCursorKind cursorK = clang_getCursorKind(cursor); |
| 7690 | const enum CXCursorKind K = clang_getCursorKind(parent); |
| 7691 | const CXCursor updateC = |
| 7692 | (clang_isInvalid(K) || K == CXCursor_TranslationUnit || |
| 7693 | // Attributes are annotated out-of-order, skip tokens until we reach it. |
| 7694 | clang_isAttribute(cursor.kind)) |
| 7695 | ? clang_getNullCursor() |
| 7696 | : parent; |
| 7697 | |
| 7698 | annotateAndAdvanceTokens(updateC, RangeBefore, cursorRange); |
| 7699 | |
| 7700 | // Avoid having the cursor of an expression "overwrite" the annotation of the |
| 7701 | // variable declaration that it belongs to. |
| 7702 | // This can happen for C++ constructor expressions whose range generally |
| 7703 | // include the variable declaration, e.g.: |
| 7704 | // MyCXXClass foo; // Make sure we don't annotate 'foo' as a CallExpr cursor. |
| 7705 | if (clang_isExpression(cursorK) && MoreTokens()) { |
| 7706 | const Expr *E = getCursorExpr(cursor); |
| 7707 | if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) { |
| 7708 | const unsigned I = NextToken(); |
| 7709 | if (E->getBeginLoc().isValid() && D->getLocation().isValid() && |
| 7710 | E->getBeginLoc() == D->getLocation() && |
| 7711 | E->getBeginLoc() == GetTokenLoc(I)) { |
| 7712 | updateCursorAnnotation(Cursors[I], updateC); |
| 7713 | AdvanceToken(); |
| 7714 | } |
| 7715 | } |
| 7716 | } |
| 7717 | |
| 7718 | // Before recursing into the children keep some state that we are going |
| 7719 | // to use in the AnnotateTokensWorker::postVisitChildren callback to do some |
| 7720 | // extra work after the child nodes are visited. |
| 7721 | // Note that we don't call VisitChildren here to avoid traversing statements |
| 7722 | // code-recursively which can blow the stack. |
| 7723 | |
| 7724 | PostChildrenInfo Info; |
| 7725 | Info.Cursor = cursor; |
| 7726 | Info.CursorRange = cursorRange; |
| 7727 | Info.BeforeReachingCursorIdx = BeforeReachingCursorIdx; |
| 7728 | Info.BeforeChildrenTokenIdx = NextToken(); |
| 7729 | Info.ChildActions = DetermineChildActions(cursor); |
| 7730 | PostChildrenInfos.push_back(Info); |
| 7731 | |
| 7732 | return CXChildVisit_Recurse; |
| 7733 | } |
| 7734 | |
| 7735 | bool AnnotateTokensWorker::postVisitChildren(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 7736 | if (PostChildrenInfos.empty()) |
| 7737 | return false; |
| 7738 | const PostChildrenInfo &Info = PostChildrenInfos.back(); |
| 7739 | if (!clang_equalCursors(Info.Cursor, cursor)) |
| 7740 | return false; |
| 7741 | |
| 7742 | HandlePostPonedChildCursors(Info); |
| 7743 | |
| 7744 | const unsigned BeforeChildren = Info.BeforeChildrenTokenIdx; |
| 7745 | const unsigned AfterChildren = NextToken(); |
| 7746 | SourceRange cursorRange = Info.CursorRange; |
| 7747 | |
| 7748 | // Scan the tokens that are at the end of the cursor, but are not captured |
| 7749 | // but the child cursors. |
| 7750 | annotateAndAdvanceTokens(cursor, RangeOverlap, cursorRange); |
| 7751 | |
| 7752 | // Scan the tokens that are at the beginning of the cursor, but are not |
| 7753 | // capture by the child cursors. |
| 7754 | for (unsigned I = BeforeChildren; I != AfterChildren; ++I) { |
| 7755 | if (!clang_isInvalid(clang_getCursorKind(Cursors[I]))) |
| 7756 | break; |
| 7757 | |
| 7758 | Cursors[I] = cursor; |
| 7759 | } |
| 7760 | |
| 7761 | // Attributes are annotated out-of-order, rewind TokIdx to when we first |
| 7762 | // encountered the attribute cursor. |
| 7763 | if (clang_isAttribute(cursor.kind)) |
| 7764 | TokIdx = Info.BeforeReachingCursorIdx; |
| 7765 | |
| 7766 | PostChildrenInfos.pop_back(); |
| 7767 | return false; |
| 7768 | } |
| 7769 | |
| 7770 | void AnnotateTokensWorker::HandlePostPonedChildCursors( |
| 7771 | const PostChildrenInfo &Info) { |
| 7772 | for (const auto &ChildAction : Info.ChildActions) { |
| 7773 | if (ChildAction.action == PostChildrenAction::Postpone) { |
| 7774 | HandlePostPonedChildCursor(ChildAction.cursor, |
| 7775 | Info.BeforeChildrenTokenIdx); |
| 7776 | } |
| 7777 | } |
| 7778 | } |
| 7779 | |
| 7780 | void AnnotateTokensWorker::HandlePostPonedChildCursor( |
| 7781 | CXCursor Cursor, unsigned StartTokenIndex) { |
| 7782 | unsigned I = StartTokenIndex; |
| 7783 | |
| 7784 | // The bracket tokens of a Call or Subscript operator are mapped to |
| 7785 | // CallExpr/CXXOperatorCallExpr because we skipped visiting the corresponding |
| 7786 | // DeclRefExpr. Remap these tokens to the DeclRefExpr cursors. |
| 7787 | for (unsigned RefNameRangeNr = 0; I < NumTokens; RefNameRangeNr++) { |
| 7788 | const CXSourceRange CXRefNameRange = clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange( |
| 7789 | Cursor, CXNameRange_WantQualifier, RefNameRangeNr); |
| 7790 | if (clang_Range_isNull(CXRefNameRange)) |
| 7791 | break; // All ranges handled. |
| 7792 | |
| 7793 | SourceRange RefNameRange = cxloc::translateCXSourceRange(CXRefNameRange); |
| 7794 | while (I < NumTokens) { |
| 7795 | const SourceLocation TokenLocation = GetTokenLoc(I); |
| 7796 | if (!TokenLocation.isValid()) |
| 7797 | break; |
| 7798 | |
| 7799 | // Adapt the end range, because LocationCompare() reports |
| 7800 | // RangeOverlap even for the not-inclusive end location. |
| 7801 | const SourceLocation fixedEnd = |
| 7802 | RefNameRange.getEnd().getLocWithOffset(-1); |
| 7803 | RefNameRange = SourceRange(RefNameRange.getBegin(), fixedEnd); |
| 7804 | |
| 7805 | const RangeComparisonResult ComparisonResult = |
| 7806 | LocationCompare(SrcMgr, TokenLocation, RefNameRange); |
| 7807 | |
| 7808 | if (ComparisonResult == RangeOverlap) { |
| 7809 | Cursors[I++] = Cursor; |
| 7810 | } else if (ComparisonResult == RangeBefore) { |
| 7811 | ++I; // Not relevant token, check next one. |
| 7812 | } else if (ComparisonResult == RangeAfter) { |
| 7813 | break; // All tokens updated for current range, check next. |
| 7814 | } |
| 7815 | } |
| 7816 | } |
| 7817 | } |
| 7818 | |
| 7819 | static enum CXChildVisitResult AnnotateTokensVisitor(CXCursor cursor, |
| 7820 | CXCursor parent, |
| 7821 | CXClientData client_data) { |
| 7822 | return static_cast<AnnotateTokensWorker *>(client_data) |
| 7823 | ->Visit(cursor, parent); |
| 7824 | } |
| 7825 | |
| 7826 | static bool AnnotateTokensPostChildrenVisitor(CXCursor cursor, |
| 7827 | CXClientData client_data) { |
| 7828 | return static_cast<AnnotateTokensWorker *>(client_data) |
| 7829 | ->postVisitChildren(cursor); |
| 7830 | } |
| 7831 | |
| 7832 | namespace { |
| 7833 | |
| 7834 | /// Uses the macro expansions in the preprocessing record to find |
| 7835 | /// and mark tokens that are macro arguments. This info is used by the |
| 7836 | /// AnnotateTokensWorker. |
| 7837 | class MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor { |
| 7838 | SourceManager &SM; |
| 7839 | CXToken *Tokens; |
| 7840 | unsigned NumTokens; |
| 7841 | unsigned CurIdx; |
| 7842 | |
| 7843 | public: |
| 7844 | MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor(SourceManager &SM, CXToken *tokens, |
| 7845 | unsigned numTokens) |
| 7846 | : SM(SM), Tokens(tokens), NumTokens(numTokens), CurIdx(0) {} |
| 7847 | |
| 7848 | CXChildVisitResult visit(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent) { |
| 7849 | if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_MacroExpansion) |
| 7850 | return CXChildVisit_Continue; |
| 7851 | |
| 7852 | SourceRange macroRange = getCursorMacroExpansion(cursor).getSourceRange(); |
| 7853 | if (macroRange.getBegin() == macroRange.getEnd()) |
| 7854 | return CXChildVisit_Continue; // it's not a function macro. |
| 7855 | |
| 7856 | for (; CurIdx < NumTokens; ++CurIdx) { |
| 7857 | if (!SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(getTokenLoc(CurIdx), |
| 7858 | macroRange.getBegin())) |
| 7859 | break; |
| 7860 | } |
| 7861 | |
| 7862 | if (CurIdx == NumTokens) |
| 7863 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 7864 | |
| 7865 | for (; CurIdx < NumTokens; ++CurIdx) { |
| 7866 | SourceLocation tokLoc = getTokenLoc(CurIdx); |
| 7867 | if (!SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(tokLoc, macroRange.getEnd())) |
| 7868 | break; |
| 7869 | |
| 7870 | setFunctionMacroTokenLoc(CurIdx, SM.getMacroArgExpandedLocation(tokLoc)); |
| 7871 | } |
| 7872 | |
| 7873 | if (CurIdx == NumTokens) |
| 7874 | return CXChildVisit_Break; |
| 7875 | |
| 7876 | return CXChildVisit_Continue; |
| 7877 | } |
| 7878 | |
| 7879 | private: |
| 7880 | CXToken &getTok(unsigned Idx) { |
| 7881 | assert(Idx < NumTokens)(static_cast <bool> (Idx < NumTokens) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx < NumTokens", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 7881 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 7882 | return Tokens[Idx]; |
| 7883 | } |
| 7884 | const CXToken &getTok(unsigned Idx) const { |
| 7885 | assert(Idx < NumTokens)(static_cast <bool> (Idx < NumTokens) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Idx < NumTokens", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 7885 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 7886 | return Tokens[Idx]; |
| 7887 | } |
| 7888 | |
| 7889 | SourceLocation getTokenLoc(unsigned tokI) { |
| 7890 | return SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(getTok(tokI).int_data[1]); |
| 7891 | } |
| 7892 | |
| 7893 | void setFunctionMacroTokenLoc(unsigned tokI, SourceLocation loc) { |
| 7894 | // The third field is reserved and currently not used. Use it here |
| 7895 | // to mark macro arg expanded tokens with their expanded locations. |
| 7896 | getTok(tokI).int_data[3] = loc.getRawEncoding(); |
| 7897 | } |
| 7898 | }; |
| 7899 | |
| 7900 | } // end anonymous namespace |
| 7901 | |
| 7902 | static CXChildVisitResult |
| 7903 | MarkMacroArgTokensVisitorDelegate(CXCursor cursor, CXCursor parent, |
| 7904 | CXClientData client_data) { |
| 7905 | return static_cast<MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor *>(client_data) |
| 7906 | ->visit(cursor, parent); |
| 7907 | } |
| 7908 | |
| 7909 | /// Used by \c annotatePreprocessorTokens. |
| 7910 | /// \returns true if lexing was finished, false otherwise. |
| 7911 | static bool lexNext(Lexer &Lex, Token &Tok, unsigned &NextIdx, |
| 7912 | unsigned NumTokens) { |
| 7913 | if (NextIdx >= NumTokens) |
| 7914 | return true; |
| 7915 | |
| 7916 | ++NextIdx; |
| 7917 | Lex.LexFromRawLexer(Tok); |
| 7918 | return Tok.is(tok::eof); |
| 7919 | } |
| 7920 | |
| 7921 | static void annotatePreprocessorTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU, |
| 7922 | SourceRange RegionOfInterest, |
| 7923 | CXCursor *Cursors, CXToken *Tokens, |
| 7924 | unsigned NumTokens) { |
| 7925 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 7926 | |
| 7927 | Preprocessor &PP = CXXUnit->getPreprocessor(); |
| 7928 | SourceManager &SourceMgr = CXXUnit->getSourceManager(); |
| 7929 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> BeginLocInfo = |
| 7930 | SourceMgr.getDecomposedSpellingLoc(RegionOfInterest.getBegin()); |
| 7931 | std::pair<FileID, unsigned> EndLocInfo = |
| 7932 | SourceMgr.getDecomposedSpellingLoc(RegionOfInterest.getEnd()); |
| 7933 | |
| 7934 | if (BeginLocInfo.first != EndLocInfo.first) |
| 7935 | return; |
| 7936 | |
| 7937 | StringRef Buffer; |
| 7938 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 7939 | Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(BeginLocInfo.first, &Invalid); |
| 7940 | if (Buffer.empty() || Invalid) |
| 7941 | return; |
| 7942 | |
| 7943 | Lexer Lex(SourceMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(BeginLocInfo.first), |
| 7944 | CXXUnit->getASTContext().getLangOpts(), Buffer.begin(), |
| 7945 | Buffer.data() + BeginLocInfo.second, Buffer.end()); |
| 7946 | Lex.SetCommentRetentionState(true); |
| 7947 | |
| 7948 | unsigned NextIdx = 0; |
| 7949 | // Lex tokens in raw mode until we hit the end of the range, to avoid |
| 7950 | // entering #includes or expanding macros. |
| 7951 | while (true) { |
| 7952 | Token Tok; |
| 7953 | if (lexNext(Lex, Tok, NextIdx, NumTokens)) |
| 7954 | break; |
| 7955 | unsigned TokIdx = NextIdx - 1; |
| 7956 | assert(Tok.getLocation() ==(static_cast <bool> (Tok.getLocation() == SourceLocation ::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[TokIdx].int_data[1])) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Tok.getLocation() == SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[TokIdx].int_data[1])" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 7957, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) |
| 7957 | SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[TokIdx].int_data[1]))(static_cast <bool> (Tok.getLocation() == SourceLocation ::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[TokIdx].int_data[1])) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Tok.getLocation() == SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[TokIdx].int_data[1])" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 7957, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); |
| 7958 | |
| 7959 | reprocess: |
| 7960 | if (Tok.is(tok::hash) && Tok.isAtStartOfLine()) { |
| 7961 | // We have found a preprocessing directive. Annotate the tokens |
| 7962 | // appropriately. |
| 7963 | // |
| 7964 | // FIXME: Some simple tests here could identify macro definitions and |
| 7965 | // #undefs, to provide specific cursor kinds for those. |
| 7966 | |
| 7967 | SourceLocation BeginLoc = Tok.getLocation(); |
| 7968 | if (lexNext(Lex, Tok, NextIdx, NumTokens)) |
| 7969 | break; |
| 7970 | |
| 7971 | MacroInfo *MI = nullptr; |
| 7972 | if (Tok.is(tok::raw_identifier) && Tok.getRawIdentifier() == "define") { |
| 7973 | if (lexNext(Lex, Tok, NextIdx, NumTokens)) |
| 7974 | break; |
| 7975 | |
| 7976 | if (Tok.is(tok::raw_identifier)) { |
| 7977 | IdentifierInfo &II = |
| 7978 | PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Tok.getRawIdentifier()); |
| 7979 | SourceLocation MappedTokLoc = |
| 7980 | CXXUnit->mapLocationToPreamble(Tok.getLocation()); |
| 7981 | MI = getMacroInfo(II, MappedTokLoc, TU); |
| 7982 | } |
| 7983 | } |
| 7984 | |
| 7985 | bool finished = false; |
| 7986 | do { |
| 7987 | if (lexNext(Lex, Tok, NextIdx, NumTokens)) { |
| 7988 | finished = true; |
| 7989 | break; |
| 7990 | } |
| 7991 | // If we are in a macro definition, check if the token was ever a |
| 7992 | // macro name and annotate it if that's the case. |
| 7993 | if (MI) { |
| 7994 | SourceLocation SaveLoc = Tok.getLocation(); |
| 7995 | Tok.setLocation(CXXUnit->mapLocationToPreamble(SaveLoc)); |
| 7996 | MacroDefinitionRecord *MacroDef = |
| 7997 | checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(MI, Tok, TU); |
| 7998 | Tok.setLocation(SaveLoc); |
| 7999 | if (MacroDef) |
| 8000 | Cursors[NextIdx - 1] = |
| 8001 | MakeMacroExpansionCursor(MacroDef, Tok.getLocation(), TU); |
| 8002 | } |
| 8003 | } while (!Tok.isAtStartOfLine()); |
| 8004 | |
| 8005 | unsigned LastIdx = finished ? NextIdx - 1 : NextIdx - 2; |
| 8006 | assert(TokIdx <= LastIdx)(static_cast <bool> (TokIdx <= LastIdx) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("TokIdx <= LastIdx", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp" , 8006, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 8007 | SourceLocation EndLoc = |
| 8008 | SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(Tokens[LastIdx].int_data[1]); |
| 8009 | CXCursor Cursor = |
| 8010 | MakePreprocessingDirectiveCursor(SourceRange(BeginLoc, EndLoc), TU); |
| 8011 | |
| 8012 | for (; TokIdx <= LastIdx; ++TokIdx) |
| 8013 | updateCursorAnnotation(Cursors[TokIdx], Cursor); |
| 8014 | |
| 8015 | if (finished) |
| 8016 | break; |
| 8017 | goto reprocess; |
| 8018 | } |
| 8019 | } |
| 8020 | } |
| 8021 | |
| 8022 | // This gets run a separate thread to avoid stack blowout. |
| 8023 | static void clang_annotateTokensImpl(CXTranslationUnit TU, ASTUnit *CXXUnit, |
| 8024 | CXToken *Tokens, unsigned NumTokens, |
| 8025 | CXCursor *Cursors) { |
| 8026 | CIndexer *CXXIdx = TU->CIdx; |
| 8027 | if (CXXIdx->isOptEnabled(CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing)) |
| 8028 | setThreadBackgroundPriority(); |
| 8029 | |
| 8030 | // Determine the region of interest, which contains all of the tokens. |
| 8031 | SourceRange RegionOfInterest; |
| 8032 | RegionOfInterest.setBegin( |
| 8033 | cxloc::translateSourceLocation(clang_getTokenLocation(TU, Tokens[0]))); |
| 8034 | RegionOfInterest.setEnd(cxloc::translateSourceLocation( |
| 8035 | clang_getTokenLocation(TU, Tokens[NumTokens - 1]))); |
| 8036 | |
| 8037 | // Relex the tokens within the source range to look for preprocessing |
| 8038 | // directives. |
| 8039 | annotatePreprocessorTokens(TU, RegionOfInterest, Cursors, Tokens, NumTokens); |
| 8040 | |
| 8041 | // If begin location points inside a macro argument, set it to the expansion |
| 8042 | // location so we can have the full context when annotating semantically. |
| 8043 | { |
| 8044 | SourceManager &SM = CXXUnit->getSourceManager(); |
| 8045 | SourceLocation Loc = |
| 8046 | SM.getMacroArgExpandedLocation(RegionOfInterest.getBegin()); |
| 8047 | if (Loc.isMacroID()) |
| 8048 | RegionOfInterest.setBegin(SM.getExpansionLoc(Loc)); |
| 8049 | } |
| 8050 | |
| 8051 | if (CXXUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord()) { |
| 8052 | // Search and mark tokens that are macro argument expansions. |
| 8053 | MarkMacroArgTokensVisitor Visitor(CXXUnit->getSourceManager(), Tokens, |
| 8054 | NumTokens); |
| 8055 | CursorVisitor MacroArgMarker( |
| 8056 | TU, MarkMacroArgTokensVisitorDelegate, &Visitor, |
| 8057 | /*VisitPreprocessorLast=*/true, |
| 8058 | /*VisitIncludedEntities=*/false, RegionOfInterest); |
| 8059 | MacroArgMarker.visitPreprocessedEntitiesInRegion(); |
| 8060 | } |
| 8061 | |
| 8062 | // Annotate all of the source locations in the region of interest that map to |
| 8063 | // a specific cursor. |
| 8064 | AnnotateTokensWorker W(Tokens, Cursors, NumTokens, TU, RegionOfInterest); |
| 8065 | |
| 8066 | // FIXME: We use a ridiculous stack size here because the data-recursion |
| 8067 | // algorithm uses a large stack frame than the non-data recursive version, |
| 8068 | // and AnnotationTokensWorker currently transforms the data-recursion |
| 8069 | // algorithm back into a traditional recursion by explicitly calling |
| 8070 | // VisitChildren(). We will need to remove this explicit recursive call. |
| 8071 | W.AnnotateTokens(); |
| 8072 | |
| 8073 | // If we ran into any entities that involve context-sensitive keywords, |
| 8074 | // take another pass through the tokens to mark them as such. |
| 8075 | if (W.hasContextSensitiveKeywords()) { |
| 8076 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTokens; ++I) { |
| 8077 | if (clang_getTokenKind(Tokens[I]) != CXToken_Identifier) |
| 8078 | continue; |
| 8079 | |
| 8080 | if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) { |
| 8081 | IdentifierInfo *II = static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Tokens[I].ptr_data); |
| 8082 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = |
| 8083 | dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(Cursors[I]))) { |
| 8084 | if (Property->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten() != 0 && |
| 8085 | llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(II->getName()) |
| 8086 | .Case("readonly", true) |
| 8087 | .Case("assign", true) |
| 8088 | .Case("unsafe_unretained", true) |
| 8089 | .Case("readwrite", true) |
| 8090 | .Case("retain", true) |
| 8091 | .Case("copy", true) |
| 8092 | .Case("nonatomic", true) |
| 8093 | .Case("atomic", true) |
| 8094 | .Case("getter", true) |
| 8095 | .Case("setter", true) |
| 8096 | .Case("strong", true) |
| 8097 | .Case("weak", true) |
| 8098 | .Case("class", true) |
| 8099 | .Default(false)) |
| 8100 | Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword; |
| 8101 | } |
| 8102 | continue; |
| 8103 | } |
| 8104 | |
| 8105 | if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl || |
| 8106 | Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl) { |
| 8107 | IdentifierInfo *II = static_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(Tokens[I].ptr_data); |
| 8108 | if (llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(II->getName()) |
| 8109 | .Case("in", true) |
| 8110 | .Case("out", true) |
| 8111 | .Case("inout", true) |
| 8112 | .Case("oneway", true) |
| 8113 | .Case("bycopy", true) |
| 8114 | .Case("byref", true) |
| 8115 | .Default(false)) |
| 8116 | Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword; |
| 8117 | continue; |
| 8118 | } |
| 8119 | |
| 8120 | if (Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr || |
| 8121 | Cursors[I].kind == CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr) { |
| 8122 | Tokens[I].int_data[0] = CXToken_Keyword; |
| 8123 | continue; |
| 8124 | } |
| 8125 | } |
| 8126 | } |
| 8127 | } |
| 8128 | |
| 8129 | void clang_annotateTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken *Tokens, |
| 8130 | unsigned NumTokens, CXCursor *Cursors) { |
| 8131 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 8132 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 8133 | return; |
| 8134 | } |
| 8135 | if (NumTokens == 0 || !Tokens || !Cursors) { |
| 8136 | LOG_FUNC_SECTIONif (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger::make (__func__)) { *Log << "<null input>"; } |
| 8137 | return; |
| 8138 | } |
| 8139 | |
| 8140 | LOG_FUNC_SECTIONif (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger::make (__func__)) { |
| 8141 | *Log << TU << ' '; |
| 8142 | CXSourceLocation bloc = clang_getTokenLocation(TU, Tokens[0]); |
| 8143 | CXSourceLocation eloc = clang_getTokenLocation(TU, Tokens[NumTokens - 1]); |
| 8144 | *Log << clang_getRange(bloc, eloc); |
| 8145 | } |
| 8146 | |
| 8147 | // Any token we don't specifically annotate will have a NULL cursor. |
| 8148 | CXCursor C = clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 8149 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTokens; ++I) |
| 8150 | Cursors[I] = C; |
| 8151 | |
| 8152 | ASTUnit *CXXUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 8153 | if (!CXXUnit) |
| 8154 | return; |
| 8155 | |
| 8156 | ASTUnit::ConcurrencyCheck Check(*CXXUnit); |
| 8157 | |
| 8158 | auto AnnotateTokensImpl = [=]() { |
| 8159 | clang_annotateTokensImpl(TU, CXXUnit, Tokens, NumTokens, Cursors); |
| 8160 | }; |
| 8161 | llvm::CrashRecoveryContext CRC; |
| 8162 | if (!RunSafely(CRC, AnnotateTokensImpl, GetSafetyThreadStackSize() * 2)) { |
| 8163 | fprintf(stderrstderr, "libclang: crash detected while annotating tokens\n"); |
| 8164 | } |
| 8165 | } |
| 8166 | |
| 8167 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8168 | // Operations for querying linkage of a cursor. |
| 8169 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8170 | |
| 8171 | CXLinkageKind clang_getCursorLinkage(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 8172 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) |
| 8173 | return CXLinkage_Invalid; |
| 8174 | |
| 8175 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor); |
| 8176 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D)) |
| 8177 | switch (ND->getLinkageInternal()) { |
| 8178 | case NoLinkage: |
| 8179 | case VisibleNoLinkage: |
| 8180 | return CXLinkage_NoLinkage; |
| 8181 | case InternalLinkage: |
| 8182 | return CXLinkage_Internal; |
| 8183 | case UniqueExternalLinkage: |
| 8184 | return CXLinkage_UniqueExternal; |
| 8185 | case ModuleLinkage: |
| 8186 | case ExternalLinkage: |
| 8187 | return CXLinkage_External; |
| 8188 | }; |
| 8189 | |
| 8190 | return CXLinkage_Invalid; |
| 8191 | } |
| 8192 | |
| 8193 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8194 | // Operations for querying visibility of a cursor. |
| 8195 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8196 | |
| 8197 | CXVisibilityKind clang_getCursorVisibility(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 8198 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) |
| 8199 | return CXVisibility_Invalid; |
| 8200 | |
| 8201 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor); |
| 8202 | if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D)) |
| 8203 | switch (ND->getVisibility()) { |
| 8204 | case HiddenVisibility: |
| 8205 | return CXVisibility_Hidden; |
| 8206 | case ProtectedVisibility: |
| 8207 | return CXVisibility_Protected; |
| 8208 | case DefaultVisibility: |
| 8209 | return CXVisibility_Default; |
| 8210 | }; |
| 8211 | |
| 8212 | return CXVisibility_Invalid; |
| 8213 | } |
| 8214 | |
| 8215 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8216 | // Operations for querying language of a cursor. |
| 8217 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8218 | |
| 8219 | static CXLanguageKind getDeclLanguage(const Decl *D) { |
| 8220 | if (!D) |
| 8221 | return CXLanguage_C; |
| 8222 | |
| 8223 | switch (D->getKind()) { |
| 8224 | default: |
| 8225 | break; |
| 8226 | case Decl::ImplicitParam: |
| 8227 | case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField: |
| 8228 | case Decl::ObjCCategory: |
| 8229 | case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl: |
| 8230 | case Decl::ObjCCompatibleAlias: |
| 8231 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation: |
| 8232 | case Decl::ObjCInterface: |
| 8233 | case Decl::ObjCIvar: |
| 8234 | case Decl::ObjCMethod: |
| 8235 | case Decl::ObjCProperty: |
| 8236 | case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl: |
| 8237 | case Decl::ObjCProtocol: |
| 8238 | case Decl::ObjCTypeParam: |
| 8239 | return CXLanguage_ObjC; |
| 8240 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: |
| 8241 | case Decl::CXXConversion: |
| 8242 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: |
| 8243 | case Decl::CXXMethod: |
| 8244 | case Decl::CXXRecord: |
| 8245 | case Decl::ClassTemplate: |
| 8246 | case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization: |
| 8247 | case Decl::ClassTemplateSpecialization: |
| 8248 | case Decl::Friend: |
| 8249 | case Decl::FriendTemplate: |
| 8250 | case Decl::FunctionTemplate: |
| 8251 | case Decl::LinkageSpec: |
| 8252 | case Decl::Namespace: |
| 8253 | case Decl::NamespaceAlias: |
| 8254 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: |
| 8255 | case Decl::StaticAssert: |
| 8256 | case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm: |
| 8257 | case Decl::TemplateTypeParm: |
| 8258 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename: |
| 8259 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue: |
| 8260 | case Decl::Using: |
| 8261 | case Decl::UsingDirective: |
| 8262 | case Decl::UsingShadow: |
| 8263 | return CXLanguage_CPlusPlus; |
| 8264 | } |
| 8265 | |
| 8266 | return CXLanguage_C; |
| 8267 | } |
| 8268 | |
| 8269 | static CXAvailabilityKind getCursorAvailabilityForDecl(const Decl *D) { |
| 8270 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isDeleted()) |
| 8271 | return CXAvailability_NotAvailable; |
| 8272 | |
| 8273 | switch (D->getAvailability()) { |
| 8274 | case AR_Available: |
| 8275 | case AR_NotYetIntroduced: |
| 8276 | if (const EnumConstantDecl *EnumConst = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D)) |
| 8277 | return getCursorAvailabilityForDecl( |
| 8278 | cast<Decl>(EnumConst->getDeclContext())); |
| 8279 | return CXAvailability_Available; |
| 8280 | |
| 8281 | case AR_Deprecated: |
| 8282 | return CXAvailability_Deprecated; |
| 8283 | |
| 8284 | case AR_Unavailable: |
| 8285 | return CXAvailability_NotAvailable; |
| 8286 | } |
| 8287 | |
| 8288 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown availability kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown availability kind!" , "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 8288); |
| 8289 | } |
| 8290 | |
| 8291 | enum CXAvailabilityKind clang_getCursorAvailability(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 8292 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) |
| 8293 | if (const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor)) |
| 8294 | return getCursorAvailabilityForDecl(D); |
| 8295 | |
| 8296 | return CXAvailability_Available; |
| 8297 | } |
| 8298 | |
| 8299 | static CXVersion convertVersion(VersionTuple In) { |
| 8300 | CXVersion Out = {-1, -1, -1}; |
| 8301 | if (In.empty()) |
| 8302 | return Out; |
| 8303 | |
| 8304 | Out.Major = In.getMajor(); |
| 8305 | |
| 8306 | std::optional<unsigned> Minor = In.getMinor(); |
| 8307 | if (Minor) |
| 8308 | Out.Minor = *Minor; |
| 8309 | else |
| 8310 | return Out; |
| 8311 | |
| 8312 | std::optional<unsigned> Subminor = In.getSubminor(); |
| 8313 | if (Subminor) |
| 8314 | Out.Subminor = *Subminor; |
| 8315 | |
| 8316 | return Out; |
| 8317 | } |
| 8318 | |
| 8319 | static void getCursorPlatformAvailabilityForDecl( |
| 8320 | const Decl *D, int *always_deprecated, CXString *deprecated_message, |
| 8321 | int *always_unavailable, CXString *unavailable_message, |
| 8322 | SmallVectorImpl<AvailabilityAttr *> &AvailabilityAttrs) { |
| 8323 | bool HadAvailAttr = false; |
| 8324 | for (auto A : D->attrs()) { |
| 8325 | if (DeprecatedAttr *Deprecated = dyn_cast<DeprecatedAttr>(A)) { |
| 8326 | HadAvailAttr = true; |
| 8327 | if (always_deprecated) |
| 8328 | *always_deprecated = 1; |
| 8329 | if (deprecated_message) { |
| 8330 | clang_disposeString(*deprecated_message); |
| 8331 | *deprecated_message = cxstring::createDup(Deprecated->getMessage()); |
| 8332 | } |
| 8333 | continue; |
| 8334 | } |
| 8335 | |
| 8336 | if (UnavailableAttr *Unavailable = dyn_cast<UnavailableAttr>(A)) { |
| 8337 | HadAvailAttr = true; |
| 8338 | if (always_unavailable) |
| 8339 | *always_unavailable = 1; |
| 8340 | if (unavailable_message) { |
| 8341 | clang_disposeString(*unavailable_message); |
| 8342 | *unavailable_message = cxstring::createDup(Unavailable->getMessage()); |
| 8343 | } |
| 8344 | continue; |
| 8345 | } |
| 8346 | |
| 8347 | if (AvailabilityAttr *Avail = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A)) { |
| 8348 | AvailabilityAttrs.push_back(Avail); |
| 8349 | HadAvailAttr = true; |
| 8350 | } |
| 8351 | } |
| 8352 | |
| 8353 | if (!HadAvailAttr) |
| 8354 | if (const EnumConstantDecl *EnumConst = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D)) |
| 8355 | return getCursorPlatformAvailabilityForDecl( |
| 8356 | cast<Decl>(EnumConst->getDeclContext()), always_deprecated, |
| 8357 | deprecated_message, always_unavailable, unavailable_message, |
| 8358 | AvailabilityAttrs); |
| 8359 | |
| 8360 | // If no availability attributes are found, inherit the attribute from the |
| 8361 | // containing decl or the class or category interface decl. |
| 8362 | if (AvailabilityAttrs.empty()) { |
| 8363 | const ObjCContainerDecl *CD = nullptr; |
| 8364 | const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); |
| 8365 | |
| 8366 | if (auto *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) |
| 8367 | CD = IMD->getClassInterface(); |
| 8368 | else if (auto *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) |
| 8369 | CD = CatD->getClassInterface(); |
| 8370 | else if (auto *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D)) |
| 8371 | CD = IMD->getCategoryDecl(); |
| 8372 | else if (auto *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(DC)) |
| 8373 | CD = ID; |
| 8374 | else if (auto *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) |
| 8375 | CD = CatD; |
| 8376 | else if (auto *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)) |
| 8377 | CD = IMD->getClassInterface(); |
| 8378 | else if (auto *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(DC)) |
| 8379 | CD = IMD->getCategoryDecl(); |
| 8380 | else if (auto *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(DC)) |
| 8381 | CD = PD; |
| 8382 | |
| 8383 | if (CD) |
| 8384 | getCursorPlatformAvailabilityForDecl( |
| 8385 | CD, always_deprecated, deprecated_message, always_unavailable, |
| 8386 | unavailable_message, AvailabilityAttrs); |
| 8387 | return; |
| 8388 | } |
| 8389 | |
| 8390 | llvm::sort( |
| 8391 | AvailabilityAttrs, [](AvailabilityAttr *LHS, AvailabilityAttr *RHS) { |
| 8392 | return LHS->getPlatform()->getName() < RHS->getPlatform()->getName(); |
| 8393 | }); |
| 8394 | ASTContext &Ctx = D->getASTContext(); |
| 8395 | auto It = std::unique( |
| 8396 | AvailabilityAttrs.begin(), AvailabilityAttrs.end(), |
| 8397 | [&Ctx](AvailabilityAttr *LHS, AvailabilityAttr *RHS) { |
| 8398 | if (LHS->getPlatform() != RHS->getPlatform()) |
| 8399 | return false; |
| 8400 | |
| 8401 | if (LHS->getIntroduced() == RHS->getIntroduced() && |
| 8402 | LHS->getDeprecated() == RHS->getDeprecated() && |
| 8403 | LHS->getObsoleted() == RHS->getObsoleted() && |
| 8404 | LHS->getMessage() == RHS->getMessage() && |
| 8405 | LHS->getReplacement() == RHS->getReplacement()) |
| 8406 | return true; |
| 8407 | |
| 8408 | if ((!LHS->getIntroduced().empty() && !RHS->getIntroduced().empty()) || |
| 8409 | (!LHS->getDeprecated().empty() && !RHS->getDeprecated().empty()) || |
| 8410 | (!LHS->getObsoleted().empty() && !RHS->getObsoleted().empty())) |
| 8411 | return false; |
| 8412 | |
| 8413 | if (LHS->getIntroduced().empty() && !RHS->getIntroduced().empty()) |
| 8414 | LHS->setIntroduced(Ctx, RHS->getIntroduced()); |
| 8415 | |
| 8416 | if (LHS->getDeprecated().empty() && !RHS->getDeprecated().empty()) { |
| 8417 | LHS->setDeprecated(Ctx, RHS->getDeprecated()); |
| 8418 | if (LHS->getMessage().empty()) |
| 8419 | LHS->setMessage(Ctx, RHS->getMessage()); |
| 8420 | if (LHS->getReplacement().empty()) |
| 8421 | LHS->setReplacement(Ctx, RHS->getReplacement()); |
| 8422 | } |
| 8423 | |
| 8424 | if (LHS->getObsoleted().empty() && !RHS->getObsoleted().empty()) { |
| 8425 | LHS->setObsoleted(Ctx, RHS->getObsoleted()); |
| 8426 | if (LHS->getMessage().empty()) |
| 8427 | LHS->setMessage(Ctx, RHS->getMessage()); |
| 8428 | if (LHS->getReplacement().empty()) |
| 8429 | LHS->setReplacement(Ctx, RHS->getReplacement()); |
| 8430 | } |
| 8431 | |
| 8432 | return true; |
| 8433 | }); |
| 8434 | AvailabilityAttrs.erase(It, AvailabilityAttrs.end()); |
| 8435 | } |
| 8436 | |
| 8437 | int clang_getCursorPlatformAvailability(CXCursor cursor, int *always_deprecated, |
| 8438 | CXString *deprecated_message, |
| 8439 | int *always_unavailable, |
| 8440 | CXString *unavailable_message, |
| 8441 | CXPlatformAvailability *availability, |
| 8442 | int availability_size) { |
| 8443 | if (always_deprecated) |
| 8444 | *always_deprecated = 0; |
| 8445 | if (deprecated_message) |
| 8446 | *deprecated_message = cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 8447 | if (always_unavailable) |
| 8448 | *always_unavailable = 0; |
| 8449 | if (unavailable_message) |
| 8450 | *unavailable_message = cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 8451 | |
| 8452 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) |
| 8453 | return 0; |
| 8454 | |
| 8455 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor); |
| 8456 | if (!D) |
| 8457 | return 0; |
| 8458 | |
| 8459 | SmallVector<AvailabilityAttr *, 8> AvailabilityAttrs; |
| 8460 | getCursorPlatformAvailabilityForDecl(D, always_deprecated, deprecated_message, |
| 8461 | always_unavailable, unavailable_message, |
| 8462 | AvailabilityAttrs); |
| 8463 | for (const auto &Avail : llvm::enumerate( |
| 8464 | llvm::ArrayRef(AvailabilityAttrs).take_front(availability_size))) { |
| 8465 | availability[Avail.index()].Platform = |
| 8466 | cxstring::createDup(Avail.value()->getPlatform()->getName()); |
| 8467 | availability[Avail.index()].Introduced = |
| 8468 | convertVersion(Avail.value()->getIntroduced()); |
| 8469 | availability[Avail.index()].Deprecated = |
| 8470 | convertVersion(Avail.value()->getDeprecated()); |
| 8471 | availability[Avail.index()].Obsoleted = |
| 8472 | convertVersion(Avail.value()->getObsoleted()); |
| 8473 | availability[Avail.index()].Unavailable = Avail.value()->getUnavailable(); |
| 8474 | availability[Avail.index()].Message = |
| 8475 | cxstring::createDup(Avail.value()->getMessage()); |
| 8476 | } |
| 8477 | |
| 8478 | return AvailabilityAttrs.size(); |
| 8479 | } |
| 8480 | |
| 8481 | void clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability(CXPlatformAvailability *availability) { |
| 8482 | clang_disposeString(availability->Platform); |
| 8483 | clang_disposeString(availability->Message); |
| 8484 | } |
| 8485 | |
| 8486 | CXLanguageKind clang_getCursorLanguage(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 8487 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) |
| 8488 | return getDeclLanguage(cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor)); |
| 8489 | |
| 8490 | return CXLanguage_Invalid; |
| 8491 | } |
| 8492 | |
| 8493 | CXTLSKind clang_getCursorTLSKind(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 8494 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(cursor); |
| 8495 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| 8496 | switch (VD->getTLSKind()) { |
| 8497 | case VarDecl::TLS_None: |
| 8498 | return CXTLS_None; |
| 8499 | case VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic: |
| 8500 | return CXTLS_Dynamic; |
| 8501 | case VarDecl::TLS_Static: |
| 8502 | return CXTLS_Static; |
| 8503 | } |
| 8504 | } |
| 8505 | |
| 8506 | return CXTLS_None; |
| 8507 | } |
| 8508 | |
| 8509 | /// If the given cursor is the "templated" declaration |
| 8510 | /// describing a class or function template, return the class or |
| 8511 | /// function template. |
| 8512 | static const Decl *maybeGetTemplateCursor(const Decl *D) { |
| 8513 | if (!D) |
| 8514 | return nullptr; |
| 8515 | |
| 8516 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) |
| 8517 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) |
| 8518 | return FunTmpl; |
| 8519 | |
| 8520 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) |
| 8521 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTmpl = RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) |
| 8522 | return ClassTmpl; |
| 8523 | |
| 8524 | return D; |
| 8525 | } |
| 8526 | |
| 8527 | enum CX_StorageClass clang_Cursor_getStorageClass(CXCursor C) { |
| 8528 | StorageClass sc = SC_None; |
| 8529 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8530 | if (D) { |
| 8531 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
| 8532 | sc = FD->getStorageClass(); |
| 8533 | } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| 8534 | sc = VD->getStorageClass(); |
| 8535 | } else { |
| 8536 | return CX_SC_Invalid; |
| 8537 | } |
| 8538 | } else { |
| 8539 | return CX_SC_Invalid; |
| 8540 | } |
| 8541 | switch (sc) { |
| 8542 | case SC_None: |
| 8543 | return CX_SC_None; |
| 8544 | case SC_Extern: |
| 8545 | return CX_SC_Extern; |
| 8546 | case SC_Static: |
| 8547 | return CX_SC_Static; |
| 8548 | case SC_PrivateExtern: |
| 8549 | return CX_SC_PrivateExtern; |
| 8550 | case SC_Auto: |
| 8551 | return CX_SC_Auto; |
| 8552 | case SC_Register: |
| 8553 | return CX_SC_Register; |
| 8554 | } |
| 8555 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled storage class!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled storage class!", "clang/tools/libclang/CIndex.cpp", 8555); |
| 8556 | } |
| 8557 | |
| 8558 | CXCursor clang_getCursorSemanticParent(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 8559 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) { |
| 8560 | if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) { |
| 8561 | const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); |
| 8562 | if (!DC) |
| 8563 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 8564 | |
| 8565 | return MakeCXCursor(maybeGetTemplateCursor(cast<Decl>(DC)), |
| 8566 | getCursorTU(cursor)); |
| 8567 | } |
| 8568 | } |
| 8569 | |
| 8570 | if (clang_isStatement(cursor.kind) || clang_isExpression(cursor.kind)) { |
| 8571 | if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) |
| 8572 | return MakeCXCursor(D, getCursorTU(cursor)); |
| 8573 | } |
| 8574 | |
| 8575 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 8576 | } |
| 8577 | |
| 8578 | CXCursor clang_getCursorLexicalParent(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 8579 | if (clang_isDeclaration(cursor.kind)) { |
| 8580 | if (const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(cursor)) { |
| 8581 | const DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
| 8582 | if (!DC) |
| 8583 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 8584 | |
| 8585 | return MakeCXCursor(maybeGetTemplateCursor(cast<Decl>(DC)), |
| 8586 | getCursorTU(cursor)); |
| 8587 | } |
| 8588 | } |
| 8589 | |
| 8590 | // FIXME: Note that we can't easily compute the lexical context of a |
| 8591 | // statement or expression, so we return nothing. |
| 8592 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 8593 | } |
| 8594 | |
| 8595 | CXFile clang_getIncludedFile(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 8596 | if (cursor.kind != CXCursor_InclusionDirective) |
| 8597 | return nullptr; |
| 8598 | |
| 8599 | const InclusionDirective *ID = getCursorInclusionDirective(cursor); |
| 8600 | OptionalFileEntryRef File = ID->getFile(); |
| 8601 | return const_cast<FileEntry *>(File ? &File->getFileEntry() : nullptr); |
| 8602 | } |
| 8603 | |
| 8604 | unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertyAttributes(CXCursor C, unsigned reserved) { |
| 8605 | if (C.kind != CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) |
| 8606 | return CXObjCPropertyAttr_noattr; |
| 8607 | |
| 8608 | unsigned Result = CXObjCPropertyAttr_noattr; |
| 8609 | const auto *PD = cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)); |
| 8610 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::Kind Attr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten(); |
| 8611 | |
| 8612 | #define SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(A) \ |
| 8613 | if (Attr & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_##A) \ |
| 8614 | Result |= CXObjCPropertyAttr_##A |
| 8615 | SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(readonly); |
| 8616 | SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(getter); |
| 8617 | SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(assign); |
| 8618 | SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(readwrite); |
| 8619 | SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(retain); |
| 8620 | SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(copy); |
| 8621 | SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(nonatomic); |
| 8622 | SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(setter); |
| 8623 | SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(atomic); |
| 8624 | SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(weak); |
| 8625 | SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(strong); |
| 8626 | SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(unsafe_unretained); |
| 8627 | SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR(class); |
| 8628 | #undef SET_CXOBJCPROP_ATTR |
| 8629 | |
| 8630 | return Result; |
| 8631 | } |
| 8632 | |
| 8633 | CXString clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertyGetterName(CXCursor C) { |
| 8634 | if (C.kind != CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) |
| 8635 | return cxstring::createNull(); |
| 8636 | |
| 8637 | const auto *PD = cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)); |
| 8638 | Selector sel = PD->getGetterName(); |
| 8639 | if (sel.isNull()) |
| 8640 | return cxstring::createNull(); |
| 8641 | |
| 8642 | return cxstring::createDup(sel.getAsString()); |
| 8643 | } |
| 8644 | |
| 8645 | CXString clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertySetterName(CXCursor C) { |
| 8646 | if (C.kind != CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl) |
| 8647 | return cxstring::createNull(); |
| 8648 | |
| 8649 | const auto *PD = cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(getCursorDecl(C)); |
| 8650 | Selector sel = PD->getSetterName(); |
| 8651 | if (sel.isNull()) |
| 8652 | return cxstring::createNull(); |
| 8653 | |
| 8654 | return cxstring::createDup(sel.getAsString()); |
| 8655 | } |
| 8656 | |
| 8657 | unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCDeclQualifiers(CXCursor C) { |
| 8658 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8659 | return CXObjCDeclQualifier_None; |
| 8660 | |
| 8661 | Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT = Decl::OBJC_TQ_None; |
| 8662 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8663 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) |
| 8664 | QT = MD->getObjCDeclQualifier(); |
| 8665 | else if (const ParmVarDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) |
| 8666 | QT = PD->getObjCDeclQualifier(); |
| 8667 | if (QT == Decl::OBJC_TQ_None) |
| 8668 | return CXObjCDeclQualifier_None; |
| 8669 | |
| 8670 | unsigned Result = CXObjCDeclQualifier_None; |
| 8671 | if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) |
| 8672 | Result |= CXObjCDeclQualifier_In; |
| 8673 | if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) |
| 8674 | Result |= CXObjCDeclQualifier_Inout; |
| 8675 | if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) |
| 8676 | Result |= CXObjCDeclQualifier_Out; |
| 8677 | if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) |
| 8678 | Result |= CXObjCDeclQualifier_Bycopy; |
| 8679 | if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) |
| 8680 | Result |= CXObjCDeclQualifier_Byref; |
| 8681 | if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) |
| 8682 | Result |= CXObjCDeclQualifier_Oneway; |
| 8683 | |
| 8684 | return Result; |
| 8685 | } |
| 8686 | |
| 8687 | unsigned clang_Cursor_isObjCOptional(CXCursor C) { |
| 8688 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8689 | return 0; |
| 8690 | |
| 8691 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8692 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) |
| 8693 | return PD->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyDecl::Optional; |
| 8694 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) |
| 8695 | return MD->getImplementationControl() == ObjCMethodDecl::Optional; |
| 8696 | |
| 8697 | return 0; |
| 8698 | } |
| 8699 | |
| 8700 | unsigned clang_Cursor_isVariadic(CXCursor C) { |
| 8701 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8702 | return 0; |
| 8703 | |
| 8704 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8705 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) |
| 8706 | return FD->isVariadic(); |
| 8707 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) |
| 8708 | return MD->isVariadic(); |
| 8709 | |
| 8710 | return 0; |
| 8711 | } |
| 8712 | |
| 8713 | unsigned clang_Cursor_isExternalSymbol(CXCursor C, CXString *language, |
| 8714 | CXString *definedIn, |
| 8715 | unsigned *isGenerated) { |
| 8716 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8717 | return 0; |
| 8718 | |
| 8719 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8720 | |
| 8721 | if (auto *attr = D->getExternalSourceSymbolAttr()) { |
| 8722 | if (language) |
| 8723 | *language = cxstring::createDup(attr->getLanguage()); |
| 8724 | if (definedIn) |
| 8725 | *definedIn = cxstring::createDup(attr->getDefinedIn()); |
| 8726 | if (isGenerated) |
| 8727 | *isGenerated = attr->getGeneratedDeclaration(); |
| 8728 | return 1; |
| 8729 | } |
| 8730 | return 0; |
| 8731 | } |
| 8732 | |
| 8733 | CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getCommentRange(CXCursor C) { |
| 8734 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8735 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 8736 | |
| 8737 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8738 | ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C); |
| 8739 | const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D); |
| 8740 | if (!RC) |
| 8741 | return clang_getNullRange(); |
| 8742 | |
| 8743 | return cxloc::translateSourceRange(Context, RC->getSourceRange()); |
| 8744 | } |
| 8745 | |
| 8746 | CXString clang_Cursor_getRawCommentText(CXCursor C) { |
| 8747 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8748 | return cxstring::createNull(); |
| 8749 | |
| 8750 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8751 | ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C); |
| 8752 | const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D); |
| 8753 | StringRef RawText = |
| 8754 | RC ? RC->getRawText(Context.getSourceManager()) : StringRef(); |
| 8755 | |
| 8756 | // Don't duplicate the string because RawText points directly into source |
| 8757 | // code. |
| 8758 | return cxstring::createRef(RawText); |
| 8759 | } |
| 8760 | |
| 8761 | CXString clang_Cursor_getBriefCommentText(CXCursor C) { |
| 8762 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8763 | return cxstring::createNull(); |
| 8764 | |
| 8765 | const Decl *D = getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8766 | const ASTContext &Context = getCursorContext(C); |
| 8767 | const RawComment *RC = Context.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D); |
| 8768 | |
| 8769 | if (RC) { |
| 8770 | StringRef BriefText = RC->getBriefText(Context); |
| 8771 | |
| 8772 | // Don't duplicate the string because RawComment ensures that this memory |
| 8773 | // will not go away. |
| 8774 | return cxstring::createRef(BriefText); |
| 8775 | } |
| 8776 | |
| 8777 | return cxstring::createNull(); |
| 8778 | } |
| 8779 | |
| 8780 | CXModule clang_Cursor_getModule(CXCursor C) { |
| 8781 | if (C.kind == CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl) { |
| 8782 | if (const ImportDecl *ImportD = |
| 8783 | dyn_cast_or_null<ImportDecl>(getCursorDecl(C))) |
| 8784 | return ImportD->getImportedModule(); |
| 8785 | } |
| 8786 | |
| 8787 | return nullptr; |
| 8788 | } |
| 8789 | |
| 8790 | CXModule clang_getModuleForFile(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXFile File) { |
| 8791 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 8792 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 8793 | return nullptr; |
| 8794 | } |
| 8795 | if (!File) |
| 8796 | return nullptr; |
| 8797 | FileEntry *FE = static_cast<FileEntry *>(File); |
| 8798 | |
| 8799 | ASTUnit &Unit = *cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 8800 | HeaderSearch &HS = Unit.getPreprocessor().getHeaderSearchInfo(); |
| 8801 | ModuleMap::KnownHeader Header = HS.findModuleForHeader(FE); |
| 8802 | |
| 8803 | return Header.getModule(); |
| 8804 | } |
| 8805 | |
| 8806 | CXFile clang_Module_getASTFile(CXModule CXMod) { |
| 8807 | if (!CXMod) |
| 8808 | return nullptr; |
| 8809 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module *>(CXMod); |
| 8810 | if (auto File = Mod->getASTFile()) |
| 8811 | return const_cast<FileEntry *>(&File->getFileEntry()); |
| 8812 | return nullptr; |
| 8813 | } |
| 8814 | |
| 8815 | CXModule clang_Module_getParent(CXModule CXMod) { |
| 8816 | if (!CXMod) |
| 8817 | return nullptr; |
| 8818 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module *>(CXMod); |
| 8819 | return Mod->Parent; |
| 8820 | } |
| 8821 | |
| 8822 | CXString clang_Module_getName(CXModule CXMod) { |
| 8823 | if (!CXMod) |
| 8824 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 8825 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module *>(CXMod); |
| 8826 | return cxstring::createDup(Mod->Name); |
| 8827 | } |
| 8828 | |
| 8829 | CXString clang_Module_getFullName(CXModule CXMod) { |
| 8830 | if (!CXMod) |
| 8831 | return cxstring::createEmpty(); |
| 8832 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module *>(CXMod); |
| 8833 | return cxstring::createDup(Mod->getFullModuleName()); |
| 8834 | } |
| 8835 | |
| 8836 | int clang_Module_isSystem(CXModule CXMod) { |
| 8837 | if (!CXMod) |
| 8838 | return 0; |
| 8839 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module *>(CXMod); |
| 8840 | return Mod->IsSystem; |
| 8841 | } |
| 8842 | |
| 8843 | unsigned clang_Module_getNumTopLevelHeaders(CXTranslationUnit TU, |
| 8844 | CXModule CXMod) { |
| 8845 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 8846 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 8847 | return 0; |
| 8848 | } |
| 8849 | if (!CXMod) |
| 8850 | return 0; |
| 8851 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module *>(CXMod); |
| 8852 | FileManager &FileMgr = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU)->getFileManager(); |
| 8853 | ArrayRef<const FileEntry *> TopHeaders = Mod->getTopHeaders(FileMgr); |
| 8854 | return TopHeaders.size(); |
| 8855 | } |
| 8856 | |
| 8857 | CXFile clang_Module_getTopLevelHeader(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXModule CXMod, |
| 8858 | unsigned Index) { |
| 8859 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 8860 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 8861 | return nullptr; |
| 8862 | } |
| 8863 | if (!CXMod) |
| 8864 | return nullptr; |
| 8865 | Module *Mod = static_cast<Module *>(CXMod); |
| 8866 | FileManager &FileMgr = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU)->getFileManager(); |
| 8867 | |
| 8868 | ArrayRef<const FileEntry *> TopHeaders = Mod->getTopHeaders(FileMgr); |
| 8869 | if (Index < TopHeaders.size()) |
| 8870 | return const_cast<FileEntry *>(TopHeaders[Index]); |
| 8871 | |
| 8872 | return nullptr; |
| 8873 | } |
| 8874 | |
| 8875 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8876 | // C++ AST instrospection. |
| 8877 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8878 | |
| 8879 | unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isDefaultConstructor(CXCursor C) { |
| 8880 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8881 | return 0; |
| 8882 | |
| 8883 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8884 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = |
| 8885 | D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr; |
| 8886 | return (Constructor && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 8887 | } |
| 8888 | |
| 8889 | unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isCopyConstructor(CXCursor C) { |
| 8890 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8891 | return 0; |
| 8892 | |
| 8893 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8894 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = |
| 8895 | D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr; |
| 8896 | return (Constructor && Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 8897 | } |
| 8898 | |
| 8899 | unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isMoveConstructor(CXCursor C) { |
| 8900 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8901 | return 0; |
| 8902 | |
| 8903 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8904 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = |
| 8905 | D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr; |
| 8906 | return (Constructor && Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 8907 | } |
| 8908 | |
| 8909 | unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isConvertingConstructor(CXCursor C) { |
| 8910 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8911 | return 0; |
| 8912 | |
| 8913 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8914 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = |
| 8915 | D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr; |
| 8916 | // Passing 'false' excludes constructors marked 'explicit'. |
| 8917 | return (Constructor && Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(false)) ? 1 : 0; |
| 8918 | } |
| 8919 | |
| 8920 | unsigned clang_CXXField_isMutable(CXCursor C) { |
| 8921 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8922 | return 0; |
| 8923 | |
| 8924 | if (const auto D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C)) |
| 8925 | if (const auto FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(D)) |
| 8926 | return FD->isMutable() ? 1 : 0; |
| 8927 | return 0; |
| 8928 | } |
| 8929 | |
| 8930 | unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isPureVirtual(CXCursor C) { |
| 8931 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8932 | return 0; |
| 8933 | |
| 8934 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8935 | const CXXMethodDecl *Method = |
| 8936 | D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr; |
| 8937 | return (Method && Method->isVirtual() && Method->isPure()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 8938 | } |
| 8939 | |
| 8940 | unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isConst(CXCursor C) { |
| 8941 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8942 | return 0; |
| 8943 | |
| 8944 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8945 | const CXXMethodDecl *Method = |
| 8946 | D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr; |
| 8947 | return (Method && Method->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 8948 | } |
| 8949 | |
| 8950 | unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isDefaulted(CXCursor C) { |
| 8951 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8952 | return 0; |
| 8953 | |
| 8954 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8955 | const CXXMethodDecl *Method = |
| 8956 | D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr; |
| 8957 | return (Method && Method->isDefaulted()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 8958 | } |
| 8959 | |
| 8960 | unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isDeleted(CXCursor C) { |
| 8961 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8962 | return 0; |
| 8963 | |
| 8964 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8965 | const CXXMethodDecl *Method = |
| 8966 | D ? dyn_cast_if_present<CXXMethodDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr; |
| 8967 | return (Method && Method->isDeleted()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 8968 | } |
| 8969 | |
| 8970 | unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isStatic(CXCursor C) { |
| 8971 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8972 | return 0; |
| 8973 | |
| 8974 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8975 | const CXXMethodDecl *Method = |
| 8976 | D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr; |
| 8977 | return (Method && Method->isStatic()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 8978 | } |
| 8979 | |
| 8980 | unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isVirtual(CXCursor C) { |
| 8981 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8982 | return 0; |
| 8983 | |
| 8984 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8985 | const CXXMethodDecl *Method = |
| 8986 | D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr; |
| 8987 | return (Method && Method->isVirtual()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 8988 | } |
| 8989 | |
| 8990 | unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isCopyAssignmentOperator(CXCursor C) { |
| 8991 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 8992 | return 0; |
| 8993 | |
| 8994 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 8995 | const CXXMethodDecl *Method = |
| 8996 | D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr; |
| 8997 | |
| 8998 | return (Method && Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 8999 | } |
| 9000 | |
| 9001 | unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isMoveAssignmentOperator(CXCursor C) { |
| 9002 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 9003 | return 0; |
| 9004 | |
| 9005 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 9006 | const CXXMethodDecl *Method = |
| 9007 | D ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D->getAsFunction()) : nullptr; |
| 9008 | |
| 9009 | return (Method && Method->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 9010 | } |
| 9011 | |
| 9012 | unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isExplicit(CXCursor C) { |
| 9013 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 9014 | return 0; |
| 9015 | |
| 9016 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 9017 | const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); |
| 9018 | |
| 9019 | if (!FD) |
| 9020 | return 0; |
| 9021 | |
| 9022 | if (const auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) |
| 9023 | return Ctor->isExplicit(); |
| 9024 | |
| 9025 | if (const auto *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) |
| 9026 | return Conv->isExplicit(); |
| 9027 | |
| 9028 | return 0; |
| 9029 | } |
| 9030 | |
| 9031 | unsigned clang_CXXRecord_isAbstract(CXCursor C) { |
| 9032 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 9033 | return 0; |
| 9034 | |
| 9035 | const auto *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 9036 | const auto *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(D); |
| 9037 | if (RD) |
| 9038 | RD = RD->getDefinition(); |
| 9039 | return (RD && RD->isAbstract()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 9040 | } |
| 9041 | |
| 9042 | unsigned clang_EnumDecl_isScoped(CXCursor C) { |
| 9043 | if (!clang_isDeclaration(C.kind)) |
| 9044 | return 0; |
| 9045 | |
| 9046 | const Decl *D = cxcursor::getCursorDecl(C); |
| 9047 | auto *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(D); |
| 9048 | return (Enum && Enum->isScoped()) ? 1 : 0; |
| 9049 | } |
| 9050 | |
| 9051 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9052 | // Attribute introspection. |
| 9053 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9054 | |
| 9055 | CXType clang_getIBOutletCollectionType(CXCursor C) { |
| 9056 | if (C.kind != CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr) |
| 9057 | return cxtype::MakeCXType(QualType(), cxcursor::getCursorTU(C)); |
| 9058 | |
| 9059 | const IBOutletCollectionAttr *A = |
| 9060 | cast<IBOutletCollectionAttr>(cxcursor::getCursorAttr(C)); |
| 9061 | |
| 9062 | return cxtype::MakeCXType(A->getInterface(), cxcursor::getCursorTU(C)); |
| 9063 | } |
| 9064 | |
| 9065 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9066 | // Inspecting memory usage. |
| 9067 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9068 | |
| 9069 | typedef std::vector<CXTUResourceUsageEntry> MemUsageEntries; |
| 9070 | |
| 9071 | static inline void createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(MemUsageEntries &entries, |
| 9072 | enum CXTUResourceUsageKind k, |
| 9073 | unsigned long amount) { |
| 9074 | CXTUResourceUsageEntry entry = {k, amount}; |
| 9075 | entries.push_back(entry); |
| 9076 | } |
| 9077 | |
| 9078 | const char *clang_getTUResourceUsageName(CXTUResourceUsageKind kind) { |
| 9079 | const char *str = ""; |
Value stored to 'str' during its initialization is never read | |
| 9080 | switch (kind) { |
| 9081 | case CXTUResourceUsage_AST: |
| 9082 | str = "ASTContext: expressions, declarations, and types"; |
| 9083 | break; |
| 9084 | case CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers: |
| 9085 | str = "ASTContext: identifiers"; |
| 9086 | break; |
| 9087 | case CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors: |
| 9088 | str = "ASTContext: selectors"; |
| 9089 | break; |
| 9090 | case CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults: |
| 9091 | str = "Code completion: cached global results"; |
| 9092 | break; |
| 9093 | case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache: |
| 9094 | str = "SourceManager: content cache allocator"; |
| 9095 | break; |
| 9096 | case CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables: |
| 9097 | str = "ASTContext: side tables"; |
| 9098 | break; |
| 9099 | case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc: |
| 9100 | str = "SourceManager: malloc'ed memory buffers"; |
| 9101 | break; |
| 9102 | case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap: |
| 9103 | str = "SourceManager: mmap'ed memory buffers"; |
| 9104 | break; |
| 9105 | case CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc: |
| 9106 | str = "ExternalASTSource: malloc'ed memory buffers"; |
| 9107 | break; |
| 9108 | case CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap: |
| 9109 | str = "ExternalASTSource: mmap'ed memory buffers"; |
| 9110 | break; |
| 9111 | case CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor: |
| 9112 | str = "Preprocessor: malloc'ed memory"; |
| 9113 | break; |
| 9114 | case CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord: |
| 9115 | str = "Preprocessor: PreprocessingRecord"; |
| 9116 | break; |
| 9117 | case CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures: |
| 9118 | str = "SourceManager: data structures and tables"; |
| 9119 | break; |
| 9120 | case CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch: |
| 9121 | str = "Preprocessor: header search tables"; |
| 9122 | break; |
| 9123 | } |
| 9124 | return str; |
| 9125 | } |
| 9126 | |
| 9127 | CXTUResourceUsage clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 9128 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 9129 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 9130 | CXTUResourceUsage usage = {(void *)nullptr, 0, nullptr}; |
| 9131 | return usage; |
| 9132 | } |
| 9133 | |
| 9134 | ASTUnit *astUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 9135 | std::unique_ptr<MemUsageEntries> entries(new MemUsageEntries()); |
| 9136 | ASTContext &astContext = astUnit->getASTContext(); |
| 9137 | |
| 9138 | // How much memory is used by AST nodes and types? |
| 9139 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry( |
| 9140 | *entries, CXTUResourceUsage_AST, |
| 9141 | (unsigned long)astContext.getASTAllocatedMemory()); |
| 9142 | |
| 9143 | // How much memory is used by identifiers? |
| 9144 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry( |
| 9145 | *entries, CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers, |
| 9146 | (unsigned long)astContext.Idents.getAllocator().getTotalMemory()); |
| 9147 | |
| 9148 | // How much memory is used for selectors? |
| 9149 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry( |
| 9150 | *entries, CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors, |
| 9151 | (unsigned long)astContext.Selectors.getTotalMemory()); |
| 9152 | |
| 9153 | // How much memory is used by ASTContext's side tables? |
| 9154 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry( |
| 9155 | *entries, CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables, |
| 9156 | (unsigned long)astContext.getSideTableAllocatedMemory()); |
| 9157 | |
| 9158 | // How much memory is used for caching global code completion results? |
| 9159 | unsigned long completionBytes = 0; |
| 9160 | if (GlobalCodeCompletionAllocator *completionAllocator = |
| 9161 | astUnit->getCachedCompletionAllocator().get()) { |
| 9162 | completionBytes = completionAllocator->getTotalMemory(); |
| 9163 | } |
| 9164 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry( |
| 9165 | *entries, CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults, completionBytes); |
| 9166 | |
| 9167 | // How much memory is being used by SourceManager's content cache? |
| 9168 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry( |
| 9169 | *entries, CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache, |
| 9170 | (unsigned long)astContext.getSourceManager().getContentCacheSize()); |
| 9171 | |
| 9172 | // How much memory is being used by the MemoryBuffer's in SourceManager? |
| 9173 | const SourceManager::MemoryBufferSizes &srcBufs = |
| 9174 | astUnit->getSourceManager().getMemoryBufferSizes(); |
| 9175 | |
| 9176 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, |
| 9177 | CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc, |
| 9178 | (unsigned long)srcBufs.malloc_bytes); |
| 9179 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, |
| 9180 | CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap, |
| 9181 | (unsigned long)srcBufs.mmap_bytes); |
| 9182 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry( |
| 9183 | *entries, CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures, |
| 9184 | (unsigned long)astContext.getSourceManager().getDataStructureSizes()); |
| 9185 | |
| 9186 | // How much memory is being used by the ExternalASTSource? |
| 9187 | if (ExternalASTSource *esrc = astContext.getExternalSource()) { |
| 9188 | const ExternalASTSource::MemoryBufferSizes &sizes = |
| 9189 | esrc->getMemoryBufferSizes(); |
| 9190 | |
| 9191 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry( |
| 9192 | *entries, CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc, |
| 9193 | (unsigned long)sizes.malloc_bytes); |
| 9194 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry( |
| 9195 | *entries, CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap, |
| 9196 | (unsigned long)sizes.mmap_bytes); |
| 9197 | } |
| 9198 | |
| 9199 | // How much memory is being used by the Preprocessor? |
| 9200 | Preprocessor &pp = astUnit->getPreprocessor(); |
| 9201 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor, |
| 9202 | pp.getTotalMemory()); |
| 9203 | |
| 9204 | if (PreprocessingRecord *pRec = pp.getPreprocessingRecord()) { |
| 9205 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, |
| 9206 | CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord, |
| 9207 | pRec->getTotalMemory()); |
| 9208 | } |
| 9209 | |
| 9210 | createCXTUResourceUsageEntry(*entries, |
| 9211 | CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch, |
| 9212 | pp.getHeaderSearchInfo().getTotalMemory()); |
| 9213 | |
| 9214 | CXTUResourceUsage usage = {(void *)entries.get(), (unsigned)entries->size(), |
| 9215 | !entries->empty() ? &(*entries)[0] : nullptr}; |
| 9216 | (void)entries.release(); |
| 9217 | return usage; |
| 9218 | } |
| 9219 | |
| 9220 | void clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(CXTUResourceUsage usage) { |
| 9221 | if (usage.data) |
| 9222 | delete (MemUsageEntries *)usage.data; |
| 9223 | } |
| 9224 | |
| 9225 | CXSourceRangeList *clang_getSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXFile file) { |
| 9226 | CXSourceRangeList *skipped = new CXSourceRangeList; |
| 9227 | skipped->count = 0; |
| 9228 | skipped->ranges = nullptr; |
| 9229 | |
| 9230 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 9231 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 9232 | return skipped; |
| 9233 | } |
| 9234 | |
| 9235 | if (!file) |
| 9236 | return skipped; |
| 9237 | |
| 9238 | ASTUnit *astUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 9239 | PreprocessingRecord *ppRec = |
| 9240 | astUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord(); |
| 9241 | if (!ppRec) |
| 9242 | return skipped; |
| 9243 | |
| 9244 | ASTContext &Ctx = astUnit->getASTContext(); |
| 9245 | SourceManager &sm = Ctx.getSourceManager(); |
| 9246 | FileEntry *fileEntry = static_cast<FileEntry *>(file); |
| 9247 | FileID wantedFileID = sm.translateFile(fileEntry); |
| 9248 | bool isMainFile = wantedFileID == sm.getMainFileID(); |
| 9249 | |
| 9250 | const std::vector<SourceRange> &SkippedRanges = ppRec->getSkippedRanges(); |
| 9251 | std::vector<SourceRange> wantedRanges; |
| 9252 | for (std::vector<SourceRange>::const_iterator i = SkippedRanges.begin(), |
| 9253 | ei = SkippedRanges.end(); |
| 9254 | i != ei; ++i) { |
| 9255 | if (sm.getFileID(i->getBegin()) == wantedFileID || |
| 9256 | sm.getFileID(i->getEnd()) == wantedFileID) |
| 9257 | wantedRanges.push_back(*i); |
| 9258 | else if (isMainFile && (astUnit->isInPreambleFileID(i->getBegin()) || |
| 9259 | astUnit->isInPreambleFileID(i->getEnd()))) |
| 9260 | wantedRanges.push_back(*i); |
| 9261 | } |
| 9262 | |
| 9263 | skipped->count = wantedRanges.size(); |
| 9264 | skipped->ranges = new CXSourceRange[skipped->count]; |
| 9265 | for (unsigned i = 0, ei = skipped->count; i != ei; ++i) |
| 9266 | skipped->ranges[i] = cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, wantedRanges[i]); |
| 9267 | |
| 9268 | return skipped; |
| 9269 | } |
| 9270 | |
| 9271 | CXSourceRangeList *clang_getAllSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 9272 | CXSourceRangeList *skipped = new CXSourceRangeList; |
| 9273 | skipped->count = 0; |
| 9274 | skipped->ranges = nullptr; |
| 9275 | |
| 9276 | if (isNotUsableTU(TU)) { |
| 9277 | LOG_BAD_TU(TU)do { if (clang::cxindex::LogRef Log = clang::cxindex::Logger:: make(__func__)) { *Log << "called with a bad TU: " << TU; } } while(false); |
| 9278 | return skipped; |
| 9279 | } |
| 9280 | |
| 9281 | ASTUnit *astUnit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 9282 | PreprocessingRecord *ppRec = |
| 9283 | astUnit->getPreprocessor().getPreprocessingRecord(); |
| 9284 | if (!ppRec) |
| 9285 | return skipped; |
| 9286 | |
| 9287 | ASTContext &Ctx = astUnit->getASTContext(); |
| 9288 | |
| 9289 | const std::vector<SourceRange> &SkippedRanges = ppRec->getSkippedRanges(); |
| 9290 | |
| 9291 | skipped->count = SkippedRanges.size(); |
| 9292 | skipped->ranges = new CXSourceRange[skipped->count]; |
| 9293 | for (unsigned i = 0, ei = skipped->count; i != ei; ++i) |
| 9294 | skipped->ranges[i] = cxloc::translateSourceRange(Ctx, SkippedRanges[i]); |
| 9295 | |
| 9296 | return skipped; |
| 9297 | } |
| 9298 | |
| 9299 | void clang_disposeSourceRangeList(CXSourceRangeList *ranges) { |
| 9300 | if (ranges) { |
| 9301 | delete[] ranges->ranges; |
| 9302 | delete ranges; |
| 9303 | } |
| 9304 | } |
| 9305 | |
| 9306 | void clang::PrintLibclangResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 9307 | CXTUResourceUsage Usage = clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(TU); |
| 9308 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != Usage.numEntries; ++I) |
| 9309 | fprintf(stderrstderr, " %s: %lu\n", |
| 9310 | clang_getTUResourceUsageName(Usage.entries[I].kind), |
| 9311 | Usage.entries[I].amount); |
| 9312 | |
| 9313 | clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(Usage); |
| 9314 | } |
| 9315 | |
| 9316 | CXCursor clang_Cursor_getVarDeclInitializer(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 9317 | const Decl *const D = getCursorDecl(cursor); |
| 9318 | if (!D) |
| 9319 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 9320 | const auto *const VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); |
| 9321 | if (!VD) |
| 9322 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 9323 | const Expr *const Init = VD->getInit(); |
| 9324 | if (!Init) |
| 9325 | return clang_getNullCursor(); |
| 9326 | |
| 9327 | return cxcursor::MakeCXCursor(Init, VD, cxcursor::getCursorTU(cursor)); |
| 9328 | } |
| 9329 | |
| 9330 | int clang_Cursor_hasVarDeclGlobalStorage(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 9331 | const Decl *const D = getCursorDecl(cursor); |
| 9332 | if (!D) |
| 9333 | return -1; |
| 9334 | const auto *const VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); |
| 9335 | if (!VD) |
| 9336 | return -1; |
| 9337 | |
| 9338 | return VD->hasGlobalStorage(); |
| 9339 | } |
| 9340 | |
| 9341 | int clang_Cursor_hasVarDeclExternalStorage(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 9342 | const Decl *const D = getCursorDecl(cursor); |
| 9343 | if (!D) |
| 9344 | return -1; |
| 9345 | const auto *const VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); |
| 9346 | if (!VD) |
| 9347 | return -1; |
| 9348 | |
| 9349 | return VD->hasExternalStorage(); |
| 9350 | } |
| 9351 | |
| 9352 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9353 | // Misc. utility functions. |
| 9354 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9355 | |
| 9356 | /// Default to using our desired 8 MB stack size on "safety" threads. |
| 9357 | static unsigned SafetyStackThreadSize = DesiredStackSize; |
| 9358 | |
| 9359 | namespace clang { |
| 9360 | |
| 9361 | bool RunSafely(llvm::CrashRecoveryContext &CRC, llvm::function_ref<void()> Fn, |
| 9362 | unsigned Size) { |
| 9363 | if (!Size) |
| 9364 | Size = GetSafetyThreadStackSize(); |
| 9365 | if (Size && !getenv("LIBCLANG_NOTHREADS")) |
| 9366 | return CRC.RunSafelyOnThread(Fn, Size); |
| 9367 | return CRC.RunSafely(Fn); |
| 9368 | } |
| 9369 | |
| 9370 | unsigned GetSafetyThreadStackSize() { return SafetyStackThreadSize; } |
| 9371 | |
| 9372 | void SetSafetyThreadStackSize(unsigned Value) { SafetyStackThreadSize = Value; } |
| 9373 | |
| 9374 | } // namespace clang |
| 9375 | |
| 9376 | void clang::setThreadBackgroundPriority() { |
| 9377 | if (getenv("LIBCLANG_BGPRIO_DISABLE")) |
| 9378 | return; |
| 9379 | |
| 9380 | #if LLVM_ENABLE_THREADS1 |
| 9381 | // The function name setThreadBackgroundPriority is for historical reasons; |
| 9382 | // Low is more appropriate. |
| 9383 | llvm::set_thread_priority(llvm::ThreadPriority::Low); |
| 9384 | #endif |
| 9385 | } |
| 9386 | |
| 9387 | void cxindex::printDiagsToStderr(ASTUnit *Unit) { |
| 9388 | if (!Unit) |
| 9389 | return; |
| 9390 | |
| 9391 | for (ASTUnit::stored_diag_iterator D = Unit->stored_diag_begin(), |
| 9392 | DEnd = Unit->stored_diag_end(); |
| 9393 | D != DEnd; ++D) { |
| 9394 | CXStoredDiagnostic Diag(*D, Unit->getLangOpts()); |
| 9395 | CXString Msg = |
| 9396 | clang_formatDiagnostic(&Diag, clang_defaultDiagnosticDisplayOptions()); |
| 9397 | fprintf(stderrstderr, "%s\n", clang_getCString(Msg)); |
| 9398 | clang_disposeString(Msg); |
| 9399 | } |
| 9400 | #ifdef _WIN32 |
| 9401 | // On Windows, force a flush, since there may be multiple copies of |
| 9402 | // stderr and stdout in the file system, all with different buffers |
| 9403 | // but writing to the same device. |
| 9404 | fflush(stderrstderr); |
| 9405 | #endif |
| 9406 | } |
| 9407 | |
| 9408 | MacroInfo *cxindex::getMacroInfo(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 9409 | SourceLocation MacroDefLoc, |
| 9410 | CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 9411 | if (MacroDefLoc.isInvalid() || !TU) |
| 9412 | return nullptr; |
| 9413 | if (!II.hadMacroDefinition()) |
| 9414 | return nullptr; |
| 9415 | |
| 9416 | ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 9417 | Preprocessor &PP = Unit->getPreprocessor(); |
| 9418 | MacroDirective *MD = PP.getLocalMacroDirectiveHistory(&II); |
| 9419 | if (MD) { |
| 9420 | for (MacroDirective::DefInfo Def = MD->getDefinition(); Def; |
| 9421 | Def = Def.getPreviousDefinition()) { |
| 9422 | if (MacroDefLoc == Def.getMacroInfo()->getDefinitionLoc()) |
| 9423 | return Def.getMacroInfo(); |
| 9424 | } |
| 9425 | } |
| 9426 | |
| 9427 | return nullptr; |
| 9428 | } |
| 9429 | |
| 9430 | const MacroInfo *cxindex::getMacroInfo(const MacroDefinitionRecord *MacroDef, |
| 9431 | CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 9432 | if (!MacroDef || !TU) |
| 9433 | return nullptr; |
| 9434 | const IdentifierInfo *II = MacroDef->getName(); |
| 9435 | if (!II) |
| 9436 | return nullptr; |
| 9437 | |
| 9438 | return getMacroInfo(*II, MacroDef->getLocation(), TU); |
| 9439 | } |
| 9440 | |
| 9441 | MacroDefinitionRecord * |
| 9442 | cxindex::checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(const MacroInfo *MI, const Token &Tok, |
| 9443 | CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 9444 | if (!MI || !TU) |
| 9445 | return nullptr; |
| 9446 | if (Tok.isNot(tok::raw_identifier)) |
| 9447 | return nullptr; |
| 9448 | |
| 9449 | if (MI->getNumTokens() == 0) |
| 9450 | return nullptr; |
| 9451 | SourceRange DefRange(MI->getReplacementToken(0).getLocation(), |
| 9452 | MI->getDefinitionEndLoc()); |
| 9453 | ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 9454 | |
| 9455 | // Check that the token is inside the definition and not its argument list. |
| 9456 | SourceManager &SM = Unit->getSourceManager(); |
| 9457 | if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(Tok.getLocation(), DefRange.getBegin())) |
| 9458 | return nullptr; |
| 9459 | if (SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(DefRange.getEnd(), Tok.getLocation())) |
| 9460 | return nullptr; |
| 9461 | |
| 9462 | Preprocessor &PP = Unit->getPreprocessor(); |
| 9463 | PreprocessingRecord *PPRec = PP.getPreprocessingRecord(); |
| 9464 | if (!PPRec) |
| 9465 | return nullptr; |
| 9466 | |
| 9467 | IdentifierInfo &II = PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Tok.getRawIdentifier()); |
| 9468 | if (!II.hadMacroDefinition()) |
| 9469 | return nullptr; |
| 9470 | |
| 9471 | // Check that the identifier is not one of the macro arguments. |
| 9472 | if (llvm::is_contained(MI->params(), &II)) |
| 9473 | return nullptr; |
| 9474 | |
| 9475 | MacroDirective *InnerMD = PP.getLocalMacroDirectiveHistory(&II); |
| 9476 | if (!InnerMD) |
| 9477 | return nullptr; |
| 9478 | |
| 9479 | return PPRec->findMacroDefinition(InnerMD->getMacroInfo()); |
| 9480 | } |
| 9481 | |
| 9482 | MacroDefinitionRecord * |
| 9483 | cxindex::checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(const MacroInfo *MI, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9484 | CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 9485 | if (Loc.isInvalid() || !MI || !TU) |
| 9486 | return nullptr; |
| 9487 | |
| 9488 | if (MI->getNumTokens() == 0) |
| 9489 | return nullptr; |
| 9490 | ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU); |
| 9491 | Preprocessor &PP = Unit->getPreprocessor(); |
| 9492 | if (!PP.getPreprocessingRecord()) |
| 9493 | return nullptr; |
| 9494 | Loc = Unit->getSourceManager().getSpellingLoc(Loc); |
| 9495 | Token Tok; |
| 9496 | if (PP.getRawToken(Loc, Tok)) |
| 9497 | return nullptr; |
| 9498 | |
| 9499 | return checkForMacroInMacroDefinition(MI, Tok, TU); |
| 9500 | } |
| 9501 | |
| 9502 | CXString clang_getClangVersion() { |
| 9503 | return cxstring::createDup(getClangFullVersion()); |
| 9504 | } |
| 9505 | |
| 9506 | Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(CXTranslationUnit TU) { |
| 9507 | if (TU) { |
| 9508 | if (ASTUnit *Unit = cxtu::getASTUnit(TU)) { |
| 9509 | LogOS << '<' << Unit->getMainFileName() << '>'; |
| 9510 | if (Unit->isMainFileAST()) |
| 9511 | LogOS << " (" << Unit->getASTFileName() << ')'; |
| 9512 | return *this; |
| 9513 | } |
| 9514 | } else { |
| 9515 | LogOS << "<NULL TU>"; |
| 9516 | } |
| 9517 | return *this; |
| 9518 | } |
| 9519 | |
| 9520 | Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(const FileEntry *FE) { |
| 9521 | *this << FE->getName(); |
| 9522 | return *this; |
| 9523 | } |
| 9524 | |
| 9525 | Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(CXCursor cursor) { |
| 9526 | CXString cursorName = clang_getCursorDisplayName(cursor); |
| 9527 | *this << cursorName << "@" << clang_getCursorLocation(cursor); |
| 9528 | clang_disposeString(cursorName); |
| 9529 | return *this; |
| 9530 | } |
| 9531 | |
| 9532 | Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(CXSourceLocation Loc) { |
| 9533 | CXFile File; |
| 9534 | unsigned Line, Column; |
| 9535 | clang_getFileLocation(Loc, &File, &Line, &Column, nullptr); |
| 9536 | CXString FileName = clang_getFileName(File); |
| 9537 | *this << llvm::format("(%s:%d:%d)", clang_getCString(FileName), Line, Column); |
| 9538 | clang_disposeString(FileName); |
| 9539 | return *this; |
| 9540 | } |
| 9541 | |
| 9542 | Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(CXSourceRange range) { |
| 9543 | CXSourceLocation BLoc = clang_getRangeStart(range); |
| 9544 | CXSourceLocation ELoc = clang_getRangeEnd(range); |
| 9545 | |
| 9546 | CXFile BFile; |
| 9547 | unsigned BLine, BColumn; |
| 9548 | clang_getFileLocation(BLoc, &BFile, &BLine, &BColumn, nullptr); |
| 9549 | |
| 9550 | CXFile EFile; |
| 9551 | unsigned ELine, EColumn; |
| 9552 | clang_getFileLocation(ELoc, &EFile, &ELine, &EColumn, nullptr); |
| 9553 | |
| 9554 | CXString BFileName = clang_getFileName(BFile); |
| 9555 | if (BFile == EFile) { |
| 9556 | *this << llvm::format("[%s %d:%d-%d:%d]", clang_getCString(BFileName), |
| 9557 | BLine, BColumn, ELine, EColumn); |
| 9558 | } else { |
| 9559 | CXString EFileName = clang_getFileName(EFile); |
| 9560 | *this << llvm::format("[%s:%d:%d - ", clang_getCString(BFileName), BLine, |
| 9561 | BColumn) |
| 9562 | << llvm::format("%s:%d:%d]", clang_getCString(EFileName), ELine, |
| 9563 | EColumn); |
| 9564 | clang_disposeString(EFileName); |
| 9565 | } |
| 9566 | clang_disposeString(BFileName); |
| 9567 | return *this; |
| 9568 | } |
| 9569 | |
| 9570 | Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(CXString Str) { |
| 9571 | *this << clang_getCString(Str); |
| 9572 | return *this; |
| 9573 | } |
| 9574 | |
| 9575 | Logger &cxindex::Logger::operator<<(const llvm::format_object_base &Fmt) { |
| 9576 | LogOS << Fmt; |
| 9577 | return *this; |
| 9578 | } |
| 9579 | |
| 9580 | static llvm::ManagedStatic<std::mutex> LoggingMutex; |
| 9581 | |
| 9582 | cxindex::Logger::~Logger() { |
| 9583 | std::lock_guard<std::mutex> L(*LoggingMutex); |
| 9584 | |
| 9585 | static llvm::TimeRecord sBeginTR = llvm::TimeRecord::getCurrentTime(); |
| 9586 | |
| 9587 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); |
| 9588 | OS << "[libclang:" << Name << ':'; |
| 9589 | |
| 9590 | #ifdef USE_DARWIN_THREADS |
| 9591 | // TODO: Portability. |
| 9592 | mach_port_t tid = pthread_mach_thread_np(pthread_self()); |
| 9593 | OS << tid << ':'; |
| 9594 | #endif |
| 9595 | |
| 9596 | llvm::TimeRecord TR = llvm::TimeRecord::getCurrentTime(); |
| 9597 | OS << llvm::format("%7.4f] ", TR.getWallTime() - sBeginTR.getWallTime()); |
| 9598 | OS << Msg << '\n'; |
| 9599 | |
| 9600 | if (Trace) { |
| 9601 | llvm::sys::PrintStackTrace(OS); |
| 9602 | OS << "--------------------------------------------------\n"; |
| 9603 | } |
| 9604 | } |